MAALER, Ind. A certificate, which
is attested by the principal inhabitants of
a town or village.
MACE. A heavy blunt weapon, having
a metal head: a club.
MACHICOULIS, or Masse-coulis, Fr.
In ancient, and sometimes in modern fortification,
that upper part of the wall
which is sustained by brackets or corbels,
jets out and overlooks the gate or ditch.
When a place is besieged, detached
parties of the garrison may be posted in
the several machicoulises. Through the
intervals of the corbels, or supporting
brackets, they may easily observe every
thing that passes at the foot of the wall;
and if the besiegers should be hardy enough
to penetrate as far, they may easily overwhelm
them by throwing down large
stones, combustible materials, hand-grenades
or bombs. These brackets or supporters,
which in ancient fortification
were of a slight construction, might be
made of solid materials. The machicoulis,
in fact, is susceptible of great improvement;
and in many instances might
be adopted in order to defend the lower
parts of angular forts or turrets.
MACHINES. Machines, Fr.
Machines used in war by the ancients.
Every species of instrument or machine,
which was employed before the invention
of fire-arms, for the purpose of demolishing
the fortifications of an enemy, or of
rendering them accessible to the besieger,
came under the denomination of machine.
For a full and elaborate explanation of the
different machines that were adopted by
the ancients, we refer our military readers
to the second volume of the Recueil Alphabetique,
page 73.
Machines Infernales, Fr. Infernal
machines. Although the first idea of these
machines has been attributed to France,
the invention, nevertheless, is by no
means new. Frederic Jambelli, an Italian
engineer, was the first that used them,
when Alexander, of Parma, besieged
Antwerp. The prince of Orange likewise
had recourse to the destructive effects
of an infernal machine, in order to bombard
Havre-de-Grace, and to set it on
fire. The Dutch and English, in conjunction,
attempted to destroy St. Malo
by the same means. The first instance,
however, upon record, in which the
French made use of this machine, was
when Louis the XIVth ordered a vessel,
carrying an enormous shell, full of every
species of combustible matter, to be dispatched
to Algiers, for the purpose of demolishing
its harbor. This, the English
say, suggested to other nations the adoption
of fire-ships, and other destructive machines,
which have frequently been used
against maritime places, although they
had been in use a century before.
The author of Oeuvres Militaires, tom.
xxii. page 222, speaking of the infernal
machines, observes, that if he were to be
in a situation which required the use of so
dreadful an explosion, especially to destroy
a bridge, he would prefer having the machine
made simply with different strong
pieces of wood joined together, so as to be
in the shape of an egg, or of a cone reversed.
The whole must then be made compact
with cords twisted round it. This
method, in his opinion, is not only the
best, but can be executed in the most
easy and expeditious manner. He further
adds, that in order to burn and blow
up wooden bridges, and even to destroy
such as are constructed upon arches,
several sorts of barges or boats might be
used, which should be filled with fireworks,
bombs, petards, &c. It would
likewise be extremely easy to construct
these machines upon floating rafters, carrying
several thousand pounds weight of
gunpowder, which might be confined
within strong pieces of wood, put together
in the manner already described.
These machines should be piled one
above the other, and long iron bars must
be thrown across the floats, or be fixed
like masts, so that when the whole of the
combustible materials is beneath the centre
of the bridge, the rafters may be stopped.
Great care must be taken to dispose
the matches in such a manner that no fire
may be communicated to the gunpowder
before the machine reaches the exact spot
which is to be destroyed.
MACHINE, in general, whatever hath
force sufficient to raise or stop the motion
of a heavy body.
Machines are either simple or compound:
the simple ones are the seven
mechanical powers, viz. lever, balance,
pully, axis, and wheel, screw, and inclined
plane. See Mechanical Powers.
If the given power is not able to overcome
the given resistance when directly
applied, that is, when the power applied
is less than the weight or resonance given;
then the thing is to be performed by the
help of a machine, made with levers,
wheels, pullies, screws, &c. so adjusted,
that when the weight and power are put
in motion on the machine, the velocity of
the power may be at least so much greater
than that of the weight, as the weight
and friction of the machine, taken together,
is greater than the power; for on this
principle depends the mechanism or contrivance
of all mechanical engines used to
draw or raise heavy bodies, or overcome any
other force; the whole design of these
being to give such a velocity to the power,
in respect of the weight, as that the momentum
of the power may exceed the
momentum of the weight: for if machines
are so contrived, that the velocity of the
agent and resistant are reciprocally as their
forces, the agent will just sustain the resistant,
but with a greater degree of velocity
will overcome it. So that if the excess
of motion or velocity in the power is
so great as to overcome all that resistance
which commonly arises from the friction
or attraction of contiguous bodies, as they
slide by one another, or from the cohesion
of bodies that are to be separated, or from
the weights of bodies that are to be raised:
the excess of the force remaining,
after all these resistances are overcome,
will produce an acceleration of motion
thereto, as well in the parts of the machine,
as in the resisting body.
Compound Machines, are formed by
various combinations, and serve for different
purposes; in all which the same
general law takes place, viz. that the
power and weight sustain each other,
when they are in the inverse proportion of
the velocities they would have in the directions
wherein they act, if they were
put in motion. Now, to apply this law
to any compound machine, there are four
things to be considered: 1. The moving
power, or the force that puts the machine
in motion; which may be either men or
other animals, weights, springs, the wind,
a stream of water, &c. 2. The velocity
of this power, or the space it moves over
in a given time. 3. The resistance, or
quantity of weight to be removed. 4.
The velocity of this weight, or the space
it moves over in the same given time.
The two first of these quantities are always
in the reciprocal proportion of the
two last; that is, the product of the
first two must always be equal to that of
the last; hence, three of these quantities
being given, it is easy to find the fourth;
for example, if the quantity of the power
be 4, its velocity 15, and the velocity of
the weight 2, then the resistance, or
quantity of the weight, will be equal to
4 × 152
= 602
= 30.
The following rules will direct the mechanic
how he may contrive his machine,
that it may answer the intended purpose,
to the best advantage.
1. Having assigned the proportion of
your power, and the weight to be raised,
the next thing is to consider how to combine
levers, wheels, pullies, &c. so that
working together they may be able to give
a velocity to the power, which shall be to
that of the weight something greater than
in the proportion of the weight to the
power. This done, you must estimate
your quantity of friction; and if the velocity
of the power be to that of the weight
still in a greater proportion than the weight
and friction taken together are to the
power; then your machine will be able to
raise the weight. And note, this proportion
must be so much greater, as you
would have your engine work faster.
2. But the proportion of the velocity of
the power and weight must not be made
too great: for it is a fault to give a machine
too much power, as well as too little;
for if the power can raise the weight and
overcome the resistance, and the engine
perform its proper effect in a convenient
time and work well, it is sufficient for
the end proposed; and it is in vain to
make additions to the engine to increase
the power any farther; for that would not
only be a needless expence, but the engine
would lose time in working.
3. As to the power applied to work the
engine, it may either be a living power,
as men, horses, &c. or an artificial
power, as a spring, &c. or a natural
power, as wind, water, fire, weights,
&c.
When the quantity of the power is
known, it matters not, as to the effect,
what kind of power it is; for the same
quantity of any sort will produce the same
effect; and different sorts of powers may
be applied in an equal quantity a great variety
of ways.
The most easy power applied to a machine
is weight, if it be capable of effecting
the thing designed. If not, then
wind, water, &c. if that can be conveniently
had, and without much expence.
A spring is also a convenient moving
power for several machines: but it never
acts equally as the weight does; but is
stronger when much bent, than when
but a little bent, and that in proportion to
the bending, or the distance it is forced
to; but springs grow weaker by often
bending or remaining long bent: yet they
recover part of their strength by lying unbent.
The natural powers, wind and water,
may be applied to vast advantage in working
great engines, when managed with
skill and judgment.—The due application
of these has much abridged the labors of
men; for there is scarce any labor to be
performed, but an ingenious artificer can
tell how to apply these powers to execute
his design, and answer his purpose; for
any constant motion being given, it may,
by due application, be made to produce
any other motions we desire. Therefore
these powers are the most easy and useful,
and of the greatest benefit to mankind.
Besides, they cost nothing, and do not require
any repetition nor renewing, like a
weight or a spring, which require to be
wound up. When these cannot be had,
or cannot serve our end, we have recourse
to some living power, as men, horses,
&c.
4. Men may apply their strength several
ways in working a machine. A man of
ordinary strength, turning a roller by the
handle, can act for a whole day against a
resistance equal to 30 pounds weight; and
if he works ten hours in a day, he will
raise a weight 30lb. 3¹⁄₂ feet in a second;
or if the weight be greater, he will raise it
so much less in proportion.
But a man may act, for a small time,
against a resistance of 50lb. or more.
If two men work at a windlass or roller,
they can more easily draw up 70lb.
than one man 30lb. provided the elbow
of one of the handles be at right angles to
that of the other: and with a fly or heavy
wheel applied to it, a man may do ¹⁄₃d
part more work; and for a little while
act with a force, or overcome a continual
resistance of 80lb. and work a whole day
when the resistance is but 40lb.
Men used to carrying weighty burdens,
such as porters, will carry some 150lb.
others 200lb. or 250lb. according to their
strength.
A man can draw but about 70 or 80lb.
horizontally; for he can but apply half
his weight.
If the weight of a man be 140lb. he can
act with no greater force in thrusting horizontally,
at the height of his shoulders,
than 27lb.
A horse draws to greatest advantage,
when the line of direction is a little elevated
above the horizon, and the power
acts against his breast: and can draw
200lb. for eight hours in a day, at two
miles and an half an hour. If he draws
240lb. he can work but six hours, and
not quite so fast; and, in both cases, if
he carries some weight he will draw better
than if he carried none. And this is
the weight a horse is supposed to be able
to draw over a pully out of a well. In a
cart a horse may draw 1000lb. The most
force a horse can exert is when he draws
something above a horizontal direction.
The worst way of applying the strength
of a horse, is to make him draw or carry
up a hill: and three men with 100lb. on
their backs, will climb up a steep hill
faster than a horse with 300lb.
A round walk for a horse to draw in at
a mill, &c. should not be less than 40 feet
diameter.
5. Every machine should be made of
as few parts, and those as simple as possible,
to answer its purpose; not only
because the expence of making and repairing
will be less, but it will also be less
liable to be put out of order.
6. If a weight is to be raised but a very
little way, the lever is the most simple,
easy, and ready machine; or, if the weight
be very great, the common screw is most
proper; but if the weight is to be raised a
great way, the wheel and axle is a proper
power, but blocks and pullies render the
labor still more easy: the same may be
done by the perpetual screw.
Great wheels, to be wrought by men or
cattle, are of most use and convenience
when their axles are perpendicular to the
horizon; but if by water, &c. then it is
best to have their axles horizontal.
7. As to the combination of simple
machines to make a compound one, though
the lever when simple cannot raise a
weight to any great height, and in this
case is but of little service; yet it is of
great use when compounded with others.
Thus the spokes of a great wheel are all
levers perpetually acting; and a beam
fixed to the axis to draw the wheel about
by men or horses, is a lever. The lever
also may be combined with the screw,
but not conveniently with pullies or with
the wedge. The wheel and axle is combined
to great advantage with pullies:
but the perpetual screw, with the wheel
is very serviceable. The wedge cannot
be combined with any other mechanical
power; and it only performs its effect by
percussion; but this force of percussion
may be increased by engines.
Pullies may be combined with pullies,
and wheels with wheels. Therefore if
any single wheel would be too large, and
take up too much room, it may be divided
into two or three more wheels and trundles,
or wheels and pinions, as in clock work,
so as to have the same power, and perform
the same effect.
In wheels with teeth, the number of
teeth that play together in two wheels,
should be prime to each other, that the
same teeth may not meet at every revolution:
for when different teeth meet, they
by degrees wear themselves into a proper
figure: therefore they should so be contrived
that the same teeth meet as seldom
as possible.
8. The strength of every part of the
machine should be made proportional to
the stress it is to bear: and therefore let
every lever be made so much stronger, as
its length and the weight it is to support
are greater; and let its strength diminish
proportionally from the fulcrum, or point
where the greatest stress is to each end.
The axles of wheels and pullies must be
so much stronger as they are to bear
greater weight. The teeth of wheels,
and the wheels themselves, which act
with greater force, must be proportionally
stronger; and in any combination of
wheels and axles, make their strength
diminish gradually from the weight to
the power, so that the strength of every
part be reciprocally as its velocity. The
strength of ropes must be according to
their tension; that is, as the squares of
their diameters: and, in general, whatever
parts a machine is composed of, the
strength of every particular part of it
must be adjusted to the stress upon the
whole; therefore in square beams the
cubes of the diameters must be made proportional
to the stress they bear: and let
no part be stronger or bigger than is necessary
for the stress upon it; not only for the
ease and well going of the machine, but for
diminishing the friction; for all superfluous
matter in any part of it, is a dead
weight upon the machine, and serves only
to impede its motion: hence he is the
most perfect mechanic, who not only
adjusts the strength to the stress, but who
also contrives all the parts to last equally
well, so that the whole machine may fall
together.
9. To have the friction as little as possible,
the machine should be made of the
fewest and simplest parts. The diameters
of the wheels and pullies should be
large, and the diameters of the arbors or
spindles they run on, as small as can be
consistent with their strength. All ropes
and cords must be as pliable as possible,
and for that end rubbed with tar or
grease: the teeth of wheels must be
made to fit and fill up the openings, and
cut into the form of epicycloids. All the
axles, where the motion is, and all teeth
where they work, and all parts that in
working rub upon one another, must be
made smooth: and when the machine
goes, must be oiled or greased.
10. When any motion is to be long continued,
contrive the power to move or act
always one way, if it can be done, for
this is better and easier performed than
when the motion is interrupted, and the
power is forced to move first one way,
and then another; because every change
of motion requires a new additional force
to effect it. Besides, a body in motion
cannot suddenly receive a contrary motion,
without great violence: and the moving
any part of the machine contrary ways by
turns, with sudden jerks, tends only to
shake the machine to pieces.
11. In a machine that moves always one
way, endeavor to have the motion uniform.
12. But when the nature of the thing
requires that a motion is to be suddenly
communicated to a body, or suddenly
stopped: to prevent any damage or violence
to the engine by a sudden jolt, let
the force act against some spring, or beam
of wood, which may supply the place of
a spring.
13. In regard to the size of the machine,
let it be made as large as it can conveniently;
the greater the machine, the more
exact it will work, and perform all its
motions the better; for there will always
be some errors in the making, as well as
in the materials, and consequently in the
working of the machine. The resistance
of the medium in some machines has a sensible
effect; but all these mechanical errors
bear a less proportion in the motion
of great machines, than in that of little
ones; being nearly reciprocally as their
diameters, supposing they are made of the
same matter, and with the same accuracy,
and are equally well finished.
14. For engines that go by water, it is
necessary to measure the velocity, drop in
pieces of sticks, &c. and observe how far
they are carried in a second, or any given
time.
But if it flows through a hole in a reservoir,
or standing receptacle of water,
the velocity will be found from the depth
of the whole below the surface.
Thus let s = 16¹⁄₁₂; v = velocity of
the fluid per second; B = the area of
the hole; H = the height of the water;
all in feet. Then the velocity of
v = √2 s H; and its force = the weight
of the quantity
vv2sB
or H B of water, or =
62¹⁄₂112H B hundred weight:
because a
cubic foot = 62¹⁄₂ lb. avoirdup. Also a
hogshead is about 8¹⁄₂ feet, or 531lb. and
a tun is 4 hogsheads.
When you have but a small quantity of
water, you must contrive it to fall as high
as you can, to have the greater velocity,
and consequently more force upon the engine.
15. If water is to be conveyed through
pipes to a great distance, and the descent
be but small, much larger pipes must
be used because the water will come
slow.
Water should not be driven through
pipes faster than four feet per second, by
reason of the friction of the tubes; nor
should it be too much wire-drawn, that
is, squeezed through smaller pipes, for
that creates a resistance, as water-way is
less in narrow pipes.
16. When any thing is to be performed
by a water-wheel, moved by the water
running under it and striking the paddles
or ladle-boards, the channel it moves in
ought to be something wider than the hole
of the adjutage, and so close to the floats
on every side as to let little or no water
pass; and when past the wheel, to open
a little, that the water may spread. It is
of no advantage to have a great number of
floats or paddles; for those past the perpendicular
are resisted by the back water,
and those before it are struck obliquely.
The greatest effect that such a wheel can
perform, in communicating any motion,
is when the paddles of the wheel move
with one-third the velocity of the water;
in which case, the force upon the paddle
is four-ninths only; supposing the
absolute force of the water against the
paddle, when the wheel stands still, to be
1: so that the utmost motion which the
wheel can generate, is but ⁴⁄₂₇ths of that
which the force of the water against the
paddles at rest would produce.
MADRAS. Fort St. George. A
town and fort on the Coromandel coast,
in the East Indies, belonging to the
English. The town is called Madras by
the inhabitants, but by the natives,
Chilipatam. It is divided into two towns,
the one called the White, and the other
the Black town; the former being inhabited
by Europeans, and the latter by Gentoos.
The diamond mines of Golconda are a
week’s journey from this place. The
town is governed by a mayor and aldermen,
with other officers. It is 63 miles
north of Pondicherry, lat. 13, 5, N. long.
80, 34, E. It may not be irrelevant to
state, that the establishments belonging
to Great Britain, on the coast of Coromandel,
is divided into several governments,
independent of each other. Bombay commands
the factories on the western side of
the peninsula, commonly called the Malabar
coast; together with those in Guzzerat:
the establishments and possessions on the
eastern or Coromandel coast, are under the
government of Madras; and those in Bengal
depend on Calcutta.
MADRIERS, are long planks of broad
wood, used for supporting the earth in
mining, carrying on a sap, making coffers,
caponiers, galleries, and various other
purposes at a siege; also to cover the
mouth of petards after they are loaded,
and are fixed with the petards to the gates
or other places designed to be forced open.
When the planks are not strong enough,
they are doubled with plates of iron.
MAGAZIN, Fr. magazine.
Petit-Magazin. Fr. This was a sort
of intermediate building, called entrepot,
where stores, provisions, &c. to answer
daily consumptions were deposited.
Magazin d’approvisionnement, Fr. magazine
of stores.
Magazin d’artillerie, Fr. gunpowder
magazines.
MAGAZINE, a place in which stores
are kept, or arms, ammunition, provisions,
&c. Every fortified town ought to be
furnished with a large magazine, which
should contain stores of all kinds, sufficient
to enable the garrison and inhabitants
to hold out a long siege, and in which
smiths, carpenters, wheel-wrights, bakers,
&c. may be employed in making
every thing belonging to the artillery, as
carriages, waggons, &c.
Powder-Magazine, is that place
where the powder is kept in very large
quantities. Authors differ greatly both
in regard to situation and construction;
but all agree, that they ought to be arched,
and bomb-proof. In fortifications
they are frequently placed in the rampart;
but of late they have been built in different
parts of the town. The first powder
magazines were made with gothic arches;
but M. Vauban, finding them too weak,
constructed them in a semicircular form,
whose dimensions are, 60 feet long, within;
25 broad; the foundations are eight or
nine feet thick, and eight feet high from
the foundation to the spring of the arch;
the floor is 2 feet from the ground, which
keeps it from dampness.
An engineer of great experience some
time since, had observed, that after
the centres of semicircular arches are
struck, they settle at the crown and rise
up at the hances, even with a straight
horizontal extrados, and still much more
so in powder magazines, whose outside
at top is formed like the roof of a house,
by two inclined planes joining in an angle
over the top of the arch, to give a proper
descent to the rain; which effects are exactly
what might be expected agreeable
to the true theory of arches. Now, as
this shrinking of the arches must be attended
with very ill consequences, by
breaking the texture of the cement, after
it has been in some degree dried, and also
by opening the joints of the voussoirs, at
one end, so a remedy is provided for this
inconvenience, with regard to bridges, by
the arch of equilibration in Mr. Hutton’s
book on bridges; but as the ill effect is
much greater in powder magazines, the
same ingenious gentleman proposed to
find an arch of equilibration for them also,
and to construct it when the span is 20
feet the pich or height 10, (which are the
same dimensions as the semicircle) the
inclined exterior walls at top forming an
angle of 113 degrees, and the height of
their angular point above the top of the
arch, equal to seven feet: this very curious
question was answered in 1775 by
the Rev. Mr. Wildbore, to be found in
Mr. Hutton’s Miscellanea Mathematica.
Artillery-Magazine, in a siege, the
magazine is made about 25 or 30 yards behind
the battery, towards the parallels,
and at least 3 feet under ground, to hold
the powder, loaded shells, port-fires, &c.
Its sides and roof must be well secured
with boards to prevent the earth from
falling in: a door is made to it, and a
double trench or passage is sunk from the
magazine to the battery, one to go in and
the other to come out at, to prevent confusion.
Sometimes traverses are made
in the passages to prevent ricochet shot
from plunging into them.
Magazines. The present practice is
not to make large powder magazines for
batteries, but to disperse the barrels of
powder, or cartridges here and there in
small magazines, about 6 or 7 fathoms, in
the rear of the battery; as it appears better
to lose a small quantity from time to
time, than to run the risk of the whole
being destroyed, by a single shell falling
into the magazine. These small magazines
or entrenchments, will hold about
one or two tons of powder; and are about
eight or 9 feet square. They ought to be
well covered from the fire of the place,
and always in the rear of one of the merlons.
When they cannot be sunk in the
ground, they should be secured by sand
bags or gabions. They should be made
with attention, as should the communication
from them to the battery. Two
magazines of this kind will be required
for a battery of six pieces.
Permanent powder magazines. According
to Vauban’s plan, powder magazines
are commonly made 10 fathoms long, and
25 feet wide, in the clear. The foundation
of the longest sides, is 9 or 10 feet
thick, and 6 feet or more deep, according
to the nature of the ground. The side
walls raised upon these are 8 or 9 feet
thick; and if there is not to be an upper
story, 8 feet will be sufficient height
above the foundation. By this means the
flooring may be raised above the ground,
free from damp, and there will remain 6
feet from the floor to the spring of the
arch. The arch is formed of layers of
bricks, arched one over the other, and
ought to be 3 feet thick at the top. The
exterior surface of the arch terminates
with an angle at top, like a roof; which
angle must be of such magnitude as to
make a thickness of 8 feet over the key
stone of the arch. The foundation at the
gable ends is 5 feet thick, and the same
depth as the sides; these ends are built
up 4 feet thick, from the foundation to
the top of the roof. The long sides are
supported by counterforts, 6 feet thick
and 4 feet long; and placed 12 feet asunder.
The ventilators are placed, one in
the centre of each space between the counterforts,
and are made with a die across
them of 1¹⁄₂ feet. These ventilators are
also closed with plates of iron. The magazine
is lighted by a window in each end,
high up, which are opened and shut by
means of a ladder. These windows are
secured, each by two shutters, made of
plank 2 or 3 inches thick; and the outer
one covered with sheet iron, and both
fastened with strong bolts. The entrance
to the magazine is closed by two doors,
one of which opens inwards, and the other
outwards; the outward one is covered
with sheet iron. The entrance of the magazine
should, if possible, be placed towards
the south. A wall of 1¹⁄₂ feet
thick, and 10 feet high, is built round the
magazine at 12 feet distance. A magazine
of the above dimensions will contain
about 94,800 lbs. of powder, in piles of 3
barrels each; for a greater number piled
above each other destroys the barrels, damages
the powder, and occasions accidents.
MAGNITUDE, or quantity, any thing
locally continued, or that has several dimensions.
Its origin is a point, which
though void of parts, yet its flux forms
a line, the flux of that a surface, and of
that a body, &c.
MAGNA CHARTA, the great charter
of liberties granted to the people of
England in the 9th year of Henry III.
and confirmed by Edward I. It is so
called on account of the supposed excellence
of the laws therein contained;
or according to some writers, because another
lesser charter, called Charter de Foresta,
was established with it; or because
it contained more than any other
charter, &c. or in regard of the remarkable
solemnity in the denouncing excommunications
against the infringers of it. It
is nevertheless a code of barbarity characteristic
of the age; and to which imposture
has given it all the consequence
which ignorance ascribes to it.
MAHONNE, Fr. a species of galeas
or double galley which the Turks use.
The Venetian galeasses are larger and
stronger built.
MAIDEN, an edged instrument used
at Edinburgh in former times for the decapitation
of criminals. The original invention
is by some attributed to an inhabitant
of Halifax, in Yorkshire. The guillotine,
so called from a French physician
of that name, and by which the unfortunate
Louis the Sixteenth was executed,
January 21st, 1793, owes its origin to
the Maiden.
MAIL, primarily denotes the holes or
meshes in a net: it likewise signifies a
round iron ring. Hence
Coat of Mail, a coat of armor or steel
net-work, anciently worn for defence.
MAILLET, Fr. a mallet. The French
formerly made use of this instrument as
an offensive weapon in their engagements.
In 1351 the mallet was used at the famous
battle des Trente (of thirty) which
derived its name from the number of combatants
that fought on each side.
This extraordinary combat, holds a distinguished
place in the history of Britanny,
and was entered into by the partisans
of Charles of Blois, and the king of France
on one side, and by the count Montfort
and the king of England on the other.
Under the reign of Charles VI. a Parisian
mob forced the arsenal, took out a
large quantity of mallets, with which
they armed themselves for the purpose of
murdering the custom-house officers.
The persons who assembled on this occasion
were afterwards called Maillotins.
In the days of Louis XII. the English
archers carried mallets as offensive weapons.
MAILLOTIN, Fr. an old French
term; which signified, an ancient weapon
that was used to attack men who wore
helmets and cuirasses. A faction in
France was distinguished by the appellation
of Maillotins.
MAIN Armée, Fr. Armed force.—Entrer
a main armée dans un pays, is to enter
into a country with armed men.
Main. Venir aux mains, Fr. To come
to close action.
MAIN-BATTLE. See Battle-Array.
MAIN-BODY of the army, the body of
troops that march between the advance
and rear-guards. In a camp, that part of
the army encamped between the right and
left wings.
MAIN-GUARD, or grand-guard, a
body of horse posted before a camp for the
security of an army. In garrison, it is a
guard generally mounted by a subaltern
officer and about 24 men. See Guard.
Main-Guard. The French observed
the following general maxims, with respect
to their Grandes-Gardes or main-guards.
In the first place, every main-guard
on foot or horseback, must be so
posted as to remain secure of not being
surprised and carried off, nor easily forced
to abandon its position. In order to accomplish
these two objects, it must constantly
be within the reach of the different
piquets; and, if necessary, those piquets
should be readily supported by the army
itself.
MAINTAIN, when any body of men
defend a place or post, against the attacks
of an adverse party, they are said to maintain
it.
MAJOR. A superior officer in the
army, whose functions vary according to
the nature of the service on which he is
employed.
Major of a regiment of foot, the next
officer to the lieutenant-colonel, generally
promoted from the eldest captain: he
is to take care that the regiment be well
exercised, to see it march in good order,
and to rally it in case of being broke in action:
he is the only officer among the infantry
that is allowed to be on horseback
in time of action, that he may the more
readily execute the colonel’s orders.
The Major of a regiment of horse as
well as foot, ought to be a man of honor,
integrity, understanding, courage, activity,
experience, and address: he should be
master of arithmetic, and keep a detail of
the regiment in every particular: he
should be skilled in horsemanship, and
ever attentive to his business: one of his
principal functions is, to keep an exact
roster of the officers for duty; he should
have a perfect knowlege in all the military
evolutions, as he is obliged by his post
to instruct others, &c.
Town-Major, the third officer in order
in a garrison, and next to the deputy-governor.
He should understand fortification,
and has a particular charge of the
guards, rounds, patroles, and centinels.
Brigade-Major, is a particular officer
appointed for that purpose, only in camp:
or attached to a brigade when an army is
brigaded; he goes every day to head quarters
to receive orders from the adjutant general:
from thence he goes and gives the orders,
at the place appointed for that purpose, to
the different majors or adjutants of the
regiments which compose his brigade,
and regulates with them the number of
officers and men which each are to furnish
for the duty of the army; taking care to
keep an exact roster, that one may not
give more than another, and that each
march in their tour; in short, the major
of brigade is charged with the particular
detail in his own brigade, in much the
same way as the adjutant-general is
charged with the general detail of the duty
of the army. He sends every morning
to the adjutant-general an exact return, by
battalion and company, of the men of his
brigade missing at the retreat, or a report,
expressing that none are absent: he also
mentions the officers absent with or without
leave.
As all orders pass through the hands of
the majors of brigade, they have infinite
occasions of making known their talents
and exactness.
Major of Artillery, is also the next officer
to the lieutenant-colonel. His post
is very laborious, as the whole detail of
the corps particularly rests with him;
and for this reason all the non-commissioned
officers are subordinate to him, as
his title of serjeant-major imports; in
this quality they must render him an exact
account of every thing which comes
to their knowlege, either regarding the
duty or wants of the artillery and soldiers.
He should possess a perfect knowlege of
the power of artillery, together with all
its evolutions. In the field he goes daily
to receive orders from the brigade-major,
and communicates them with the parole
to his superiors, and then dictates them to
the adjutant. He should be a very good
mathematician, and be well acquainted
with every thing belonging to the train of
artillery, &c.
Major of engineers, should be very
well skilled in military architecture, fortification,
gunnery, and mining. He
should know how to fortify in the field,
to attack and defend all sorts of posts, and
to conduct the works in a siege, &c. See
Engineer.
Aid-Major, is on sundry occasions appointed
to act as major, who has a pre-eminence
above others of the same denomination.
Our horse and foot guards
have their guidons, or second and third
majors.
Serjeant-Major, is a non-commissioned
officer, of great merit and capacity,
subordinate to the adjutant, as he is to
the major. See Serjeant.
Drum-Major, is not only the first
drummer in the regiment, but has the
same authority over his drummers as the
corporal has over his squad. He instructs
them in their different beats; is
daily at orders with the serjeants, to know
the number of drummers for duty. He
marches at their head when they beat in a
body. In the day of battle, or at exercise,
he must be very attentive to the orders
given him, that he may regulate his beats
according to the movements ordered.
Fife-Major, is he that plays the best
on that instrument, and has the same authority
over the fifers as the drum-major
has over the drummers. He teaches
them their duty, and appoints them for
guards, &c.
Major-General. See General.
MAJOR, Fr. The French considered
this term, in a military sense, under the
following heads:—
Major-Général d’une Armée, Fr. Major-general
generally so called, which see.
Major-Général de l’Infanterie Francoise,
Fr. Major-general of the French
infantry. This appointment was made
under Francis the 1st in 1515.
Major-Général des Dragons, Fr. a major-general
of dragoons. His functions
were similar to those exercised by the
Maréchal-géneral des logis de la Cavalerie;
and nearly the same as those of the major-general
of infantry.
Major de Brigade, Fr. Brigade-major.
Major d’un Régiment de Cavalerie, Fr.
Major in a regiment of cavalry.
Major d’un Régiment d’Infanterie, Fr.
Major of a regiment of infantry. Under
the old government of France all majors
of infantry regiments, were styled sergent-majors,
or serjeant-majors in their
commissions. They were not permitted
to have any company of their own: because
it was reasonably judged, that their
own interest might render them more partial
to that company, and the service be
thereby injured.
Major d’une Place de Guerre, Fr.
Town-major.
Major, des quatres compagnies des Gardes
du corps, Fr. A rank which was exclusively
given to an officer belonging to
the old French guards. This was an appointment
of considerable trust under the
old government of France. He was lieutenant
in each of the companies; and had
the right of seniority over all lieutenants
younger than himself in date of commission.
Major sur un vaisseau de guerre, Fr.
An officer on board a ship of war, whose
duty it was to see the guard regularly
mounted, and the sentries posted.
Etat-Major, Fr. A comprehensive
French term, in which is included every
thing that can be conveyed under the
word staff, as applicable to the British
service. In a very recent publication, intituled,
Manuel des Adjudans-Généraux et
leurs Adjoints, the particular duties of the
etat-major are accurately explained, of
which an entire translation is incorporated
with the American Military Library.
Another work on the same subject, was
published in 1809, by general Grimoard,
entitled Traité sur le Service des Armées contenant
son organisation, et ses fonctions sous les
rapports administratifs et Militaires, with
plates. The author began this work in
1778, and part of it was published in 1797,
in the Encyclopédie Methodique. This
work has superceded the work of Thiebault,
only on account of its being more
comprehensive; their views and principles
are the same.
Major-Dome, Fr. An officer belonging
to the gallies, who has the chief superintendance
of provisions.
MAJORITY, the office, charge, or
appointment of a regimental major.
MAIRE, Fr. Under the old government
of France the person so called was
invested with the first dignity of the
kingdom. Charles Martel, of whom so
much is said in the history of the French
kings, was Maire of the palace. He was,
in fact, grand master of the king’s household,
and had an entire control over the
officers belonging to that establishment.
The appellation of Maire du Palais, or
mayor of the palace, was given in lieu of
Maitre du Palais, or master of the palace.
This name was borrowed from the Roman
emperors, who had each a grand master of
the palace. Du Tillet, a French author,
in page 12 of his book, pretends that the
word is derived from Mer, which signifies
Præfect. At first he had only the
care and superintendance of the king’s
household, so that his functions were
nearly similar to those that were exercised
by the grand master of the king’s household
previous to the Revolution. During
the reign of Clotaire the Second, the
power of the Maires increased very considerably.
Their influence grew greater
through the weakness and effeminacy of
the last kings of the second race; so much
so, that they maintained an uncontroled
power over the royal expenditure, and
had the sole management of the king’s
affairs. Pepin added the dignity and
functions or Maire to the royal prerogative;
but he did not suppress them
wholly. He merely limited his functions to
what they were originally; which
however were soon restored, in consequence
of the fall and extinction of the
second race. As the Maires possessed an
unlimited control over the finances and
judicature of the country, and had more
over the entire management of the war department,
they found little difficulty in
assuming a superiority over all the officers
belonging to the crown. They took precedence
of all dukes and counts who were
the governors of provinces. On which
account they were called Ducs des Ducs,
or dukes of France. Hugh Capet was
duke of France at the time he proclaimed
himself king of the country; but the
kings belonging to the third race, being
convinced that the authority which was
thus vested in one person, must eventually
prove extremely dangerous, abolished
the office of Maire du Palais, or duke of
France. They divided the functions, and
created the four great officers that were
immediately attached to the crown. The
command and superintendance of the
army, were entrusted to the constable;
the administration of civil justice was
vested in the chancellor; the management
of the finances was given to the grand
treasurer, and the care of the king’s
household devolved upon the seneschal,
who was afterwards styled grand master.
MAISON-du-Roi, Fr. The king’s
household. Certain select bodies of
troops were so called during the monarchy
of France, and consisted of the gardes du
corps or body-guards, the Gendarmes, Chevaux
legers or light horse, Mousquetaires
or musqueteers, la gendarmerie, grenadiers
à cheval or horse-grenadiers, the regiments
belonging to the French and Swiss guards,
and the cent Suisses or hundred Swiss
guards. The Maison-du-Roi or king’s
household, was not considered as a separate
establishment from the rest of the
army, until the reign of Louis IV. This
establishment was successively formed
by different kings out of militia companies,
which they took into their body
guard.
Maison Meurtriere, Fr. This term
was formerly given to casemates.
MAITRE des armes, Fr. Master at
arms. An officer, during the existence
of the Grecian empire, who took precedence
of the Maitre de la milice, or commander
of the militia.
Maitre d’armes, Fr. A term in general
use among the French, signifying a fencing
master. Every regiment has a maitre
d’armes attached to it.
MAKE-Ready, a word of command in
the firing, on which the soldier brings
his piece to the recover, at the same time
cocking it ready for firing.
MAL d’armée, Fr. A sort of contagious
disorder which sometimes rages in
an army, and is occasioned by too much
fatigue, or by bad food.
Mal-de-Mer, Fr. Sea-sickness.
Mal-de-Terre, Fr. The scurvy is so
called by the French.
MALABAR GUNS, Ind. Heavy
pieces of ordnance, which are made in the
Malabar country, and are formed by means
of iron bars joined together with hoops.
They are very long, and extremely unwieldy.
MALADES, Fr. The sick.
Soldats-Malades, Fr. Soldiers on the
sick list.
MALANDRINS, Fr. a set of free-booters,
who under the reign of Charles
V. infested France. During the 14th century,
these plunderers made their appearance
twice in considerable bodies. They
consisted chiefly of discharged soldiers
who formed themselves into marauding
parties, and pillaged with impunity all
the travellers they met. Abbé de Choisi,
relates that it was extremely hazardous to
oppose them in their first onset. These
pillagers, whom the inhabitants called
Malandrins, assembled in different cantons,
chose their own leaders, and observed
a sort of discipline in their depredations.
They usually contrived to station themselves
in such a manner, that it was impossible
to attack them.
They plundered or destroyed many
places and buildings through which they
passed, and paid no regard to church or
state. Their principal and most notorious
leaders, were the Chevalier de Vert,
brother to the count d’Auxerre, Hugues
de Caurelée, Mathieu de Gournar, Hugues
de Varennes, Gauthier Huet, and Robert
Lescot, who all belonged to some order of
knighthood. Bertrand du Guesclin cleared
the country of these dangerous and unprincipled
men, by leading them into
Spain under a pretence of fighting the
Moors, when in reality his object was to
attack Peter the cruel. See French Hist.
de Charles V. liv. 1. page 86.
MALINGERER, (from the French)
one who feigns illness to avoid his duty.
MALINGRE, Fr. peaking, sickly.
MALL. See Maul.
MALLET, a wooden hammer, to drive
the pegs into the ground, by which a tent
is fastened; it is likewise used on various
other occasions, especially in fortification
and artillery.
MALLEABLE, in the art of founding,
a property of metals, whereby they
are capable of being extended under the
hammer.
MALTA. The strongest place in the
Mediterranean, taken by the French troops
during the present war, from the knights
of that order, and since re-taken by the
British. The island of Malta may be
considered as a key to the Levant. See
Military orders.
MAMMILLIARIA, (Mammellieres,
Fr.) a word corrupted from the Latin,
signifying a sort of armor, or that part
of armor which formerly covered the chest
and nipples. Etienne de la fontaine, who
was silver smith to the French court,
mentions among other articles two sets of
Mammillieries, in an account which was
delivered in the year 1352.
MAMALUKES, (Mammelucs, Fr.)
Some writers assert that they were Turkish
and Circassian slaves, originally purchased
from the wandering tartars by
Meliesaheh, and amounting in number to
one thousand men. They were trained
and disciplined to war, and some were
raised to the first places of trust in the
empire. Other writers say that the mamelukes
were generally chosen out of
christian slaves, and may be considered
in the same light as the Turkish janizaries
are; others again assert, that they originally
came from Circassia, and attracted
public notice by their valor, &c. in 869.
See D’Herbelot, page 545. The mamelukes
have made a considerable figure
during the present war, especially in their
contest against Bonaparte, for the defence
of Egypt. They afterwards joined the
French, and formed a considerable part of
their cavalry.
MAN, to man the works, is to post the
soldiers on the lines so as to be ready for
their defence, &c. In the plural number
it means soldiers, as an army consisting of
12,000 men.
Flank-front-rank-Man. Each soldier
upon the right and left extremity of the
first line or rank of any given body of
troops is so called.
Flank-rear-rank-Man. Each soldier
upon the right and left extremity of the
last line or rank of any given body of
troops.
When a company or battalion is drawn
up three deep, the two men who stand at
the extremities of the centre line may be
called flank-centre-rank-men.
MANCELLE, Fr. a small chain which
is fixed to the collars of carriage or dray
horses, and which terminates in a large
iron ring, that is attached to the shaft.
It likewise means the ring itself.
MANCHE d’un Bataillon, Fr. literally
means the sleeve of a battalion.—This
word originally signified any small
body consisting of 40 or 60 men, which
were drawn out of the main-body of a
battalion, and were posted by files upon
the corners or angles of the same battalion.
At present the word manches means the
wings of a battalion, the centre of which
was composed of pikemen, whilst pikes
were in use. Thus there were right and
left wings, which were again divided into
half-wings, quarter-wings, and half-quarter-wings.
Any battalion may defile or break off
by wings, half-wings, or by the other proportions.
The term manche, or wing, was undoubtedly
adopted for the express purpose
of distinguishing several small corps,
which, though at times connected and
standing together, could suddenly detach
themselves, and act against the enemy
without occasioning the most trifling
fluctuation or movement in the main
body. The Greeks and Romans must
have had a term synonimous to manche,
in order to shew the several little portions
into which the phalanx of the former, and
the legion of the latter, were at times divided,
when there was occasion for either
to manœuvre upon the same principles
that we do by wings.
Gardes de la Manche, Fr. Men belonging
to the old French body guards, who on
particular occasions, as at the Royal
Chapel, &c. stood on each side of the
king, dressed in hoquetons, and armed
with pertuisanes or lances.
La Manche, Fr. The channel.
La Manche Britannique, Fr. The
British channel.
La Manche de Bristol, Fr. The Bristol
channel.
Manche d’outil, Fr. The handle of
any utensil.
MANDARIN. A name which the
Portuguese originally gave to the Chinese
nobility. According to a French author,
the Mandarins are divided into nine orders,
each having a peculiar mark of distinction
to ascertain its rank.
Civil Mandarins. (Mandarins lettrés,
Fr.) These were able and scientific
men who had the management of the
different branches belonging to civil government.
Military Mandarins. (Mandarins
militaires, Fr.) A certain proportion of
the body of mandarins is selected by the
emperor of China, to superintend and
command the militia of the country, these
are called military mandarins.
The mandarins are considered as noblemen,
but their rank is not hereditary.
Every mandarin undergoes a severe and
close examination respecting his natural
and acquired talents, before he receives
a civil or military appointment; and there
are public schools or seminaries to which
the natives of the empire may repair to
obtain the requisite qualifications for such
important and honorable stations.
MANDILION, (Mandille, Fr.) the
soldier’s coat is so called by the Italians.
It does not, however, bear that meaning
either amongst us or among the French;
Mandilion and Mandille signifying a footman’s
great coat.
MANEGE, in horsemanship, the exercise
of riding the great horse, or the
ground set apart for that purpose; which
is sometimes covered, for continuing the
exercise in bad weather; and sometimes
open, in order to give more liberty and
freedom both to the horseman and horse.
MANGAN, Fr. This word is sometimes
written MANGON, (See Gun).
A warlike machine which was formerly
used. The term itself, indeed, was generally
adopted to signify any species of
warlike machine. But it more particularly
meant the largest and most powerful
machine that could be used for warlike
purposes; whether it was practised to
throw enormous stones against besieged
places, or to cast javelins, &c. It was
likewise called balista, from the Greek;
tormentum from the Latin à torquendo; and
sometimes petraria, because stones weighing
upwards of three hundred and sixty
pounds, were thrown from it. This machine
answered the double purpose of defending
or attacking fortified places, and
it was sometimes used at sea. According
to a French writer, one of these machines
may still be seen at Basle.
MANGANELLE, Fr. See Mangonneau.
MANGONNEAU, Fr. A word originally
derived from the Greek, which,
according to Potter, seems to signify any
engine designed to cast missive weapons.
With respect to that particular engine,
which the French have called mangan,
manganelle, and mangonneau, there is not
any specific term for that famous engine,
out of which, stones of a size
not less than mill-stones, were thrown
with such violence, as to dash whole
houses in pieces at a blow:—it was called
indeed by the Romans, balista; but
this name though of Grecian original, appears
not to have been used in Greece;
this engine, however, was known there,
and was the same with that used by the
Romans, the force of which is thus expressed
by Lucan:—
At faxum quoties ingenti verberis ictu
Excutitur, qualis rupes, quam vertice montis
Abscidit impulsu ventorum adjuta vetustas;
Frangit cunctaruens, nec tantum corpora pressa
Exanimas, totos cum sanguine dissipat artus.
MANIEMENT des armes, Fr. manual
exercise. Although it might be thought
superfluous to enter into a minute explanation
of the manual as practised by the
French, it will not be deemed entirely useless
to the military man, to make him
master of the different terms. With this
view, we shall likewise give the words of
command used in the platoon exercise
&c. The French manual differed from the
English in many points; essentially so in
the commencement of it, as, (extreme bad
weather excepted) the soldiers in the former
service, regularly appeared upon parade
with fixed bayonets; so that the first
word of command was,
Presentez vos armes.—Present arms.
Portez vos armes.—Shoulder arms.
Reposez sur vos armes.—Order arms.
Posez vos armes à terre.—Ground arms.
Relevez vos armes.—Take up arms.
Portez vos armes.—Shoulder arms.
L’arme au bras.—Support arms.
Portez vos armes.—Carry arms.
Presentez la baïonnette.—Charge bayonet.
Portez vos armes.—Shoulder arms.
The other words of command which do
not belong to the manual, but are occasionally
practised, consist of
Baïonnette au canon.—Fix bayonet.
Tirez la baguette.—Draw ramrod.
Baguette dans le canon.—Spring ramrod.
L’arme à volonté.—Slope arms.
L’arme au bras gauche.—Secure arms.
Armes au faisceau.—Pile arms.
Repos.—Rest.
Portez les armes comme sergent.—Advance
arms.
Remettez la baguette.—Return ramrod.
Remettez la baïonnette.—Return or unfix
bayonet.
Ouvrez le bassinet.—Open pan.
Fermez le bassinet.—Shut pan.
Port arms is not practised among the
Trench. When a guard is dismissed, instead
of porting arms, the soldier receives
the following word of command, haut les
armes! which is somewhat similar to recover
arms.
MANIEMENT des armes, Fr. The
platoon exercise is so called in the French
service, and is distinguished from their
manual by the additional caution of charge
en douze tems, or prime and load in twelve
motions.
Chargez vos armes.—Prime and load.
Ouvrez le bassinet.—Open pan.
Prenez le cartouche.—Handle cartridge.
Déchirez la cartouche.—Bite cartridge.
Amorcez.—Prime.
Fermez le bassinet.—Shut pan.
L’arme à gauche.—Cast over.
Cartouche dans le canon.—Load.
Tirez la baguette.—Draw ramrod.
Bourez.—Ram down cartridge.
Remettez la baguette.—Return ramrod.
Portez vos armes.—Shoulder arms.
Firing after the manual.
Apprétez vos armes.—Make ready.
Joue.—Aim.
Feu.—Fire.
Chargez.—Prime and load.
Le chien au repos.—Half-cock firelock.
Portez vos armes.—Carry arms.
Presentez vos armes.—Present arms.
Portez vos armes.—Shoulder arms.
Reposez sur vos armes.—Order arms.
Repos.—Rest.
Inspection d’armes.—Inspection
of arms.
Baïonnette au canon.—Fix bayonet.
Baguette dans le canon.—Spring ramrod.
In the British service the ramrod is
rammed down the barrel without any further
word of command.
Vos armes à terre.—Ground arms.
Relevez vos armes.—Take up arms.
Portez vos armes.—Shoulder arms.
L’arme au bras.—Support arms.
L’arme à volonté.—Slope arms.
L’arme au bras.—Support arms.
Portez vos armes.—Carry arms.
L’arme sous le bras gauche.—Secure arms.
Rortez vos armes.—Shoulder arms.
Croisez la baïonnette.—Charge bayonet.
Croiser la baïonnette likewise signifies to
cross bayonet in such a manner as to
form a sort of cheval de frise to resist
the attack of cavalry from either flank.
This has been adopted since the French
revolution, and consists in placing the
shoulder of the bayonet of the second
man behind the shoulder of the first
man’s bayonet; and so of every succeeding
two from right to left.
Portez vos armes.—Carry arms.
Charge précipitée.—Prime and load quick;
in four motions.
Chargez vos armes.—Load.
Deux.—Two.
Trois.—Three.
Quatre.—Four.
Charge à volonté.—Independent or running
fire.
Chargez vos armes.—Prime and load.
Platoon Firing.
Peloton.—Platoon.
Armes.—Ready.
Joue.—Aim.
Feu.—Fire.
Charges.—Prime and load.
Roulement.—Roll.
Fin de roulement.—Cease to roll.
Feu à volonté.—Independent firing.
Peloton.—Platoon.
Armes.—Ready.
Commencez le feu.—Commence firing.
Roulement.—Roll.
It is here necessary to explain to the
English reader, that the words of command
Roulement and Fin de Roulement are
only used in the drill, or when there is
not any drum to beat the prescribed roll.
MANIER, Fr. to handle. This word
is generally used among the French, in a
military sense, whenever they speak of
portable fire-arms, &c. Hence maniement
des armes.
Manier les armes, Fr. To handle the
fire-lock, or handle arms.
Manier la hallebarde, Fr. To handle,
or salute with the halbert.
Manier le sponton, Fr. To handle, or
salute with the spontoon.
Manier l’épée, Fr. To be a swordsman.
Manier le drapeau, Fr. To furl or
unfurl the colors.
Manier l’épée à deux mains, Fr. To
be able to use your sword with either
hand.
MANIFESTO (manifeste, Fr.) A
public declaration which is made by a
prince or state, containing motives and
reasons for entering into a war. The formality
of a manifesto has been considerably
reduced in modern times. Among
the ancients, on the contrary, it was particularly
attended to. Potter, in his
Grecian Antiquities, observes, that invasions
without notice were looked upon
rather as robberies than lawful wars, as
designed rather to despoil and make a prey
of persons innocent and unprovided, than
to repair any losses, or damages sustained,
which for ought the invaders knew,
might have been satisfied for in an easier
way. It is therefore no wonder, as Polybius
(lib. iv.) relates of the Ætolians,
that they were held as common outlaws
and robbers in Greece, it being their
manner to strike without warning, and to
make war without any previous and public
declaration, whenever they had an opportunity
of enriching themselves, with
the spoil and booty of their neighbors.
Yet there want not instances of wars begun
without previous notice, even by nations
of better repute for justice and humanity:
but this was only done upon
provocations so great and exasperating,
that no recompence was thought sufficient
to atone for them: whence it came
to pass, that such wars were of all others
the most bloody and pernicious, and
fought with excess of rage and fury;
the contesting parties being resolved to
extirpate each other, if possible, out of the
world.
Before the Grecians engaged themselves
in war, it was usual to publish a declaration
of the injuries they had received, and
to demand satisfaction by ambassadors;
for however prepared, or excellently
skilled, they were in the affairs of war,
yet peace, if to be procured upon honorable
terms, was thought more eligible:
which custom was observed, even in the
most early ages, as appears from the story
of Tydeus, whom Polynices sent to compose
matters with his brother Eteocles
king of Thebes, before he proceeded to invest
that city, as we are informed by Statius,
(Thebaid. lib. ii. v. 368.) and several
others. See Potter, page 64 and 65.
The Romans, on the other hand, used
abundance of superstition in entering upon
any hostility, or closing in any league or
confederacy; the public ministers who
performed the ceremonial part of both
these were the Feciales, or heralds. The
ceremonies were of this nature. When
any neighboring state had given sufficient
reason for the senate to suspect a design
of breaking with them; or had offered any
violence or injustice to the citizens of
Rome, which was enough to give them
the repute of enemies; one of the Feciales,
chosen out of the college upon this
occasion, and habited in the vest belonging
to his order, together with his other
ensigns, and habiliments, set forward for
the enemy’s country. As soon as he
reached the confines, he pronounced a formal
declaration of the cause of his arrival,
calling all the Gods to witness, and imprecating
the divine vengeance on himself,
and his country if his reasons were not
just. When he came to the chief city of
the enemy, he again repeated the same declaration,
with some addition, and withal
desired satisfaction. If they delivered
into his power the authors of the injury,
or gave hostages for security, he returned
satisfied to Rome: if otherwise they desired
time to consider; he went away for
ten days, and then came again to hear their
resolution, and this he did, in some cases,
three times: but, if nothing was done towards
an accommodation in about thirty
days, he declared that the Romans would
endeavor to assert their right by their arms.
After this the herald was obliged to return,
and to make a true report of his embassy
before the senate, assuring them of
the legality of the war, which they were
now consulting to undertake; and was
then again dispatched to perform the last
part of the ceremony, which was to throw
a spear into (or towards the enemy’s country)
in token of defiance, and, as a summons
to war, pronouncing at the same
time a set form of words to the like purpose.
Kennett’s Roman Antiquities,
book iv. page 229.
The British have within the last century
totally changed the usages of war;
and appear to court the opprobrium bestowed
by history upon the Carthaginians
for their perfidiousness and cruelty; and
upon the Ætolians for their treachery and
rapacity; by making war first, and issuing
their manifesto afterwards; as in the attack
on Copenhagen in 1806.
MANIGLIONS, the two handles on
the back of a piece of ordnance. See Cannon.
MANIPLE. See Manipulus.
MANIPULARIS (manipulaire,) Fr.
from Maniple, a handful or bottle of
straw. The chief officer in a part of the
Roman infantry called manipulus, was
so called. This officer was likewise ordinary,
ordinaire, Fr.
MANIPULA, Fr.. See Manipulus.
Manipule Pyrotechnique, Fr. a certain
quantity of iron or brass petards,
which may be thrown by the hand upon
an enemy. These petards and the method
of making them, are particularly described
by Casini in his work on artillery.
See Petards.
MANIPULUS (manipule, Fr.) A small
body of infantry originally so called
among the Romans, during the reign of
Romulus. Their ensign was a hand on
the end of a staff.
It consisted of one hundred men, and
in the days of the consuls and first Cæsars,
of two hundred. Three manipuli
constituted a Roman cohort. Each manipulus
was commanded by two officers
called centurions, one of whom acted as
lieutenant to the other. A centurion
among the Romans, may be considered in
the same light, as we view a captain of a
company in modern service. Every manipulus
made two centuries or Ordines.
This, however, cannot be said to have
been the uniform establishment or formation
of the manipulus; for according to
Varro and Vegetius, it was the smallest
body of men employed in the Roman
armies, and composed the tenth part of
a century. Spartian in his life of Sexennius
Niger, says, it consisted only of ten
soldiers. We have already observed, that
it takes its name from manipulus, which
signifies a handful of straw; the latter
having been fixed to a long pole to serve
as a rallying signal, before the eagles were
adopted. This circumstance has given
rise to the modern expression, a handful
of men, une poignée de gens. Vegetius, on
the other hand says, it comes from manus,
which signified a small body or handful
of men collected together, and following
the same standard; and Modestus as well as
Varro, state it to have been so called, because,
when they went into action, they
took one another by the hand, or fought
all together. A French writer conceives,
that manipulus may be considered as one
of those parts of a modern battalion,
which are distributed in different rooms,
&c. and which is called une chambrée, or a
company that messes together.
Manipulus, so called from its standard
or flag, which was made of cloth,
and hung suspended on a staff with a
hand. The manipulus was distinguished
in this manner from the chief standard of
each legion, which was an eagle of massive
metal.
MANOEUVRE, (Manoeuvre, Fr.)
Manœuvres of war consist chiefly in habituating
the soldier to a variety of evolutions,
to accustom him to different movements,
and to render his mind familiar
with the nature of every principle of offensive
or defensive operation. The regular
manœuvres of the British army
have been reduced to nineteen, though
these are not competent to every exigency
of service the skilful officer will know
how to manœuvre as the ground he is upon
requires.
The word manœuvre is frequently used
in the French artillery to express the
method with which a piece of ordnance
or mortar is raised and placed upon its
carriage by several hands, assisted by the
crab or any other machine. In a general
acceptation of the term, manœuvre means
that mechanical process by which any
weight is lifted.
To Manœuvre, is to manage any body
or armed force in such a manner as to derive
sudden and unexpected advantages
before the enemy, from a superior talent
in military movements. It consists in
distributing equal motion to every part of
a body of troops, to enable the whole to
form, or change their position, in the most
expeditious and best method, to answer the
purposes required of a battalion, brigade,
or line of cavalry, infantry, or artillery.
The use of all manœuvres and of all
discipline is the same, to habituate men
to the word of command, to perform what
is commanded, and in the shortest time,
in the best manner. The idea therefore
of reducing manœuvres to 18 or 19, or any
given number, manifests a misconception
of the military art, that is truly surprizing;
for it must be perceived by a practical man,
that the principles of all manœuvres are
few and simple; although manœuvres are
as susceptible of infinite variety and of
real use, as arithmetical numbers. The
ability of the officer is shewn in the choice
of manœuvre, and its adaptation to the
ground manœuvred upon, the end proposed
to be obtained by the manœuvre,
the position of the enemy, and the exactness
and celerity with which it is performed.
The great perfection of manœuvre
is when troops at a single word of command
perform movements of different
kinds at the same instant, but all to accomplish
the same object; that is to accomplish
together the end proposed by the
commander. Soldiers should be so exercised
as to be competent to move in any
manner or direction on the instant; a fixt
number of manœuvres is calculated to defeat
this end. The Austrians have attempted
to follow the French, and practise
their methods of manœuvre, which
are not so much for parade as for practice.
In the United States, the prejudice against,
or the ignorance of manœuvre is excessive.
It has always been lamented, that
men have been brought on service without
being acquainted with the uses of the different
manœuvres they have been practising;
and having no ideas of any thing
but the uniformity of the parade, instantly
fall into disorder and confusion when they
lose the step, or see a deviation from the
straight lines they have been accustomed
to at exercise. It is a pity to see so much
attention confined to show, and so little
given to instruct the troops in what may
be of use to them on real service.
Manœuvre when executed in the presence
of the enemy, must be protected by
some light troops, riflemen or horse artillery.
Grand Manœuvre de Guerre, Fr.
This expression is peculiarly French, and
may be said to signify the dispositions of
war upon a large scale. According to
marshal Saxe these dispositions consist
chiefly in drawing troops up in such a
manner, that the cavalry and infantry may
support each other; but he objects to
that arrangement by which companies or
platoons of infantry are intermixed with
squadrons of horse; for, as he justly observes,
if the latter should be beaten, the
foot soldiers must unavoidably be thrown
into confusion by the enemy’s cavalry,
and be cut to pieces. For further particulars
on this important article, see Saxe’s
Reveries, where he treats of La Grande
Manœuvre de Guerre, and the supplement
to them by baron d’Espagnac, page 69.
Warlike Manoeuvres, (Manoeuvres
de Guerre, Fr.) Warlike manoeuvres, or
the different exercises, &c. by which men
are taught the military profession: these
exercises, from the earliest periods of history,
have been infinitely diversified. Vegetius,
an ancient writer, remarks, that
the Romans, in order to enure their raw
troops to the fatigues of war, had specific
regulations drawn up, by which every
recruit was regularly practised in martial
exercises. These regulations were originally
formed during the existence of their
republic, and were afterwards confirmed
by the emperors Augustus and Adrian.
It was particularly ordained, that the
cavalry as well as the infantry should be
walked out (être mené à la promenade)
three times every month. The foot were
obliged to go ten miles beyond the lines
of their encampment. On these occasions
they were originally drawn up.
But their movements both in going and
returning were frequently altered; being
sometimes obliged to march at a moderate
rate, and at others to increase their pace
and run. The same regulation held good
with respect to the cavalry, which was
armed and divided into certain proportions,
called turmæ. The troops on horseback
went the same distance, and practised
different evolutions on the road. Sometimes
advancing to attack, and at others
suddenly wheeling round, to return to the
charge with greater impetuosity. These
exercises were not, however, confined to
open roads, or a level country: both horse
and foot were frequently ordered to make
their way through intricate passes, over
cragged hills, &c. and to accustom themselves
to every possible obstacle that
might occur in military movements.
This species of manoeuvre or practising
exercise, has at last obtained in modern
times. It was till lately thought sufficient
to teach a raw recruit the use of the firelock,
and to make him master of a certain number
of movements, by the knowlege of
which he was held fit to make a part of a
well disciplined corps. How to march
against and attack an enemy, or to meet his
attack with skill and steadiness; these principally
constituted the system of modern
manoeuvres, and are better understood by
the name of evolutions. In the British
service there is a specific number of manoeuvres
or evolutions to which every regiment
must conform, and with the particular
practice of which every officer and
soldier must be made intimately acquainted.
See Am. Mil. Library.
MANOEUVRER, Fr. To manoeuvre.
This verb in the French language may
be applied two ways; as, manoeuvrer les
voiles, to manage the sails and tackle of a
vessel.
Manoeuvrer des Troupes, to make
soldiers go through their different manoeuvres.
Ces troupes ont bien manoeuvré,
those soldiers have ably manoeuvred.
Bien ou mal MANOEUVRER, Fr. signifies
to manoeuvre well or ill; as, un tel gênéral
ou officier a bien manoeuvré à tel passage, à
tel endroit, such a general manoeuvred well
at such a passage or quarter: mais un tel à
mal manoeuvré à la defense ou à l’attaque de
tel poste, but such an officer manoeuvred
extremely ill in his defence or attack of
such a post. The word manoeuvre is originally
derived from the Latin Manûs Opus.
MANOEUVRIER, Fr. any officer
who is perfectly acquainted with the art of
manoeuvring.
Manoeuvrier, Fr. A sea phrase,
which is frequently used among the
French, to signify that an officer not only
understands all the different words of command,
but can thoroughly manoeuvre his
ship. It is common to say, il est un des
meilleurs manoeuvriers qui soient sur mer,
he is one of the ablest sea officers in the
service.
MANTEAU, Fr. This word, which
literally signifies a cloak, is frequently
used among the French to express the
covering that hussars or light infantry
troops carry for the double purpose of
shielding their bodies from the inclemencies
of the weather in outposts, &c.
and for spreading over their heads, by
means of poles, when they occasionally
halt, and take a position.
MANTELETS, in a military sense,
are either single or double, composed of
great planks of wood, of about 5 feet high,
and 3 inches thick. The single ones are
sometimes covered with tin, made musquet-proof,
which the pioneers generally
roll before them, being fixed upon wheels,
to cover them from the enemy’s fire, in
opening the trenches, or carrying on the
sap, &c. The double ones form an angle,
and stand square, making two fronts,
which cover both the front and flank of
the sappers, &c. when at work: these
have double planks with earth rammed in
between them: they are 5 feet high and
3 in breadth, sometimes covered with
plates of iron; they may with propriety
be called a moving parapet, having a shaft
to guide them by.
MANTONET, Fr. A small piece of
wood or iron, which is notched, for the
purpose of hanging any thing upon it.
The pegs in soldier’s rooms are sometimes
so called.
MANUAL.—In a general acceptation
of the word, means any thing done by the
hand.
MANUAL Exercise, in the British
service, is the exercise of the musquet, independent
of powder and ball, and consists
in seven motions of the firelock; 5 of
which are essentially different from each
other, viz. order arms, fix bayonets, shoulder
arms, present arms, shoulder arms,
charge bayonets, and shoulder arms.
I. Order Arms. (3 motions.) Bring the
firelock to the trail in two motions as
usual, seizing it at the first at the lower
loop, just at the swell, at the 2d, bring it
down to the right side, the butt within an
inch of the ground: at the 3d, drop the
butt on the ground, placing the muzzle
against the hollow of the right shoulder,
and the hand flat upon the sling; the
thumb behind the barrel.
II. Fix Bayonets.—At the word, fix,
grip the firelock; as soon as the word of
command is fully out, push the firelock
a little forward, at the same time drawing
out the bayonet with the left hand, and
fixing it with the utmost celerity. The
instant this is done, return as quick as
possible, to the order, as above described,
and stand perfectly steady.
III. Shoulder Arms.—As soon as the
word shoulder is given, grip the firelock
with the right hand, as in fixing bayonets,
and, at the last word, arms, the firelock
must be thrown, with the right hand, in
one motion, and with as little appearance
of effort as possible, into its proper position
on the left shoulder; the hand
crosses the body in so doing, but must
instantly be withdrawn.
IV. Present Arms. (3 motions.)—1st.
Seize the firelock with the right hand,
under the guard, turning the lock to the
front, but without moving it from the
shoulder.
2d. Bring it to the poize, seizing it with
the left hand, the fingers easily round the
stock, the wrist upon the guard, and the
point of the left thumb of equal height
with the eyes.
3d. Bring down the firelock with a
quick motion, as low as the right hand
will admit without constraint, drawing
back the right foot at the same instant, so
that the hollow of it may touch the left
heel. The firelock in this position is to
be totally supported in the left hand; the
body to rest intirely on the left foot; both
knees to be straight; the firelock in front
of the left eye, and the butt in front of the
left thigh.
V. Shoulder Arms. (2 motions.)—1st.
By a turn of the right wrist, bring the
firelock to its proper position on the
shoulder, as described above, the left hand
grasping the butt.
2d. Quit the right hand, bring it briskly
down to its place by the side.
VI. Charge Bayonets. (2 motions.)—1st.
At one motion throw the firelock from the
shoulder across the body, to a low diagonal
recover, a position known by the name
of porting arms, or preparing for the charge,
in which the lock is to be turned to the
front, and at the height of the breast;
the muzzle slanting upwards, so that the
barrel may cross opposite the point of the
left shoulder, with the butt proportionally
depressed; the right hand grasps the
small of the butt, and the left holds the
piece at the swell, close to the lower pipe,
the thumbs of both hands pointing towards
the muzzle.
2d. Make a half-face to the right, and
bring down the firelock to nearly a horizontal
position, with the muzzle inclining
a little upwards, and the right wrist resting
against the hollow of the thigh, just
below the hip.
N. B. The first motion of the charge
is the position which the soldier will
either, from the shoulder, or after firing,
take, in order to advance on an enemy,
whom it is intended to attack with fixed
bayonets; and the word of command for
that purpose is “prepare to charge.” The
second position of the charge is that which
the front rank takes when arrived at a few
yards distance only from the body to be
attacked. The first motion of the charge
is also that which sentries are to take
when challenging any persons who approach
their posts.
VII. Shoulder Arms. (2 motions.)—1st.
Face to the front, and throw up the piece
into its position on the shoulder, by a turn
of the right wrist, instantly grasping the
butt, as before described, with the left
hand.
2d. Quit the firelock briskly with the
right hand, bringing it to its proper place
by the side.
The men are taught likewise to
support arms at three motions, throwing
the first and second nearly into one: at the
first motion they seize the small of the
butt, under the lock, with the right hand,
bringing the butt in the front of the groin,
and keeping the lock somewhat turned
out: at the second, they bring the left
arm under the cock: at the third, they
quit the right hand. In carrying arms
from the support, the motions are exactly
reversed.
In marching any distance, or in standing
at ease, when supported, the men are
allowed to bring their right hand across
the body, to the small of the butt, which
latter must in that case, be thrown still
more forward; the fingers of the left
hand being uppermost, must be placed
between the body and the right elbow;
the right hands are to be instantly removed
when the division halts, or is ordered
to dress by the right.
Time.—The motions in the manual
exercise to be performed slow, leaving
three seconds between each motion, except
that of fixing bayonets, in which a longer
time must be given.
The manual is not to be executed by
one word, or signal, but each separate
word of command is to be given by the
officer who commands the body performing
it.
In regard to the motions of securing,
grounding, and trailing, as well as those of
piling, &c. it will be sufficient for the
soldiers to be taught to perform them in the
most convenient and quickest method.
Returning bayonets is to be done from the
order; in the same manner as fixing them.
Sentries.—Sentries posted with shouldered
arms, are permitted afterwards to
support, but not to slope them. On the
approach of an officer, they immediately
carry their arms, and put themselves into
their proper position; which is not to
be done at the instant he passes, but by the
time he is within twenty yards of their
post, so that they may be perfectly steady
before he comes up.
Corporals.—Corporals marching with
reliefs, or commanding detachments, or
divisions, carry their arms advanced,
as formerly: for which purpose a soldier,
when promoted to that rank, must
be taught the position of advanced arms.
Explanation of the several Motions of the
Platoon Exercise, as taught at the drill in
the British service.
I. Make Ready.—As usual, bringing
the firelock to the recover, and instantly
cocking.
II. Aim.—1st. Slip the left hand along
the sling, as far as the swell of the firelock,
and bring the piece down to the
present, stepping back about six inches to
the rear with the right foot.
III. Fire.—After firing drop the firelock
briskly to the priming position.
2d. Half cock.
IV. Handle Cartridge.—1st. Draw the
cartridge from the pouch.
2d. Bring it to the mouth, holding it
between the fore finger and thumb, and
bite off the top of it.
V. Prime.—1st. Shake some powder
into the pan.
2d. Shut the pan with the three last
fingers.
3d. Seize the small of the butt with
the above three fingers.
VI. Load.—1st. Face to the left on
both heels, so that the right toe may point
directly to the front, and the body be a
very little faced to the left, bringing at
the same time the firelock round to the
left side without sinking it. It should,
in this momentary position, be almost
perpendicular (having the muzzle only a
small degree brought forward), and as
soon as it is steady there, it must instantly
be forced down within two inches of
the ground, the butt nearly opposite the
left heel, and the firelock itself somewhat
sloped, and directly to the front; the
right hand at the same instant catches the
muzzle, in order to steady it.
2d. Shake the powder into the barrel,
putting in after it the paper and ball.
3d. Seize the top of the ramrod, with
the fore finger and thumb.
VII. Draw ramrods.—1st. Draw the
ramrod half out, and seize it back-handed
exactly in the middle.
2d. Draw it entirely out, and turning it
with the whole hand and arm extended
from you, put it one inch into the barrel.
VIII. Ram down cartridge.—1st. Push
the ramrod down, holding it as before,
exactly in the middle, till the hand touches
the muzzle.
2d. Slip the fore finger and thumb to
the upper end, without letting the ramrod
fall farther into the barrel.
3d. Push the cartridge well down to
the bottom.
4th. Strike it two very quick strokes
with the ramrod.
IX. Return ramrod.—1st. Draw the
ramrod half out, catching it back-handed.
2d. Draw it entirely out, turning it very
briskly from you, with the arm extended,
and put it into the loops, forcing it as
quick as possible to the bottom; then
face to the proper front, the finger and
thumb of the right hand holding the ramrod,
as in the position immediately previous
to drawing it, and the butt raised
two inches from the ground.
X. Shoulder Arms.—Strike the top of
the muzzle smartly with the right hand,
in order to fix the bayonet and ramrod
more firmly, and at the same time throw
it nimbly up, at one motion to the shoulder.
N. B. Though the butts are not to
come to the ground in casting about, as
accidents may happen from it, yet they
are permitted, while loading, to be so
rested; but it must be done without
noise, and in a manner imperceptible in
the front.
Explanation of priming and loading quick.
Prime and Load.—1st. Bring the firelock
down in one brisk motion to the
priming position, the thumb of the right
hand placed against the pan-cover, or
steel: the fingers clenched; and the elbow
a little turned out, so that the wrist
may be clear of the cock.
2d. Open the pan by throwing up the
steel, with a strong motion of the right
arm, turning the elbow in, and keeping
the firelock steady in the left hand.
3d. Bring your hand round to the pouch,
and draw out the cartridge.
The rest as above described, excepting
that, in the quick loading, all the motions
are to be done with as much dispatch as
possible; the soldiers taking their time,
from the flugel man in front, for casting
over and shouldering only.
Priming position.—In firing three deep
the priming position for the front rank
is the height of the waistband of the
breeches: for the centre rank, about the
middle of the stomach; and for the rear
rank, close to the breast: the firelock, in
all these positions, is to be kept perfectly
horizontal.
Explanation of the Positions of each Rank in
the Firings.
Front Rank, kneeling.—Bring the firelock
briskly up to the recover, catching it
in the left hand; and, without stopping,
sink down with a quick motion upon the
right knee, keeping the left foot fast, the
butt end of the firelock, at the same moment,
falling upon the ground; then
cock, and instantly seize the cock and steel
together in the right hand, holding the
piece firm in the left, about the middle of
that part which is between the lock and
the swell of the stock: the point of the
left thumb to be close to the swell, and
pointing upwards.
As the body is sinking, the right knee is
to be thrown so far back that the left leg
may be right up and down, the right foot
a little turned out, the body straight, and
the head as much up as if shouldered; the
firelock must be upright, and the butt
about four inches to the right of the inside
of the left foot.
Aim.—Bring the firelock down firmly
to the aim, by sliding the left hand, to
the full extent of the arm, along the sling,
without letting the motion tell: the right
hand at the same time springing up the
butt by the cock so high against the right
shoulder, that the head may not be too
much lowered in taking aim; the right
cheek to be close to the butt; the left eye
shut, and the middle finger of the right
hand on the trigger, look along the barrel
with the right eye from the breech-pin to
the muzzle, and remain steady.
Fire.—Pull the trigger strong with the
middle finger, and, as soon as fired, spring
up nimbly upon the left leg, keeping the
body erect, and the left foot fast, and
bringing the right heel to the hollow of
the left; at the same instant drop the
firelock to the priming position, the height
of the right hip; half cock, handle cartridge,
and go on with the loading motions, as
before described.
Centre rank.—Make ready.—Spring the
firelock briskly to the recover: as soon as
the left hand seizes the firelock above the
lock, raise the right elbow a little, placing
the thumb of that hand upon the cock,
with the fingers open on the plate of the
lock, and then, as quick as possible, cock
the piece, by dropping the elbow, and
forcing down the cock with the thumb,
step at the same time with the right foot a
moderate pace to the right, and keeping the
left fast, seize the small of the butt with
the right hand: the piece must be held in
this position perpendicular, and opposite
the left side of the face, the butt close to
the breast, but not pressed, the body
straight and full to the front, and the head
erect.
Aim.—As in the foregoing explanation
for the front rank.
Fire.—Pull the trigger strong with the
middle finger, and, as soon as fired, bring
the firelock to the priming position, about
the height of the stomach: the rest, as
in the explanation of priming and loading,
with this difference only, that the left
foot is to be drawn up to the right, at the
same time that the firelock is brought
down to the priming position, and that
immediately after the firelock is thrown
up to the shoulder, the men spring to the
left again, and cover their file leaders.
Rear rank.—Make ready.—Recover and
cock, as before directed for the centre rank,
and, as the firelock is brought to recover,
step briskly to the right a full pace, at the
same time placing the left heel about six
inches before the point of the right foot.
The body to be kept straight, and as
square to the front as possible.
Aim.—As in explanation for the centre
rank.
Fire.—As in explanation for the centre
rank; after firing and shouldering, the
men step as the centre rank does.
In firing with the front rank standing,
that rank makes ready, &c. as specified in
the article relative to the platoon exercise.
Officers.—In giving words of command,
as well in as out of the ranks, officers are
to stand perfectly steady, and in their
proper position; their swords held firmly
in the full of the right hand, with the
upper part of the blade resting against the
shoulder, the right wrist against the hip,
and the elbow drawn back.
Firing by platoons.—Officers, &c.—The
officers, instead of giving the words platoon,
make ready, aim, fire, are to pronounce
the words short, as for instance,
’toon, ready, aim, fire.
In firing by platoons, or divisions, the
officers commanding them are to step out
one pace, on the close of the preparative,
and face to the left towards their men;
they there stand perfectly steady till the
last part of the general, when they step
back again into their proper intervals, all
at the same time. After a division has
fired, the right hand man of it steps out
one pace, in front of the officer, but still
keeping his own proper front, and gives
the time for casting about and shouldering,
after which he falls back again into his
place in the front rank.
The flugle man of a battalion is also
to keep his front, in giving the time of
exercise.
In firing by grand divisions, the centre
officer falls back, on the preparative, into
the fourth rank, and is replaced by the
covering serjeant.
MANUBALISTE, Fr. From the
Latin manubalista. A cross bow.
MANUFACTURES d’armes, Fr.
Places appropriated for the manufacturing
of arms. During the old government
of France, three places were appropriated
for the manufacturing of arms; one at
Maubeuge, one at Charleville and Nourzon,
and the third at St. Etienne en Foret.
These were called royal manufactories of
arms for public service. A director general
superintended the whole, to whom
every person concerned in the undertaking
was subject, and who was himself
subordinate to those artillery inspectors
and comptrollers, that were severally appointed
by the grand master of the ordnance
and the secretary at war.
The United States have manufactories
of arms at Harpers ferry, on Potomac; at
Springfield, Massachusetts; at Washington
City; and at Rocky Mount, S.
Carolina.
MAP, in a military and geographical
sense, is a plane figure, representing the
surface of the earth, or a part thereof, according
to the laws of perspective; distinguishing
the situation of cities, mountains,
rivers, roads, &c.
In maps these three things are essentially
necessary. 1. That all places have
the same situation and distance from the
great circles therein, as on the globe, to
show their parallels, longitudes, zones,
climates, and celestial appearances. 2.
That their magnitudes be proportionable
to the real magnitudes on the globes.
3. That all places have the same situation,
bearing, and distance, as on the earth
itself.
Maps are either universal, which exhibit
the whole surface of the earth; or
partial, which exhibit some particular
part thereof: each kind is called geographical
or land-maps, in contradistinction
to hydrographical or sea-maps, representing
the seas and sea-coasts, properly called
charts.
As a map is a representation of some
part of the surface of the earth delineated
upon a plane, the earth, being round, no
part of the spherical surface of it can be
accurately exhibited upon a plane; and
therefore some have proposed globular
maps. For this purpose a plate of brass
might be hammered, or at a less expence
a piece of paste-board might be formed
into a segment of a sphere, and covered on
its convex side with a map projected in
the same manner as the papers of the
common globe are. A map made in this
method would show every thing in the
same manner, as it would be seen upon a
globe of the same diameter with the
sphere upon the segment of which it was
delineated: and, indeed, maps of this
sort would in effect be segments of such
a globe; but they are not in common
use.
The ancients described all parts of the
known earth in one general map. In this
view one of them compares the shape of
the earth to the leather of a sling, whose
length exceeds its breadth: the length of
the then known parts of the earth from
east to west was considerably greater than
from north to south; for which reason,
the former of these was called the longitude,
and the other the latitude.
The modern general maps are such as
give us a view of an entire hemisphere,
or half of the globe; and are projected
upon the plane of some great circle,
which terminates the projected hemisphere,
and divides it from the other half
of the globe, at the equator, the meridian,
or horizon of some place. From the circle
the projection is denominated, and said
to be equatorial, meridionial, or horizontal.
Particular maps are such as exhibit to
us less than an hemisphere; of this sort
are maps of the great quarters into which
the earth is divided, as Europe, Asia,
Africa, and America; or maps of particular
nations, provinces, countries, or of lesser
districts.
A particular map is a part of a general
one, and may be made upon the same
principles, as by projecting a large hemisphere,
and taking so much of it as the
map is designed to contain. When we are
to delineate a map of the smaller part of
the earth, if it be near the equator, the
meridians and parallels may be represented
by equi-distant straight lines; if at
some distance from the equator, the parallels
may be equi-distant straight lines,
and the meridian straight lines, a little
converging towards the nearest pole; or
the meridians may be straight lines, converging
towards the nearest pole, and the
parallels circular.
When we are to make a map of a very
small district, as of a county or town,
whatever part of the earth it be in, the
meridians and parallels may be equidistant
straight lines, drawn through every
minute, &c. of longitude, in proportion as
the largeness of the map will allow. See
Plotting and Surveying.
The use of maps is obvious from their
construction. The degrees of the meridians
and parallels shew the longitude and
latitude of places; their bearings from
each other appear from inspection; and
their distance from each other may be
measured by the divisions on the meridian,
equator, or scales. Geography.
MARAUDE, Fr. The act of marauding.
This word specifically means the
theft or depredation which a soldier commits
against the peasantry of the country,
and for which offence, he is punished
with death in all foreign services.
MARAUDEUR, Fr. A marauder.
This term is now strictly English. Its
signification, however, is generally the
same in all services. Any soldier that
steals out of camp, armed or unarmed,
for the purpose of pillaging the country,
is a marauder, and is liable, upon conviction,
to be punished with death, or such
other punishment as by a general court-martial
shall be awarded.
Aller en Maraude, means to go out
marauding.
MARAUDING, in a military sense, the
act of plundering, which is generally committed
by a party of soldiers, who, without
any order, go into the neighboring
houses or villages, when the army is either
in camp or in garrison, to pilfer and destroy,
&c. Marauders are a disgrace to
the camp, to the military profession, and
deserve no better quarters from their officers
than they give to poor peasants, &c.
Marauding is also applied to plundering at
sea; thus the Barbary Corsairs, and the
British navy are systematic marauders.
MARC, Fr. A weight equal to eight
ounces. In France, it is usual for silversmiths
and jewellers to take a marc at
that standard, but when articles of greater
bulk and grosser quality than those they
deal in, are brought to the scale, the marc
contains 16 ounces to the pound. All
stores and ammunition were appreciated
by this measure.
A MARCH, (une Marche, Fr.) is the
moving of a body of men from one place to
another. Care must be taken, in marching
troops, that they are not liable to be
flanked or intercepted; for of all operations
none is more difficult, because they
must not only be directed to the objects
they have in view, but according to the
movements the enemy may have made.
Of all the mechanical parts of war,
none is more essential than that of marching.
It may be justly called the key
which leads to all important motions and
manœuvres of an army; for they depend
entirely on this point. A man can be attacked
in four different ways; in the
front, on both flanks, and in the rear: but
he can defend himself, and annoy the enemy,
only when placed with his face towards
him. Hence it follows, that the
general object of marching, is reduced to
three points only; to march forwards, and
on both sides, because it is impossible to
do it for any time backwards, and by that
means face the enemy wherever he presents
himself. The different steps to be
made use of are three: slow, quick, and
accelerated. The first is used only at reviews,
for parade, or in mounting guard.
The second is proper in advancing, when
at a considerable distance from the enemy,
and when the ground is unequal,
that the line may not be broken, and that
a regular fire may be kept up without intermission.
The third is chiefly necessary,
when you want to anticipate the
enemy in occupying some post, in passing
a defile, and, above all, in attacking an intrenchment,
to avoid being a long while
exposed to the fire of the artillery and
small arms, &c. Columns may be opened
and formed into lines, and vice versa,
lines into columns, by all these steps.
In coming out of a defile, you may
instantly form the line without presenting
the flank to the enemy. The line
may be formed, though ever so near to the
enemy, with safety, because you face
him, and can with ease and safety protect
and cover the motion of the troops, while
they are coming out of the defiles and
forming. The same thing may be equally
executed, when a column is to be formed,
in order to advance or retreat; which
is a point of infinite consequence, and
should be established as an axiom.
The order of march of the troops must be
so disposed, that each should arrive at
their rendezvous, if possible, on the same
day. The quarter-master-general, or his
deputy, with an able engineer, should
sufficiently reconnoitre the country, to obtain
a perfect knowlege both of that and
of the enemy, before he forms his routes.
Before a march, the army generally receives
several days bread. The quarter-masters,
camp-color men, and pioneers,
parade according to orders, and march
immediately after, commanded by the
quarter-master-general, or his deputy.
They are to clear the roads, level the ways,
make preparations for the march of the
army, &c. The general, for instance,
beats at 2, the assembly at 3, and the army
to march in 30 minutes after. Upon
beating the general, the village, and general
officer’s guards, quarter and rear-guards,
join their respective corps; and
the army pack up their baggage. Upon
beating the assembly, the tents are to be
struck, and sent with the baggage to the
place appointed, &c.
The companies draw up in their several
streets, and the rolls are called. At
the time appointed, the drummers are to
beat a march, and fifers play at the head
of the line; upon which the companies
march out from their several streets, form
battalions as they advanced to the head of
the line and then halt.
The several battalions will be formed
into columns by the adjutant-general, and
the order of march, &c., be given to the
general officers who lead the columns.
The cavalry generally march by regiments
or squadrons. The heavy artillery
always keep the great roads, in the centre
of the columns, escorted by a strong party
of infantry and cavalry.—The field-pieces
move with the columns.
Each soldier generally marches with 60
rounds of powder and ball, and three
good flints; one of which is to be fixed in
the cock of his firelock. The routes must
be so formed, that no column may cross
another on the march. See American
Military Library.
MARCH! (Marche! Fr.) as a word of
command, whenever it is given singly,
invariably denotes that ordinary or triple
time is to be taken; when the slow time is
meant, that word will precede the other.
The word march, marks the beginning of
movements from the halt; but it is not
given when the body is in previous motion.
It should be sharp, clear, and distinct.
The usual rate of marching for cavalry
is 17 miles in 6 hours; but this may be
extended to 21, or even 28 miles in that
time.
Rates paid for English carriages on the march.
One shilling per
mile for every
carriage |
- |
|
with 5 horses, or |
| with 6 oxen, or |
| with 4 oxen & 2 horses; |
nine pence per mile for any cart with 4
horses, and so in proportion for less carriages;
or a further sum, not exceeding 4d
per mile for every carriage with 5 horses,
or with 6 oxen, or with 4 oxen and 2
horses; or 3d per mile for every cart with
4 horses; and so in proportion for less
carriages, as the same shall be fixed and
ordered by the justices of the peace. The
waggons, &c. not to carry more than 30
cwt.
Regular ferries in England are only to
be paid for on the march at half the ordinary
rate.
Marching money.—Innkeepers in the
British dominions, are obliged to furnish
troops on the march with diet and
small beer, for the day of their marching
in, and two days afterwards; unless
one of the days be a market day.
For which the publican by the king’s
warrant, 17th of March, 1800, is to receive
16d, and which is paid in the following
manner:
| Paid |
by government, |
Cav. |
9d. |
— |
Inf. |
11d. |
| — |
by the soldier |
— |
6d. |
|
— |
4d. |
| Soldiers beer money |
— |
1d. |
|
— |
1d. |
| |
Total |
16 |
|
16 |
In Marching every soldier must be
well balanced on his limbs: his arms and
hands, without stiffness, must be kept
steady by his sides, and not suffered to vibrate.
He must not be allowed to stoop
forward, still less to lean back. His body
must be kept square to the front, and
thrown rather more forward in marching
than when halted, that it may accompany
the movement of the leg and thigh: the
ham must be stretched, but without
stiffening the knee: the toe a little pointed,
and kept near the ground, so that the
shoe-soles may not be visible to a person
in front: the head to be kept well up,
straight to the front, and the eyes not suffered
to be cast down: the foot, without
being drawn back, must be placed flat on
the ground.
The object so generally recommended,
of keeping the body erect, and the legs
well stretched and pointed, would be effectually
gained, were recruits, when they
are first placed under the moulding hand of
the drill serjeant, taught and gradually accustomed
to step well out from the
haunches. This method is invariably
practised among the French, who are unquestionably
not only the best dancers,
but the most expert movers on foot in the
world.
Quick-March. Ordinary time. A
movement by which troops advance at the
rate of 75 steps in the minute, each of 24
inches, making 150 feet or 50 yards in a
minute.
Quick-March. As a word of command,
signifies, that the troops should
move in quick time.
Slow-March. A movement by which
troops advance at the rate of 60 steps in
the minute.
In order to teach a recruit the just
length of pace, accurate distances must
be marked out on the ground, along which,
he should be practised.
Wheeling-March, or accelerated pace
is 120 steps of 24 inches each, or 2880
inches, or 240 feet in the minute.
This is the most rapid movement by
which men under arms, or otherwise
when formed, should go from line into
column, or come from column into line.
This is applied chiefly to the purpose of
wheeling, and is the rate at which all
bodies should accomplish their wheels,
the outward file stepping 30 inches,
whether the wheel be from line into
column, during the march in column, or
from column into line. In this time also
should divisions double and move up,
when passing obstacles in line; or when
in the column of march, the front of divisions
is increased or diminished.
A March, (La Marche, Fr.) a certain
tune or concord of notes, which is adapted
to the movement of any particular body
of troops, as, the grenadier’s march, the
march of the Marseillois, la marche des
Janizaires, the march of the Janizaries.
Marching to the front or rear. This
is one of the most difficult operations in
military movements.
The person instructing a platoon will,
before he puts it in motion to front or
rear, indicate which flank is to direct by
giving the word, mark time! and then
forward or march. Should the right be
the directing flank, the commander of the
platoon himself, will fix on objects to
march upon in a line truly perpendicular
to the front of the platoon; and when
the left flank is ordered to direct, he and
his covering serjeant will shift to the left
of the front rank, and take such objects to
march upon.
The conductor of the platoon, before
the word march is given, will endeavor to
remark some distant object on the ground,
in his own front, and perpendicular to the
directing flank, he will then observe some
nearer and intermediate point, in the same
line, such as a stone, tuft of grass, &c.
these he will move upon with accuracy,
and as he approaches the nearest of these
points, he must from time to time chuse
fresh ones in the original direction, which
he will by these means preserve, never
having fewer than two such points to
move upon. If no object in the true line can
be ascertained, his own squareness of
person must determine the direction of the
march.
The same observations hold good in all
movements to front or rear, or from either
flank; and the only way to execute them
with accuracy, is for the leader to look out
for small intermediate points of march.
March of a battalion in file, is to advance
from the right, left, or centre of any
given number of men, for the purposes of
countermarching, or of closing, or opening
an interval in line. On these occasions the
whole step off together at the word march,
and dress at the word mark time, the
whole front, and the officers and serjeants,
resume their several posts in line
and then receive the word halt. Whenever
more than one company march
in file, the officers are out of the ranks during
the march, on the left of the leading
file when the right is in front, and on the
right when the left is in front. They are
of use in preserving the line and step, as
the rear officer necessarily keeps the pace,
and marches on the exact perpendicular
line of his coverer. When a company is
marched off singly, or files into or out of
column, the officer is invariably to be in
front. It sometimes happens, that a battalion
standing in narrow ground, may be
obliged to form open column from its
leading flank, either before or behind that
flank, before or behind its other flank; or
before or behind any central part of the
line.
To March in file before the right flank.
When the right platoon or company has
moved on, the rest of the battalion face to
the right, and march in file: the divisions
then successively front, following each
other, and taking the leading one for their
regulating company.
To March in file behind the right flank.
The whole face to the right, and march
by word of command; at which instant
the right division countermarches to the
rear, fronts, and moves forward; whilst
every other division successively moves
on in the same manner (having previously
countermarched) and continues till the
whole is in column.
To March before any central point or the
left flank. The battalion makes a successive
countermarch from the right flank towards
the left, and when the right division
is arrived at the point from whence it is to
advance in column, it again countermarches
to its right, a space equal to its front, then
faces, moves on, and is thus successively
followed by part of the battalion. The
other part of the battalion, beyond the
point of advancing, faces inwards, when
necessary makes a progressive march in
file, and then fronts. Each division belonging
to this part of the battalion follows
successively till the whole stand in
column.
To March by files behind the centre or
left flank. The right proportion of the
battalion countermarches from the right by
files successively by the rear, and the other
proportion of the battalion, according to
circumstances, makes a progressive march
by files from its right to the central point,
and there begins to countermarch; at that
point the leading or head division fronts into
column, and moves on, each successive
division doing the same. When the left of a
battalion is to be in front, the same operations
take place by an inverse march of
the several divisions.
This method, however, of marching by
files into open column, should be resorted
to as little as possible, and never when it
can be conveniently avoided. The formation
of open column from battalion and
line is better done by the wheelings of
companies, subdivisions, or sections.
To March up in charging order, is to
advance towards the enemy’s line with a
quick but firm and steady pace, till you
get within a few paces of the opposing
body, when an increased rapidity must be
given to the whole, but not to run so as
to lose breath, the officers on this occasion
must be particularly attentive to the several
divisions in their charge, keeping
them well dressed to their centre, and
thereby preventing dangerous openings and
consequent confusion. The French call
this the pas de Charge.—Which see under
Pas. See Am. Mil. Lib.
Points of March, one or more objects
which ought always to be prepared for the
direction of any considerable body, every
leader of which who moves directly forward
in front, must take care to conduct
it in a line perpendicular to that front.
But should a leader, either in file or front,
have only one marked point of march,
ascertained to him, he will himself instantly
look out for small intermediate
points.
To March in file to a flank, is to
reduce a line by marching out from its several
divisions towards a given flank, there
to remain in close or open column, of
brigades, regiments, grand divisions, companies,
&c. Nothing is more essential in
all deployments into line, and in the internal
movements of the divisions of the
battalion, than the accuracy of the march
in file. After facing, and at the word
march, the whole are directed to step off
at the same instant, each man replacing,
or rather overstepping the foot of his preceding
comrade: that is the right foot of
the second man comes within the left foot
of the first, and thus of every one, more
or less overlapping, according to the closeness,
or openness of the files and the length
of step. The front rank will march
straight along the given line, each soldier
of that rank must look along the necks of
those before him, and never to right or
left. The centre and rear ranks must
look to, and regulate themselves by their
leaders of the front rank, and always dress
in their file. File marching is always
made in quick time.
March of a battalion in line, is a regular
continuity of files advancing forward
in two or three ranks, each rear file preserving
a perpendicular direction to its
leader, and the ranks being kept parallel
to each other at given distances; so that
the whole line shall continue straight
without being deformed by a concavity
or convexity of figure. The march
of the battalion in line, either to front
or rear, being the most important and
most difficult of all movements, every
exertion of the commanding officer, and
every attention of officers and men, become
peculiarly necessary to attain this
end. The great and indispensible requisites
of this operation are, that the direction
of the march be perpendicular to the
front of the battalion as then standing;
that the shoulders and body of each individual
be perfectly square, that the files
touch lightly at the elbow only, and
finally, that an accurate equality of cadence
and length of step be given by the
advanced guides or serjeants, whom the
battalion in every respect must cover,
and which equality of cadence and length
of step every individual must follow and
comply with. If these essential rules are
not observed, its direction will be lost,
the different parts will open and attempt
to close, and by so doing, a floating of the
whole will ensue, and disorder will arise
at a time when the remedy is so difficult,
and perfect order so imperiously wanted.
In order to ensure these essential requisites,
and to produce perfect correctness,
the serjeants must be trained to this
peculiar object, on whose exactness of
cadence, regularity of step, squareness of
body, and precision of movement, the
greatest dependance can be placed, these
are the proper guides of manoeuvre. The
habitual post of the two principal directing
serjeants, is to be in the centre of the
battalion, betwixt the colors. One of
them is posted in the front rank, and one
in the rear, that they thereby may be ready
to move out when the battalion is to
march; another also covers them in the
supernumerary rank.
Whenever the battalion is formed in line
and halted, the front directing serjeant or
guide, after having placed himself perfectly
and squarely in the rank, must instantly
cast his eyes down the centre of
his body, from the junction of his two
heels, and by repeated trials endeavor to,
take up and prolong a line perpendicular
to himself, and to the battalion; for this
purpose he is by no means to begin with
looking out for a distant object, but if
such by chance should present itself in
the prolongation of the line, extending
from his own person, he may remark it.
He is therefore rather to observe and take
up any accidental small point on the
ground within 100 or 150 paces. Intermediate
ones cannot be wanting, nor the
renewal of such as he afterwards successively
approaches to in his march. In
this manner he is prepared, subject to the
future correction of the commanding officer,
to conduct the march.
To March forward or advance in line,
when the battalion has been halted and correctly
dressed—Is to step off, according to
any given word of command, in quick or
ordinary time, and to march over a perpendicular
line of direction, without deviating
to the right or left, or unnecessarily
opening or closing during the movement;
the commanding officer having previously
placed himself 10 or 12 paces behind the
exact line of the directing serjeant, will,
if such file could be depended on, as
standing truly perpendicular to the battalion,
(and great care must be taken to
place it so) remark the line of its prolongation,
and thereby ascertain the direction
in which it should march; but, as such
precision cannot be relied on, he will from
his own eye and from having the square of
the battalion before him, with promptitude
make such correction, and observe
such object to the right or left, as may appear
to him the true one; and in doing
this, he will not at once look out for a
distant object, but will hit on it, by prolonging
the line from the person of the directing
serjeant to the front; or he will
order the covering serjeant to run out 20
paces, and will place him in the line in
which he thinks the battalion ought to
advance. The directing serjeant then
takes his direction along the line which
passes from himself, betwixt the heels
of the advanced serjeant, and preserves
such line in advancing, by constantly
keeping his object in view.
When the commanding officer gives the
caution, (the battalion will advance) the
front directing serjeant moves out 6 accurate
and exact paces in ordinary time, halts;
the two other guides who were behind
him, move up on each side of him, and an
officer from the rear, replaces in the front
rank, the leading serjeant. The centre
serjeant, in moving out marches and halts
on his own observed points, and the two
other serjeants dress and square themselves
exactly by him. If the commanding officer
is satisfied, that the centre serjeant
has moved out in the true direction, he
will intimate as much; if he thinks he
has swerved to right or left, he will direct
him to incline to that side, the smallest
degree possible, in order thereby to change
his direction, and to take new points on
the ground, towards the opposite hand.
The line of direction being thus ascertained,
at the word march, the whole battalion
instantly step off, and without turning
the head, eyes are glanced towards the
colors in the front rank; the replacing
officer betwixt the colors, preserves, during
the movement, his exact distance of
6 paces from the advanced serjeant, and is
the guide of the battalion. The centre
advanced serjeant is answerable for the direction,
and the equal cadence and length
of step; to these objects he alone attends,
while the other two, scrupulously conforming
to his position, maintain their
parallelism to the front of the battalion,
and thereby present an object, to which it
ought to move square: they are not to
suffer any other considerations to distract
their attention. They must notice and
conform to the direction of the commander
only, and if any small alteration
in their position be ordered, the alteration
must be gradually and cooly made.
These are the essential points, which the
guiding serjeants must be rendered perfect
in, and to which every commanding
officer will pay the most minute attention.
With respect to the officers in the ranks,
they can only be observant of their own
personal exactness of march, and must
consider themselves, as forming part with
the aggregate of the men, subject to the
same principles of movement, and in no
shape or sense independent of them.
They may attend to dress their companies
by looking along the front, or by
calling to the individuals who compose it.
By so doing they must not destroy the
exact parallelism of the rank they stand in,
nor derange the march: the care of correcting
any errors in the front line, belongs
to the officers in the rear.
Well-trained soldiers, indeed, know the
remedy that is required, and will gradually
apply it.
The colors, as far as their natural
weight and casualties of the weather will
admit, must be carried uniformly and upright,
thereby to facilitate the moving
and dressing of the line. But it frequently
happens in windy weather, and in movements
over rough ground, that very little
dependence can be placed on the officer
who carries them, for a true direction, or
an equal and cadence step. On these occasions,
and indeed on all others, the men
must on no account turn their heads to
the colors. They must, on the contrary,
keep their shoulders square to the front,
and depend principally on the light touch
of the elbow, together with an occasional
glance of the eye, and the accuracy of step,
for their dressing. On the light touch of
the elbow, and a regular cadenced step,
the chief dependence must be placed: for
if the men be often permitted to glance
at the centre, they will, by so doing, insensibly
contract that habit, abandon the
touch of the elbow, shorten or perhaps
lose the cadence step, and in proportion,
as the files which are removed from the
centre, adopt that method, the line itself
will gradually assume a concave form, by
the flanks bending inwards.
When any waving, or fluctuation in the
march, is produced by an inequality of
step, the major and adjutant, who from
their situation are particularly calculated
to correct the irregularity, will immediately
apprize the companies in fault,
and cooly caution the others that are well
in their true line, not to participate of the
error.
When a company has lost the step, (a
circumstance which frequently happens)
the supernumerary officer of that company
must watch a seasonable moment to suggest
a change of step, in which operation,
he will be assisted by the supernumerary
serjeants. For it must be an invariable
rule among officers in the ranks, never to
deviate from their own perpendicular line
of march, to correct the errors of their
several companies. That business belongs
entirely to the major and adjutant,
who are occasionally assisted by the supernumeraries,
in the manner just mentioned.
It very often happens, that a central
division by bulging out, may make a flank
of a battalion appear to have lost ground,
when the fault in reality arises from that
division, either stepping out too far, or from
it being warped towards the colors, and
thereby preventing the flank from being
seen.
All changes and corrections that are
judged necessary to be made, in any part
of a battalion, during its march in line,
must be effected gradually. Any abrupt
alteration would unavoidably produce a
waving, which must be felt in every part.
The mounted officers only, with the imperceptible
aid of the supernumeraries,
can alone point out and correct such
faults.
The flanks are not, on any account, to
be kept back; much less are they to be
advanced before the centre, since in either
case, the distance of files must be lost,
and the battalion will not be covering its
true ground. The commanding officer of
every battalion, will easily perceive this
defect, by casting his eye along the line,
which must soon acquire a concave or
convex shape, unless the beginning of
each inaccuracy be studiously attended to,
by the necessary officers.—The two officers
who are on the two flanks of the
battalion, being unconfined by the rank,
and not liable to be influenced by any
floating that may arise, by preserving an
accurate step, and having a general attention
to the colors, and to the proper line
which the battalion should be in, with
respect to the advanced directors, will very
much contribute towards preserving the
flanks in their due position. When either
of them observes that a line, drawn from
himself, through the centre of the battalion,
passes considerably before the other
flank, he may conclude, that he is himself
too much retired; when such line
passes behind that flank, he may be certain
that he is too much advanced; he
will, therefore, regulate himself accordingly.
When the battalion in march is
convex, the wings must gain the straight
line of the centre, by bringing up the outward
shoulder; and it must be strongly
impressed upon the soldier’s mind, that in
all situations of movement, by advancing
or keeping back the shoulder as ordered,
the most defective dressing will be gradually
and smoothly remedied; whereas sudden
jerks and quick alterations break the
line, and eventually produce disorder.
It must be generally remarked, that the
rear ranks which were closed up before
the march began, are to move at the lock
step, and not be allowed to open during
the march. The correct movement of
the battalion depends much on their close
order.
In the march in line, arms are always
to be carried shouldered. Supported arms
are only allowed when the battalion is
halted, or advanced in column; but if
this indulgence were allowed in line,
when the most perfect precision is required,
the distance of files would not be
preserved, and slovenliness, inaccuracy,
and disorder, must inevitably take place.
To change direction on the centre in
March, is to correct any floating of the
line, occasioned by the opening or closing
of the flanks, by ordering a section or central
platoon to quarter wheel to right or
left. At this command the guiding Serjeant
making an almost imperceptible
change of his position, and of his points,
and the colors in the battalion, when they
have advanced 6 paces to his ground, conforming
to it, the whole will, by degrees,
gain a new direction. Every change of direction
made in this manner, must produce
a kind of wheel of the battalion, on
its centre, one wing gradually giving back,
and the other as gradually advancing, an
attention which the commander must be
careful to see observed.
When the battalion which has marched
in perfect order, arrives on its ground, it
keeps the marked time until it is dressed,
and receives the word halt, the step which
is then taking is finished, and the whole
halt. Eyes are cast to the centre, and the
commanding officer places himself close
to the rear rank, in order to see whether
the battalion be sufficiently dressed, and in
a direction perfectly parallel to the one it
quitted.
When the battalion is advancing in line
for any considerable distance, or moving
up in parade, the music may be allowed
at intervals, to play for a few seconds
only, and the drums in two divisions to
roll, but the wind instruments are alone
permitted to play. When the line is retiring,
the music are never to play.
To march by any one face, the square or
oblong having previously been formed by the
4th, 5th, and 6th, companies of a regular
battalion standing fast. Under these circumstances,
the side which is to lead is
announced; the colors move up behind
its centre; the opposite side faces about:
and the two flank-sides wheel up by sub-divisions,
so as to stand each in open column,
The square marches, two sides in
line, and by their centre; and two sides
in open column, which cover, and dress to
their inward flanks on which they wheeled
up carefully preserving their distances.
The square halts, and when ordered to
front square, the sub-divisions in column
immediately wheel back, and form their
sides, and the side which faced about again
faces outwards.
To March by the right front angle.
When the perfect square is to march by
one of its angles, in the direction of its
diagonal, a caution is given by which
angle the movement is to be made, and
the two sides that form it stand fast, while
the other two sides face about. The
whole then by sub-divisions, wheel up
one-eighth of a circle, two sides to the
right, and two sides to the left, and are
thus parallel to each other, and perpendicular
to the direction in which they are
to move, the pivot-flanks being in this
manner placed on the sides of the square,
each side being thus in echellon, and the
colors behind the leading angle, the whole
are out in march, carefully preserving the
distances they wheeled at, and from the
flanks to which they wheeled.
When the oblong marches by one of its
angles, its sub-divisions perform the same
operation of wheeling up, each the eighth
of the circle; but its direction of march
will not be in the diagonal of the oblong,
but in that of a square, viz. of the line
which equally bisects the right angle.
It will be remembered, that the angular
march of the square or oblong, may
be made in any other direction, to the
right or left of the above one; but in such
case the sub-divisions of the two opposite
sides, will have to wheel up more
than the eighth of the circle, in order to
stand as before, perpendicular to the new
direction. The sum of these two wheels
will always amount to that of a quarter
circle, and their difference will vary as
the new line departs, more or less, from
the equal bisecting line; this will be
known by the first wheeling up the two
angular divisions, till they stand perpendicular
with the new direction, and then
ordering all the others to conform accordingly.
This movement is very beautiful
in the execution, but cannot be made with
any degree of accuracy, unless the perpendicular
situation of the division is correctly
attained, and carefully preserved.
To March in open ground, so as to be
prepared against the attack of cavalry.
In order to execute this movement, with
some degree of security, one or more battalions
may move in column of companies
at quarter distances, one named company
in the centre of each being ordered to
keep an additional distance of 2 files; in
which shape a battalion is easily managed,
or directed upon any point. When the
column halts, and is ordered to form the
square, the first company falls back to the
second, the last company closes up to the
one before it: the whole companies make
an interval of 2 paces in their centre, by
their sub-divisions taking each one pace to
the flanks; 2 officers with their serjeants,
place themselves in each of their front and
rear intervals; two officers with their
serjeants, also take post in rear of each
flank of the company, from which the
additional interval has been kept; and a
Serjeant takes the place of each flank front
rank man of the first division, and of each
flank rear rank man of the last division;
all other officers, serjeants, the 4 displaced
men, &c. assemble in the centre of the
companies, which are to form the flank
faces. Those last named companies having
been told off, each in 4 sections, wheel
up by sections, 2 to the right, and 2 to the
left; (the 2 rear companies at the same
time closing up, and facing outwards,)
the inner sections then close forward to
their front ones, which dress up with the
extremities of the front and rear companies, and
4 on each flank of the second companies,
from the front and from the rear;
Face outwards!—The whole thus stand
faced outwards and formed 6 deep, with
two officers and their serjeants in the
middle of each face, to command it; all
the other officers, as well as serjeants, &c.
are in the void space in the centre, and the
files of the officers in the faces, may be
completed from serjeants, &c. in the interior,
in such manner as the commandant
may direct. The mounted field officers,
must pass into the centre of the
column, by the rear face, if necessary,
opening from its centre 2 paces and again
closing in.
When ordered only, the 2 first ranks all
round the column, will kneel and the
front rank slope their bayonets, the 2
next ranks will fire standing, and all the
others will remain in reserve; the file
coverers behind each officer of the sides
will give back, and enable him to stand
in the third rank.
March resumed under the same circumstances.
On receiving the cautionary
word of command, the several sections
that had closed up, fall to their distances;
the sections then wheel back into column;
the officers, serjeants, &c. take their
places on the flanks; and when the column
is again put in motion, the companies
that closed up, successively take
their proper distances.
It will be remembered that unless the
companies are above 16 file, they cannot
be divided into 4 sections; so that in this
case, a section may consist of 4 file or
eight men, if therefore, they are under 16
file, and told off in sections of 5 or 3, the column
will march at the distance of a
section; and in forming the square, the 2
outward sections will wheel up, but the
3d one will stand fast, and afterwards,
by dividing itself to right and left, will
form a 4th rank to the others; in resuming
column the outward sections wheel
back, and the rear of the centre sections
easily recover their places: as to all other
circumstances, they remain the same.
The March, when applied to the
movement of an army, consists in its arrangement
with respect to the number
and composition of columns, the precautions
to be taken, the posts to be seized
upon to cover it, &c. which arrangement
must depend upon circumstances. The
following are general rules:
The routes must be constantly opened
to the width of 60 feet.
If the march be through an open country,
without defiles, the cavalry march
by divisions of squadrons, and the infantry
by platoons or half companies.
In an inclosed country, or such as is
intersected by hollow ways, or other defiles,
the march must be by sections of 6
(by the heads of the section after facing to
left, being wheeled to the right) or more
files in the infantry, and ranks by threes
or by twos in the cavalry, and the artillery
must move in a single file, because
the frequent breaking off and forming up
again, may retard the march, and fatigue
the troops.
In marches made parallel to, or with a
view of gaining the enemy’s flank, divisions
must preserve their wheeling distances,
and the column must cover the
same length of ground which it would
occupy in line of battle; in marches directly
perpendicular to the enemy’s position,
the column must be closed up to
half or quarter distance, in order to move
in as compact a body as possible.
The pivot files must attend to preserve
their distances exactly, each following
precisely the path pointed out by the one
before him; and keeping the regular
marching step, by which means, upon a
signal being given, the division is in a moment
in order. The leader or guide of the
pivot file may be occasionally changed.
At the head of every column, whether
composed of infantry or cavalry, a well
instructed non-commissioned officer must
march as guide. He must carefully keep
the regular step of the march, to which the
troops are drilled, and upon this man the
regular pace of the column will depend;
by this method two essential points are
ensured; one, that every column moves
in exactly the same time, and of course
enables the officer commanding to calculate
the march with certainty; another
that it ensures the troops not being over
hurried, which they are more especially
liable to be when cavalry leads the column;
two non-commissioned officers
should be appointed for this purpose,
who must relieve each other.
At the head of every column of march,
there must be a considerable number of
pioneers to clear the rout.
Guns or carriages breaking down and
disabled, are immediately to be removed
out of the line of march, so as not to interrupt
its progress.
Officers are most positively enjoined at
all times to remain with their divisions,
whether marching or halted.
The commanding officers of regiments
must pay the greatest attention to their
corps whilst passing a defile, and proper
officers should be left to assist in this
most essential part of the conduct of
marches.
It is a standing rule in column, that
every regiment should march with the
same front, that the regiment does which
precedes it, right or left.
No alteration should be made in any
circumstance of the march, which is to
be taken up from the regiment in front,
until arrived exactly upon the same ground
upon which that regiment made the alteration.
No officer should ride between the divisions
on a march, except general and
staff officers, the execution of whose
duty renders it necessary for them to pass
in all directions.
When a battalion passes a defile, and
there is no room for the officers to ride on
the flanks of their divisions, half of those
who are mounted pass at the head of the
battalion, and half in the rear.
All breakings off to enter a defile, and
all formations again when passed through
it, must be done extremely quick, by the
parts that double, or that form up.
A sufficient number of faithful and intelligent
guides must always be ready to
march at the head of the battalions and
columns.
March of the line, in a collective sense
of the word, is a military movement, executed
upon established principles, governed
by local circumstances, and influenced
by the nature of the service for
which it is performed. After a general
has obtained an accurate knowlege of the
country through which his army is to
move, his next care must be the arrangement
of all its different component parts,
with which he will form his column of
route.
March of the Column of Route. The
order in which a battalion should at
all times move; that the columns of an
army should perform their marches; that
an enemy should be approached; and that
safety can be ensured to the troops in their
transitions from one point to another is
in columns of divisions, and never on a less
front than 6 files where the formation is 3
deep, or 4 files where it is 2 deep, nor
does any advantage arise from such column,
if it is an open column, exceeding
16 or 24 files in front, where a considerable
space is to be gone over.
At no time whatever ought a column
of manœuvre, or of route, to occupy a
greater extent of ground in marching than
what is equal to its front when in order of
battle; no situation can require it as an
advantage. Therefore, the marching of
great bodies in file, where improper extension
is unavoidable, must be looked
upon as an unmilitary practice, and ought
only to be had recourse to when unavoidably
necessary. Where woods, inclosures,
and bad or narrow routes absolutely require
a march in file, there is no remedy
for the delay in forming, and man may be
obliged to come up after man; and if circumstances
admit, and there are openings
for their passage, the divisions or platoons
may be faced to the left and wheeled to
the right, and severally marched to the
same front; but these circumstances,
which should be regarded as exceptions
from the primary and desired order of
march on a greater front, should tend the
more to enforce the great principle of preventing
improper distances, and of getting
out of so weak a situation as soon as the
nature of the ground will allow of the
front of the march being increased.
In common route marching, the battalion
or more considerable column may be
carried on at a natural pace of about 75
steps in a minute, or near two miles and
an half in an hour: the attention of the
soldier is allowed to be relaxed, he moves
without the restraint of cadence of step,
or carried arms; rear ranks are opened to
one or two paces; files are loosened but
never confounded; in no situation is the
ordered distance between divisions ever to
be increased, and the proper flank officers
and under officers remain answerable for
them.
If the column is halted, the whole
must be put in march at the same time.
The movement of the head division must
be steady and equal; the descending of
heights must not be hurried, that the part
of the column ascending may properly
keep up. Alterations occasioned by the
windings of the route are executed without
losing distance. Soldiers are not to
break to avoid mud or small spots of
water. The guides and pivots must trace
out such a path for themselves as will best
avoid small obstructions, and the men of
the division will open from, and not press
upon their pivots. When platoon officers
are permitted to be mounted, each
will remain on the flank of his division
watching over its exactness, and that the
proper distance of march is kept by the
flank pivot and guide under the officer appointed
to preserve it.
Where the arrival of a column at a given
point is to be perfectly punctual, in that
case the distance being known, the head,
must move at an equal cadenced step,
and the rear must conform; and a guide,
expressly appointed, will, at the head of
the column, take such step as the nature
of the route shall permit the column to
comply with.
Nothing so much fatigues troops in a
considerable column, and is more to be
avoided than an inequality of march.
One great reason is, that the rear of the
column frequently and unnecessarily deviates
from the line which its head traces
out; and in endeavouring to regain that
line, and their first distances, the divisions
must of course run or stop, and again take
up their march. It is unnecessary to attempt
the same scrupulous observances
in common route marching, as when going
to enter into the alignement; but even a
general attention to this circumstance will
in that case prevent unnecessary winding
in the march, which tends to prolong it,
and to harass the soldier.
When the probable required formation
of the line will be to a flank, then the
column of march is an open one, and except
the cannon, no impediment or circumstance
whatever must be allowed betwixt
the divisions or in the intervals of
battalions. When cannon can possibly
move on the flank of the battalion, they
ought, and mounted officers or bat horses
must not be permitted between the divisions.
If the probable formation may be
to the front, then distances are more closed
up, and bat horses, &c. may be allowed
between the brigades of a column,
but not between the battalions of a brigade.
It is always time well employed to halt
the head of a considerable column, and enlarge
an opening, or repair a bad step in
the road, rather than to diminish the front,
or lengthen out the line of march. No
individual is to presume to march on a less
front than what the leader of the column
directs, and all doublings must therefore
come from the head only. The preservation
of the original front of march, on all
occasions, is a point of the highest consequence,
and it is a most meritorious service
in any officer to prevent all unnecessary
doublings, or to correct them as soon
as made; no advantage can arrive from
them, and therefore each commanding officer,
when he arrives near the cause,
should be assured that it is necessary before
he permits his battalion so to double:
on all occasions he should continue his
march on the greatest front, that, without
crowding, the road or openings will
allow, although the regiment or divisions
before him may be marching on a narrower
front.
All openings made for the march of a
column should be sufficient for the greatest
front on which it is to march, they
should be all of the same width, otherwise
each smaller one becomes a defile.
At all points of increasing or diminishing
the front of the march, an intelligent
officer, per battalion or brigade, should be
stationed to see that it is performed with
celerity; and the commandant of a considerable
column should have constant
reports and inspections made that the column
is moving with proper regularity; he
should have officers in advance to apprize
him of difficulties to be avoided, or obstacles
to be passed, and should himself apply
every proper means to obviate such as
may occur in the march. (And at no time
are such helps more necessary than when
regiments are acting in line on broken
ground, and when their movements are
combined with those of others.) When
the column arrives near its object of formation
or manœuvre, the strictest attention
of officers and men is to be required, and
each individual is to be at his post.
The great principle on all occasions of
diminishing or increasing the front of the
column in march is, that such part as
doubles or forms up shall slacken or quicken
its pace, as is necessary to conform to
the part which has no such operation to
perform, but which continues its uniform
march, without the least alteration, as if
no such process was going on; and if this
is observed, distances can never be lost,
or the column lengthened out. Unless
the unremitting attention and intelligence
of officers commanding battalions and
their divisions are given to this object,
disorder and constant stops and runs
take place in the column; the soldier is
improperly and unnecessarily harassed;
disease soon gains ground in a corps thus
ill conducted, which is not to be depended
on in any combined arrangement, is
unequal to any effort when its exertion
may be required, and is soon ruined from
a neglect of the first and most important
of military duties.
The most important exercise that
troops can attend to is the march in column
of route. No calculation can be
made on columns which do not move with
an ascertained regularity, and great fatigue
arises to the soldier. A general
cannot depend on execution, and therefore
can make no combination of time or
distance in the arrival of columns at their
several points. In many situations an
improperly extended column will be liable
to be beat in detail, and before it can be
formed. Troops that are seldom assembled
for the manœuvres of war, can hardly
feel the necessity of the modes in which
a considerable body of infantry must
march and move.
The distance of columns from each
other, during a march, depends on the
circumstances of ground, and the object
of that march, with regard to future formations.
The more columns in which a
considerable corps marches, the less extent
in depth will it take up, the less frequent
will be its halts, and the more
speedily can it form in order of battle to the
front.
On the combinations of march, and on
their execution by the component parts
of the body, does the success of every military
operation or enterprize depend.
To fulfil the intentions of the chief every
concurrent exertion of the subordinate officer
is required, and the best calculated
dispositions, founded on local knowlege,
must fail, if there is a want of that punctuality
of execution which every general
must trust to, and has a right to expect
from the leaders of his columns.
The composition of the columns of an
army must always depend on the nature of
the country and the objects of the movement.
Marches made parallel to the front
of the enemy will generally be performed
by the lines on which the army is encamped,
each marching by its flank, and occupying
when in march the same extent of
ground as when formed in line. Marches
made perpendicular to the front of the enemy,
either advancing or retiring, will be
covered by strong van or rearguards. The
columns will be formed of considerable
divisions of the army, each generally composed
both of cavalry and infantry: they
will move at half or quarter distance, and
the nature of the country will determine
which kind of force precedes.
During a march to the front, the separation
of the heads of the columns must
unavoidably be considerable; but, when
they approach the enemy, they must be so
regulated and directed as to be able to occupy
the intermediate spaces, if required
to form in line. Some one column must
determine the relative situation of the
others, and divisions must be more closed
up than in a march to a flank, and in proportion
as they draw near to the enemy
must exactness and attention increase.
The general, in consequence of the observations
he has made, will determine on his
disposition: the columns which are now
probably halted and collected will be subdivided
and multiplied; each body will be
directed on its point of formation, and the
component parts of each will in due time
disengage from the general column, and
form in line.
The safety of marches to the rear must
depend on particular dispositions, on
strong covering or rear guards, and on the
judicious choice of such posts as will
check the pursuit of the enemy. In these
marches to front or rear, the divisions of
the second line generally follow or lead
those of the first, and all their formations
are relative thereto. The heavy artillery
and carriages of an army form a particular
object of every march, and must be directed
according to circumstances of the
day. The safety of the march, by the
arrangement of detachments and posts to
cover the front, rear, or flanks of the columns,
depends also on many local and
temporary reasons, but form an essential
part of the general disposition.
March in line, must be uniformly steady,
without floating, opening, or closing.
March in file, must be close, firm, and
without lengthening out.
To March past, is to advance in open
or close column, in ordinary or slow time,
with a firm and steady step, erect person,
the eye glanced towards the reviewing
general.
The ordered or cadenced March.—The
prescribed movements in military tactics.
All military movements are intended to be
made with the greatest quickness consistent
with order, regularity, and without
hurry or fatigue to the troops. The uniformity
of position, and the cadence and
length of step, produce that equality and
freedom of march, on which every thing
depends, and to which the soldier must be
carefully trained, nor suffered to join the
battalion, until he be thoroughly perfected
in this most essential duty. Many different
times of march must not be required
of the soldier. These two must suffice.
Ordinary or quick time, and slow or parade
time. The first 75 steps of 24 inches in a
minute; the second of 60 steps of 24
inches in a minute.
In order to accustom soldiers to accurate
movements, plummets, which vibrate
the required times or march in a minute,
have been recommended: musquet
balls suspended by a string which is not
subject to stretch, and on which are
marked the different required lengths,
will answer the above purpose. The
length of the plummet is to be measured
from the point of suspension, to the centre
of the ball.
The several lengths are:—
| |
steps |
|
in. |
hun. |
| Ordinary or quick time in a minute |
75 |
— |
24 |
96 |
| Accelerated time |
108 |
— |
12 |
3 |
Marching by files, is to march with
the narrowest front, except that of rank
entire or Indian file, which bodies of men
are susceptible of.
The strictest observance of all the rules
for marching, is particularly necessary in
marching by files, which is first to be
taught at the ordinary time, or 75 steps
in the minute, and afterwards in accelerated
time, or 108 steps in the minute.
In file marching, particularly at the
drill, the whole of a company or squad,
having been previously faced, are immediately
to step off together, gaining at the
very first step 24 inches.
The first adoption of file marching has
been attributed to the Prussians, and the
advocates for what is called the Ordre
mince des Prussiens, the thin or narrow
order, have in contradistinction named the
ordre profond, the deep order, or column,
the French order. According to a very
ingenious and lively writer, who has had
frequent occasions to see the practice of
both orders, the ordre mince or file marching,
may be very useful during a march,
but the deep order or column ought only
to be depended upon in manœuvring before
an enemy.
To March according to time and measure,
(marcher en cadence, Fr.) Marshal
Saxe, in page 23, art. 6. of the folio edition
of his Reveries or Memoires sur l’Art de
la Guerre, is of opinion, that marching to
time and measure constitutes one of the
essential requisites in war; he calls it indeed
the principal one to be observed by
troops who are going into action. By
marching according to time and measure,
we understand, that regular movement of
a large body of men whose steps are cadenced
and uniformly the same, and which
are kept so by the artificial aid of music.
The marshal observes, that although
military men will enter into much desultory
conversation respecting the tactic,
(la tactique) of the ancients, they seldom
or ever understand the real definition of
the word. It is, in fact, so much corrupted
in modern times, that what really conveyed
no more than a regular principle in
marching, has since been made to signify
the exercise and evolutions of troops. All
the world know how to beat a march,
without comprehending the real object,
and half the world imagine, that the noise
of a drum or fife is nothing more than military
parade.
It is ridiculous to suppose, that martial
sounds and military music, were first
invented for the sole purpose of confounding
each other on the day of battle. Let
us indulge a better opinion of the good understanding
of the ancients, particularly of
the Romans, and endeavor to prove, that
regularity in marching, (which depends
wholly upon the cadenced step,) is the
ground-work of military operations, and
that nothing is more simple because it
corresponds with nature. This was, in
fact, the military step which the Romans
brought to so great a perfection, and which
has since been so closely followed by the
Prussians. It was upon this principle,
that marches were first devised, and that
the drum was adopted to second the purposes.
This is literally nothing more than
a certain beat or tact, as the marshal expresses
it, and which is evidently derived
from the Roman word tactum, touch,
and by means of which men may be
taught to move in quick or slow time.
As long as this principle can be followed
up, the rear will never lag behind, soldiers
will preserve the same step and march
with the same foot; the wheelings will
be made uniformly together, without
confusion or delay; and the men will
be less fatigued than if they were suffered
to march or wheel at random. Every
person of the least reflection or observation,
will be convinced of the truth of this
last remark. Let one man, for instance,
be ordered to dance two hours, without
the assistance of any sort of musical instrument,
and let another, with the
same bodily powers and activity, go
through the same operation, during double
the time accompanied by music, and
let it then be determined which of the two
has been most fatigued. It will evidently
appear that the former has: for it is an
unquestionable fact, that sounds of concord
and harmony have a wonderful secret
influence over the human frame, and
that they render the exercises and functions
of the body extremely easy. It is
well known, that when the camel drivers
wish to make their camels get on, they
never flog or strike them with sticks, but
sing, whistle, or repeat some humorous
song.
Should it be asked what sort of music
is best adapted to the human organs in
military movements? It may safely be
replied all those simple tunes which can
be played by the fife and drum; I shall
perhaps be told, (observes the marshal)
that many men have no ear for music;
this I deny, as far as the observation regards
marching, which is a movement so
easy to the human frame, that it comes,
as it were, naturally to man. I have often
remarked, that when the long roll has
beat, the men in repairing to their several
parades, have insensibly preserved the regular
step, without knowing that they
did so: nature, in fact, and instinct go
together. If marching according to time
and measure be considered in a mere superficial
manner, the cadence step will
undoubtedly appear of little importance;
but if it be considered as an essential requisite
to quicken or slacken the movement
of troops who are going into action,
it must be found an important object.
No evolution, in fact, can be well done
at close order without its assistance. The
military step of the Romans, was the
cadence or measured movement, and they
were thereby enabled to march with ease
upwards of 24 miles in five hours. This,
however, would be looked upon as great
exertion, if not fatigue, among some modern
troops, although it constituted a principal
part of the Roman exercise. Hence
some opinion may be formed of the attention
which they paid to that species of
training, by which men were habituated to
long marches; and this they accomplished
by means of the tact or cadenced movement.
In order to prove the validity of our observations,
let us, for a moment, imagine
a thing which is scarcely possible to be
accomplished by troops that do not march
according to time and measure. Let us
suppose, that two battalions, advancing
to attack one another, should march up
without floating, overlapping, or breaking
in the least; under these circumstances,
which would obtain the superiority? the
one that should imprudently have commenced
firing, or that which should have
reserved its fire? Every intelligent and
able officer will instantly determine in
favor of the latter; and his decision would
unquestionably be correct; for the former,
besides being disheartened by seeing men
advance against them with a reserved fire,
would necessarily be retarded in their
march in order to prime and load; and it
must be evident to every man, that their
antagonists would completely overthrow
them by advancing with a rapid and cadenced
step.
This was the plain and effectual method
of the Romans. It may, perhaps, be
said, that their ignorance of the use of
gunpowder alters the case with respect to
our manner of fighting. Let it, however,
be recollected, that they fought with missile
weapons, which did full as much
mischief as our fire arms can produce.
Gunpowder, in fact, is not so destructive
as most people are apt to imagine.
Few men are killed in regular fought actions,
by the two armies engaging with
musquetry only. Marshal Saxe does not
scruple to assert, that it is impossible for
a battalion of armed men to charge its enemy
with vigor and effect, unless it preserve
the cadenced step. For the ranks
must unavoidably open during the march
in line; and when the troops get within 50
or 60 paces of their opponents, the commanding
officers see chasms, cry out serre,
or close into the centre: and in the hurry
of so doing, one rank overlaps another,
and the centre itself becomes insensibly
broken, standing eight or ten deep, while
the wings are at two, three, or four. To
remedy this defect, the whole line is halted,
and if the enemy be wise enough to
advance in regular order, during this operation,
it is ten to one that he turns the
flank of his opponent, and completely
routs him. With regard to the musquetry
firing, it may be laid down as a certain
fact, that the mischief it does in pitched
battles is more imaginary than real. It
has been acknowleged by the most experienced
officers, it is, indeed, positively
asserted by marshal Saxe, (page 29 of the
folio edition) that the closest vollies have
produced little or no effect against a line of
determined steady troops. I have seen,
observes the marshal, a whole volley of
cool directed musquetry, occasion the loss
of no more than four men; while the
troops against which it has been poured,
have calmly marched up, reserved their
fire till they got in contact with the enemy,
and then amply revenged the deaths
of their comrades by discharging their
pieces and following up with the bayonet.
It is at this stage of the battle, that a
real carnage commences, and its execution
rests wholly with the victorious party;
and we need scarcely add, that its success
must be attributed to that composed,
steady movement, or cadenced step, which
enabled the troops to act together, when
they came to close action. The military
reader will be gratified by a perusal of
two or three interesting anecdotes in pages
29, 30, 31, of the Reveries, fol. edit.
March in prolongation of the line.—This
operation is gone through when a battalion
standing in open column, with the pivot
flanks of its divisions on the line, and advanced
points being ascertained, moves
forward at the word march, which is given
by the commanding officer. Whenever
the battalion wheels into open column, in
order to prolong the line on which it was
formed, and that no distant point in that
prolongation is previously given, the serjeant
guide of the leading company will
advance 15 or 20 paces, and place himself
in the line of the pivot flanks, and the
leading officer will thereby (taking a line
over his head) be enabled to ascertain the
direction in which he is to move.
March by the inversion of files, or countermarch.
A compound word signifying
retrocession, backward movement, change
of measures or conduct, any alteration, in
fact, of an original conception or undertaking.
Thus the countermarch of ideas
in the mind is the precursor of the different
changes made by the body. In a military
sense it is variously applicable; and as
every countermarch or backward movement
necessarily implies a previous march,
or forward movement, we shall extract under
this article the most material instructions
that have been published in good
authors relative to the countermarch of
the component parts of a battalion, &c.
observing generally that the word countermarch
may be applied to the most extensive
scale of military operations. Thus
a whole army which has advanced into
an enemy’s country, is said to countermarch
when it not only ceases to make
progress in a forward direction, but
changes its whole plan of manœuvre, and
treads back the ground over which it had
advanced. To countermarch in a more
desultory manner, means to quit different
positions by the countermarching of detached
bodies, by changing their relative
fronts, without abandoning the field, or
scene of general operation. In order to
execute such evolutions and inversions
with accuracy, every battalion should be
well instructed in the prescribed methods
of changing front by the inversion of its
files to right or left, in front or in rear
of a leading division, from and on its
centre.
The Countermarch by files.—According
to the last printed regulations,
this movement is of two kinds. Either
successive (the body being halted) by each
file successively turning on its own ground,
the moment it is disengaged by the departure
of its preceding file: or progressive
(the body being in motion) by each file
turning when it arrives at the point from
which the leading or head file first wheeled.
In the first case the body must shift
its ground to a flank a space at least equal
to its front: in the second it will perform
this operation of the countermarch on its
original ground, exchanging flanks and
fronts; so that what before stood as the
leading or head division will become the
rear of the column; or, if in line, what
was the right flank fronting one way,
will still remain the right flank fronting
another. In both cases the pivots are in
a small degree moveable, but they must
be so as little as possible, since a solid and
compact inversion of the files is as requisite
to a true and close formation in line
or column, as the lock-step is indispensible
in every other movement by files.
Countermarch by files in front of
the battalion, &c. In this case the front
men become the pivots, on which every
successive file turns, till the rear file gets
upon the identical space of ground from
whence the front file first wheeled.
Countermarch by files in rear of the
Battalion. In this case the rear rank men
become the pivots upon similar principles
of movement. All countermarches of a
battalion or greater body, must be made
in ordinary time; of smaller divisions in
general in quick time. The observations
which have already been made, under the
head files, with respect to a solidity and
quickness of movement in each wheeling,
and to an unity of step, (allowing for an
increased length of it in the wheeling men)
are especially applicable to the countermarch
by files.
The Countermarch of a battalion
from both flanks on its centre, by files. In
order to effect this movement and change
of formation, the wings face outwards
from the colors, which stand fast, and a
serjeant remains at the point of each wing
in order to mark the ground. At the word
march, the right wing files successively
close behind the rear rank, and the left
wing before the front rank of the battalion,
till they arrive at the points where each
other stood. They then halt, cover, and
front by word of command, looking to the
colors which take their places. The
commanding officer dresses the line if necessary.
The Countermarch of the battalion,
from its centre, and on its centre, by files.
The wings face inwards to the colors,
which stand fast, and a serjeant remains
to mark each flank. The whole then
take three side steps to the right, by word
of command, in order to disengage the
centre. At the second word of command,
the whole move on, and each file successively
wheels into the centre as it arrives
at and beyond the colors. As soon as
each company is in the line from the colors
to the flank serjeant, its leading officer
fronts it. When the whole is formed,
the colors countermarch, and every company
dresses to the colors till otherwise
ordered. It must be remembered, as a
general rule, that in the countermarch
from both flanks, no part of the battalion
is fronted till the whole is on its ground.
In the countermarch from the centre,
the battalion begins instantly and successively
to front by companies, as each is
ready and on its ground.
The Countermarch by companies or
subdivisions, on the centre of a battalion or
line. Although this maybe done by files,
it has been allowed, that on account of the
unavoidable openings which always occur
in file marching, a battalion, or larger body,
will be best enabled to execute that
movement with quickness and rapidity,
by the march of columns of companies or
subdivisions in front. To effect this object,
the battalion is cautioned to countermarch
from its centre by subdivisions;
one or two central subdivisions having
wheeled the half circle upon their centre
point, or countermarched into the new
line, so that the front rank stands precisely
where the rear rank did: one of the
wings then faces to the right about, and
both wheel inwards by subdivisions: they
march along the rear and front of the
formed division, and successively wheel
up into their respective places on each
side of those already arranged in the line.
The subdivisions which wheel up to
the rear, successively mark time, when
they reach their ground. The officers
who lead them must be particularly attentive
to their wheeling points, by being
at their proper front rank when they halt
their subdivisions. They would otherwise
pass the rear, and disfigure the formation.
If it be intended that the front rank of
the directing company or subdivision,
should stand on the identical line which
it occupied before the countermarch, it
will be placed in that direction. In that
case, after the subdivision has wheeled inwards,
the wing which is to march in
rear of it, must shift a few paces to the
flank, in order to get clear of the rear ranks,
and then proceed.
When one flank of a battalion or line is
to occupy the spot where the other one
stands, its most expeditious movement to
arrive at it, will be along the prolongation
of the line. If the flanks are to exchange
places with each other, the countermarch
on the centre, or on a flank, is the best
method by which that exchange can be
effected. The single battalion may do it
by files, if its ground be confined, but a
line must do it by countermarch of divisions
in open column.
The Countermarch in column, is the
inversion of the different files which constitute
the several divisions, subdivisions,
or sections of which the column is composed.
By which inversion the front of
the column is completely reversed.
To Countermarch a column, the
right in front, is to change the front, or
aspect of the leading company, subdivision,
or section, and to place it in the rear
of its perpendicular formation. After the
caution has been given to countermarch
by files the whole will face to the right,
by word of command. Each company or
leading officer or serjeant, will immediately
quit the pivot, and place himself on
the right of his company, subdivision, or
section, whilst his covering serjeant advances
to the spot which he has quitted,
and faces to the right about. At the
word march the whole move. The leader
in the first instance wheels short round to
the right, and proceeds, followed by his
files of men, until he has placed his pivot
front rank man close to his serjeant, who
remains immoveable. As soon as the leading
officer or serjeant of each company,
subdivision, or section, has countermarched
the extent of his front, he instantly
gives the words mark time, so as to have
it squared and closed in to the right,
which is now become the pivot flank, and
on which the officer or serjeant replaces
the person that had advanced to ascertain
the exact point of perpendicular formation;
and who falls back behind the rear
rank; and when dressed, halt. By means
of this inversion of the files, the column
will face to its rear, each company, subdivision,
or section, having its original follower
its head or leading object.
To Countermarch a column, the left
in front, is to make the left company, subdivision,
or section, which is now in the
rear of the column, become the head of it.
After the caution, to countermarch by
files, has been given, at the word left face,
the whole face to the left, the officer or
serjeant moves to the left of his company,
subdivision, or section, and the person
who has covered him, moves to his place,
and faces about. At the word march, the
officer turns short to the left, and proceeds
as before until he is fixed on the left,
which is now become the pivot flank, as
the column stands with its right in front.
In all countermarches, the facing is always
to that hand which is not the pivot,
but which is to become such. The
countermarch of each division, subdivision,
or section, separately on its own
ground, is an evolution of great utility on
many occasions. It enables a column
which has its right in front, and is marching
in an alignement, to return along that
same line, and to take such new positions
in it as circumstances may require, without
inverting or altering the proper front
of the line. In many situations of forming
from column into line, it becomes a
previous operation which ought not to be
dispensed with.
When a column countermarches by divisions,
each on its own ground, unless the
divisions be equal, the distances after the
countermarch will not be the true wheeling
distances, but will be such as are
equal to the front of the preceding division,
and therefore the true distances must
be regained before the divisions can wheel
up into line with the accuracy and completion
of space which are required.
Marching past by the cavalry.—At a
review, or inspection, regiments, brigades,
or lines, do not march past in column of
squadrons, but in column of half squadrons.
In passing by in half squadrons at open
ranks, the commander of the squadron
will be in front of his leading half squadron,
covered by the standard, with which
the other officers of the half squadron
dress. In the second half squadron all
its officers are in front, and in one line.
The trumpets are all in front of the regiment,
and when they have passed,
wheel quickly round, and remain posted
opposite the general, and sound till the
regiment has passed; when they cease,
(and those of the succeeding regiments
commence) follow their regiment, and regain
its front.
The half squadrons, or divisions, will
dress, and cover to the passing hand;
after the successive wheel, which brings
them on the line of passing, they will open
ranks, 60 or 70 yards, before they approach
the general, and close them about
the same distance after passing, and they
will continue so to dress, and preserve
the line, till each division wheels at the
point, where the head one has changed its
direction: there, and not before, the dressing
and covering will be made to the proper
pivot flank of divisions.
The whole pass, (whether at open or
close ranks) as one column; nor is any
division, squadron, or regiment, to increase,
or alter the distances it possessed,
at the moment it wheeled from line into
column.
In passing by half squadrons or divisions,
at close ranks, the standard may
take the centre of the front rank of the
leading one. The commanding officer is
before it, other officers are at their squadron
posts, and care is taken, that there
shall be an officer on each passing flank.
At the drawing of swords, and general
salute, on the general’s approach, the
trumpets all sound the parade march.
When the general passes along the line,
each regiment successively sounds its own
march, or such other as it shall be ordered,
and the same is done by each regiment
when it passes the general.
The general orders and field regulations
have prescribed the soundings with which
all generals, and other persons, are to be received;
when they pass along the line, or
the line before them, the trumpet soundings
will be the same as when the president
or governor of a state appears.
The trumpet flourish, in drawing
swords, is used regimentally on their own
ground, and is the sounding used in receiving
a major general; it is repeated twice
for a lieutenant-general, and to all superior
generals the march is sounded.
In parade, to receive the president, or
the commanding general, the trumpets are
assembled on the right of their regiments,
(whether single or in line) in two ranks,
and the staff beyond them.—The staff
does not march past.
On all occasions of exercise, and manœuvre,
trumpets are behind their troops
and squadrons, unless otherwise detached.
If the president sees a brigade, he will
be received at the point of his approach in
the manner already directed, by the general
commanding it. If a single regiment,
in the same manner by its commanding
officer.
After passing in parade, and in movements,
and exercise, it will depend on the
commanding officer of the regiment, to
place the other field officers at the head
of squadrons, or to assign them the superintendance
of wings, in order the better
to assist.
In general, regiments manœuvre at too
great a distance from the person inspecting
them; they ought to terminate many of
their movements and formations within
20 or 30 yards of where he stands.
Cavalry regiments, when dismounted,
and formed in line, will have an interval
of six paces between each.
When the regiments dismount, field
officers, and adjutants, do not dismount,
but remain on horseback.
When the dismounted line advances in
front, at close ranks, general officers, and
commanding officers of regiments, are behind
the centre; other field officers are behind
the flanks of the battalion.
When the dismounted line is at open
ranks, field officers are on the flanks of the
battalion, in a line with the men, and general
officers, and commanding officers of
regiments, are in front.
In passing on foot, all mounted officers
are in front of the regiment, except the adjutant,
who is in the rear.
General principles in Marching.—Where
a large body is marching in column,
or columns, through narrow ground, and
when its parts are to be assembled beyond
the defile in several lines, in a compact
manner behind each other—such parts are
not to begin to assemble when the leading
one does, but the head of each line is successively
first to come up to the ground
on which it is to stand, and when it there
halts, its proper followers (and not before)
move into line with it, and thereby do not
impede the bodies that are behind them,
which are still in the defile, and are to perform
the same operation.
When a new line to be marched, or
formed upon, is taken up by guides,
commanding officers of squadrons, of regiments,
and all other persons whatever,
will take care that during such operation
they do not stand upon, or obscure the direction
of that line. Too many guides
should not be thrown out. In movements
in column, commanding officers
of squadrons, and regiments, should
keep wide of the flanks, that the pivot
leaders may more correctly follow each
other, and that they themselves may the
better see, and distinguish the relative situation
of the whole.
We shall conclude our remarks on the
principles of marching, by quoting a remarkable
passage out of marshal Saxe’s
Reveries, which may serve to undeceive
many with regard to the over-rated importance
that is given to the expert handling
of the firelock.
He justly remarks, that the manual
and platoon exercise does extremely well
to render the soldier easy under arms, but
it should not engross the whole of our
attention on that account. It is, perhaps,
of all others, the least important branch
in military acquirements, after the soldier
has been taught to carry his firelock
on his left shoulder, to prime and load
with accuracy and dispatch, and to fire in
platoon.
When once a soldier has been rendered
master of these essential requisites, (and
it requires little to make him so) the full
possession of his legs and feet becomes
the principal object of his attention.
The secret of all manœuvres, and the
consequent issue of engagements, depend
upon the legs. Hence the necessity of
moving to time and measure, and the
wise practice of teaching the cadenced
step. Whoever attempts to drill a recruit
without paying attention to this important
object, must be ignorant of the
first elements of war.
Il n’en est pas seulement aux elemens a
qu’on appelle le métier de la guerre.—He
does not even know the first rudiments of
what is called the art of war.
These observations ought to be strongly
impressed upon the minds of those persons
who are too apt to devote all their
time to the firelock, and consequently to
neglect the more necessary object of
marching, &c. Officers, in particular,
should be taught to feel the justness of
those principles of movement, by which
large bodies are enabled to act together.
The motions of the firelock are easily
learned, but the various changes to which
the human frame must submit in marching,
require something more than mere
mechanical operation.
March of a train of artillery.—It has
been observed in page 192, of Muller’s
Treatise of Artillery, that the French
march their artillery much in the same
manner that the British do, with this difference,
that the French artillery is divided
into brigades. In page 191 of Muller’s treatise
on Artillery, we find the following
detail of a march of English artillery:—
1. A guard of the army. 2. The company
of miners, with their tumbrel of
tools, drawn by two horses. 3. The regiments
of artillery front guard. 4. The
kettle drums, drawn by four horses, and
two trumpeters on horseback. 5. The
flag gun drawn by 17 horses, and five
twelve pounders more, by 15 horses each.
6. Eleven waggons with stores for the
said guns, and one spare, by three horses
each. 7. Six nine pounders, drawn by
eleven horses each. 8. Nine waggons
with stores for the said guns, and one
spare, by three horses each. 9. Five long
six pounders, by seven horses each. 10.
Seven waggons with stores for ditto, and
a spare one, drawn by three horses each.
11. Five long six pounders, drawn by seven
horses each. 12. Six waggons with stores
for ditto, and a spare one, by three horses
each. 13. Four long six pounders, by
seven horses each. 14. Five waggons with
stores for ditto, and a spare one, by
three horses each. 15. Two howitzers,
by five horses each. 16. Four waggons
with stores for ditto, by three horses.
17. Six short six pounders, by two horses
each. 18. Three waggons with stores
for ditto, by three horses each. 19. Six
royals, with their stores, in four waggons,
by three horses each. 20. One 12 pounder
carriage, by seven horses; one nine
pounder carriage, by five; one long six
pounder carriage, by five; two short, by
two; one short and one long limber, by
one horse; and two forges, by two each.
21. Twenty ammunition carts, by three
horses each. 22. Nineteen waggons with
musquet cartridges, and one spare, by
three horses each. 23. Thirty waggons
with powder, and one spare, by three
horses each. 24. Thirty waggons with
musquet shot, and one spare, by three
horses each. 25. Twenty-five waggons
with intrenching tools, and one spare, by
three horses each. 26. Twenty-five
waggons with small stores, and one spare,
by three each. 27. Six waggons for artificers,
with four spare, each by three. 28.
Thirty-two baggage waggons, nine by
four horses, and 23 by three. 29. Thirty
pontoons, and three spare carriages, each
by seven. 30. The artillery rear guard.
31. The rear guard from the army.
It must be observed that there are parties
of gunners and matrosses marching
with the guns: there are likewise some
parties of pioneers interspersed here and
there to mend the roads, when they are
spoiled by the fore carriages.
We shall now present our military readers
with an extract from a French work,
which has appeared since the Memoires
D’Artillerie, par M. Surirey de Saint
Remy, and which may put them more
especially in possession of the French
manner of marching their artillery, than
Mr. Muller has afforded.—We must however,
at the same time, refer them for
more copious information to the third volume
of Saint Remy, page 187 to 201.
In the last edition of the Dictionnaire
Militaire, the following observations are
made on this important operation.
When the troops in the advanced camp
of the army begin to assemble, the commanding
officer of the artillery repairs to
head-quarters, and communicates with
the commander in chief.—Utensils,
stores, and ammunition, are forwarded to
the camp, and every soldier is provided
with ten or twelve rounds of ball cartridge,
before he commences his march
against the enemy.—These articles having
been distributed, the waggons and horses
return to the train of artillery, and proper
dispositions are made to connect the
whole line of march.
The horses belonging to the train are
narrowly inspected by the lieutenant-general
of artillery, who marks or rejects
them according to his judgment, and
sends one report of their actual state to
government, and another to the master
general of the ordnance. He gives directions
to the captain-general of the waggon-train
to arrange matters in such
a manner with each provincial commissary
belonging to the park, that the
different captains may know what brigades
fall under their immediate superinterdance.
The latter must not on any
account leave the brigades with which
they are entrusted during the march.
The ammunition waggons having been
loaded, and the horses harnessed in, they
are distributed into different brigades, and
put in motion to join the main army, according
to the following order:—
The first thing that precedes the march
of a regular train of artillery, is a waggon
loaded with utensils, such as spades,
pick-axes, shovels, mattocks, wooden
spades, with iron bottoms; grapples,
hatchets, &c. These are under the care of
a waggon-master, who is attended by
forty pioneers to clear and point out the
way.
In the rear of this waggon follow four
four pounders, mounted on their several
carriages, with every necessary appendage
on each side, loaded with ball, and
the cannoneers ready, each having a lighted
match in his hand, and two steel prickers
or dégorgeoirs. Next to these is a
waggon loaded with different articles of
ordnance, containing likewise one barrel of
gunpowder, one ditto of ball, a bundle of
matches, weighing together about fifty
pounds, about fifty balls of the calibre of
the guns and five or six sets stout
drag-ropes or bricoles.
The military chest, and the king’s or
royal stores, generally accompany this
small train, when the army consists of
one column only.
The pontoons, with every thing belonging
to them, follow next; and after them
the crab with its appendages, accompanied
by the captain of artificers, with a certain
number of carpenters.
Next follow the heavy ordnance.
Those pieces of artillery which are
mounted, follow each other according to
their several calibres, with all their necessary
implements for service hanging on
each side.
Then come the frames belonging to the
pieces of heavy ordnance, with their implements,
&c. placed upon them. The
mortars follow next.
After these follow the caissons belonging
to the escorts of the park of artillery,
military chest, quarter-master general,
and captain of artificers or workmen, in
which are contained the tools belonging to
the different workmen and miners, together
with the forges, &c.
The baggage belonging to the commanding
officer of artillery, and to the several
officers of the train, follow next, each
waggon succeeding the other according to
the rank of the several officers. It frequently
happens, that the carriages with
stores and provisions, and those belonging
to the royal regiment of artillery move
together.
After these follow the tumbrels with
gunpowder, matches, sand-bags, ropes,
fuses for bombs and grenades, proof-pieces,
if there are any, plummets, hand
grenades, mining tools, mortar-carriages,
bombs, balls, according to the different
calibres of cannon, tools, and instruments
for pioneers, with the spare carts.
In order to secure the regular progress
and march of these different classes, it
has been usual among the French, to divide
them into five brigades, each brigade
under the command of an artillery
officer; and the whole subject to the orders
of the commandant of artillery. All
the equipage belonging to the train is distributed
among these five brigades, and
each brigade takes care to bring up its
proportion every day to the park or spot
of rendezvous. These are subject to a
roster among themselves, some leading,
and others bringing up the rear, according
to its arrangement.
Night-Marches. Whenever marches
are undertaken in the night, great precaution
should be observed on the part of the
commanding officer of the troops, to attach
two or three faithful and intelligent
guides to each column or detachment;
for it may very easily happen, that in
moving a considerable detachment during
the night, some troops or squadrons may
lose themselves, especially where there
are cross-roads, and difficult passes.
The commanding officer at the head of
the detachment must march slow, provided
the nature of his expedition will admit
of it: and wherever he finds any bye-roads
on the march, he must post a few
men there to direct the succeeding squadron;
which squadron is to repeat the
same caution, and so on throughout the
whole.
As it is almost impossible for squadrons
to keep constantly close together;
and as it almost always happens, that, in
order to conceal a march from the enemy,
no trumpet must be sounded, (which
would otherwise serve for a direction in
the night time) a good non-commissioned
officer, with four or six men, must be appointed
to the rear of every squadron,
who are to divide themselves, and form a
chain in the interval, between it and the
one succeeding, in order to prevent any
mistake of the road.
Before the detachment matches off, the
officer commanding must be careful to exhort
the officers leading troops or squadrons,
strictly to observe all the above directions:
he must also have several orderly
men to attend him; and, if possible,
two or three guides in front.
The advanced guard must be reinforced
in the night time, and march at a small
distance from the main body, and whenever
it shall happen unexpectedly to meet
the enemy, it must instantly charge with
all possible vigor; on which account, and
in order to be in continual readiness, it
must always march with advanced arms.
Secret Marches, are made with a design
to reconnoitre an enemy, surprize
his camp, secure a post, or seize a place.
They are likewise undertaken to succour
troops that may be precariously situated,
to relieve a besieged town, &c. It is in
this service that a commander has occasion
for his utmost sagacity and penetration,
to prevent his being discovered or
betrayed. In order to ensure success, the
person who conducts the march, should
have previously obtained good information
relative to the different roads through
which he is to pass, the disposition of
the inhabitants, &c. He should also obtain
correct intelligence respecting the situation
of the enemy’s out-posts, &c.
To March for the direct purpose of fighting
an enemy. In order to effect this important
operation with confidence and
safety, every army that marches from a
distant point towards the ground which is
occupied by an enemy, endeavors as much
as possible, to preserve its regular front,
and to advance in order of battle. Whenever
obstacles occur, and the ground becomes
so confined, that the march in line
cannot be preserved, the different squadrons
and battalions must approach the
enemy in such a disposition of columns,
as to be able to form line in the quickest
manner, and before the enemy could possibly
attempt to make an impression on
the advancing columns, by charging with
his cavalry.
The general officers who command the
several columns, in leading them forward
must attentively observe each other’s
movement, so that their heads, at least, be
upon a line; and that when they reach
the ground where the whole are to deploy,
this manœuvre may be accomplished with
dispatch and safety, and the order of battle
be fully made, out of the reach of the
enemy’s horse.
The general or commander in chief,
with his aids-de-camp, &c. takes his
ground in such a manner as to be able to
see the effect of the first fire. From being
thus conveniently situated, he will know
what orders to send, whether to support
that part of the line which has gained
ground, or to replace any particular one
that may have given way. In order to
accomplish this double purpose, he either
makes use of the troops which have been
drawn up between the two lines, as circumstances
may require, or detaches from
the reserve, as he judges best for the
service.
The instant the line is formed, and the
enemy appears in sight, every general officer
must be found at the head of his division,
actively employed either in leading
on the troops, entrusted to his skill and
valor, or in speedily remedying every
symptom of disorder which may occur
throughout the whole extent of his command.
The disposition of an army (to quote
the words of mons. de Feuquieres) which
comes to close action, differs essentially
from that it assumes in a march, or previous
movement. Were troops, indeed,
to advance over a wide space of open and
unembarrassed ground, the formation of
them might be the same. But this is
seldom or ever the case. The intervention
of hills, woods, rivers, villages, and
narrow passes or defiles, gives rise to so
many obstacles, that a large body of men,
such as constitutes an army, must necessarily
be divided into many different corps,
in order, that the collective force may arrive,
at a given time, within the lines of
a new camp, or within sight of an enemy.
On these occasions the movements of
an army are attended with considerable
risk, especially if the enemy has himself
taken the field; for by ably manœuvring
he may take advantage of the divided state
of your army, and attack it piece-meal.
The greatest precautions, however, are
observed in modern warfare, which were
either unknown to, or neglected by our
ancestors. Most of these have already
been discussed, as far as the limits of our
undertaking would admit. The following
additional observations may not, perhaps,
be thought wholly superfluous.
In the first instance it will be necessary
for the quarter master general, and for the
different officers who compose the staff or
etat-major of the army, to render themselves
perfectly masters of the country
through which the troops are to march.
The corps of guides, especially if the
march should be continued during the
night, must be well chosen on these occasions;
and the different captains that
have the charge of them, are frequently to
communicate with the principal officers
on the staff, to facilitate the several movements.
All the general officers must be
in possession of correct topographical
sketches of the country; and their aids-de-camp,
&c. must not only know how
to deliver orders, but they must themselves
be able to calculate, (from a cursory
view of the chart,) time and distance,
The science of locality, has, indeed, become
so manifestly useful in all military
operations, that the French have formed
regular companies of topographers, who
accompany their armies; a new institution,
at High-Wycombe, England, pays
much attention to this branch of necessary
knowlege.
Artificers and workmen with appropriate
escorts, precede the several columns,
in order to clear the roads, and to
remove obstacles that occur. Light
troops, and large detachments of cavalry,
are pushed forward for the purpose of
keeping the enemy in awe, and to send the
earliest intelligence respecting his movements.
Bridges are thrown across rivers
with astonishing activity and dispatch;
every thing in a word which relates to the
movement of the army, is so well digested
before-hand, and subsequently so well
executed, that all the different corps co-operate,
and readily succour each other
should the enemy attack. The natural
formation of the battalion is preserved,
whether the grenadiers are disposed in
front, or the light companies lead; and
the several piquets come regularly up
with the rear during the march, and are
as readily stationed in the front when their
corps halt.
When a forced march is undertaken for
the specific purpose of rendering some design
of an enemy abortive, it is the duty of
the commissariat to have provisions ready
at hand, during the transient halts which
are made in this harassing and fatiguing
enterprise.
It is usual for great armies to march in
several columns, in conformity to the order
of battle which has been laid down by the
general or commander in chief, at the beginning
of the campaign. Those battalions
and squadrons which compose the
right, take their line of march through
that direction of the country; those
which compose the left, preserve their
relative time and distance in that quarter.
The artillery and heavy baggage
are generally disposed of in the centre column.
When an army marches directly forward
to attack or meet an enemy, the artillery
is almost always distributed in the
centre: sometimes a brigade of that corps,
with a body of select troops in front,
precedes each column; but the heavy
baggage invariably moves in the rear under
cover of the reserve.
When an army marches through a
woody or close country, the heads of the
different columns are usually covered by
a strong detachment of riflemen, preceded
by squadrons of horse. Should
the enemy be in your rear, when it is
found expedient to make a movement,
the hospital stores, ammunition, baggage,
and artillery, escorted by some squadrons
of horse, must be sent forward, and the
best disciplined troops, with a certain
quantity of artillery, are in that case to
make up the rear guard. If the enemy
should hang upon your flank (the right,
for instance,) the artillery, stores, and baggage,
must be conducted by the left:
should the enemy direct his operations
from the left, the same movements must
take place on the right.
A small army may march in one column,
having its artillery and baggage
between the advanced and rear guards.
Should it be brought to action, the dragoons
and light cavalry belonging to the
advanced guard will compose one wing,
and the troops that are disposed of in the
rear, will form the other: the infantry
will be distributed in the centre with the
artillery in its front.
The French seem to have paid the
greatest attention to the various details and
incidental circumstances which attend
the march of any considerable body of
troops. It was not, however, until the
reign of Louis XIII. that any sort of regular
system began to prevail. There
was certainly less necessity for such an
arrangement, because the baggage was by
no means so great, nor was the train of artillery
half so extensive. The only dangers,
indeed, which were to be guarded
against, when the enemy was near, seemed
confined to the loss of baggage and artillery.
These were, of course, provided
against by every able general, who naturally
observed the greatest secrecy with
respect to his encampment, and practised
various stratagems to conceal his march
from the enemy.
Some very sensible observations, relative
to the manner in which troops should
be managed previous to an engagement,
may be found in the Rêveries de M. le
Maréchal de Saxe; and considerable information
may be derived from Les Reflexions
de M. le Baron d’Espagnac, on the
best method of forming the infantry for
battle. See Supplément aux Rêveries,
page 19. See likewise Oeuvres Militaires,
tom. 1. p. 124.
General observations on the march of
troops. Observations from a French work,
applicable to general service. When
troops are ordered to march, four principal
objects should be well considered,
viz. locality, time, possible ambuscades,
and the ultimate end for which the march
is undertaken. In order to secure these
important points, some topographers
(without whom no army can be said to be
well constituted, or its staff ably appointed)
should be directed to give in plans of
the country, to shew where it is intersected,
where hills with their different incurvations
appear, where the roads are narrow,
where the ground is soft or marshy,
and unfavorable to the passage of artillery,
where intricate passes occur, where there
are woods, hedges, rivers, or marshes,
and finally where the country becomes
totally impervious.
When these different objects have been
well ascertained, and thoroughly digested
at head quarters, the component parts of
the army must be so distributed with respect
to the battalions of infantry, squadrons
of horse, artillery, and baggage, that
the front of the leading column shall invariably
correspond with the extent of
the road or defile which is to be marched
over.
When troops are ordered to march
through an inclosed country, the whole
army is divided into a given number of
columns, which successively follow each
other, and are encamped, cantoned, or
quartered separately. Sometimes the
country is cleared, as much as circumstances
will admit, in order that the several
columns may advance, while the artillery,
under an escort of infantry on each
side, and with cavalry distributed upon
both wings of the army, makes the best
of its way through the main road. Small
detachments, consisting of active, spirited
young men, headed by intelligent and enterprising
officers, are sent forward to take
possession of the different defiles, woods,
passes, and to post themselves close to an
enemy’s post, for the purpose of blocking
it up until the whole of the army has
marched by.
The leading columns should always be
composed of tried and steady soldiers;
and the front of each should invariably
consist of the best men in the army.
The advanced and rear guards must be
well supported by infantry, with the addition
of some light field pieces. The order
of battle is so arranged, that the heavy
ordnance, the baggage, and the greatest
part of the cavalry, which can be of little
use on the wings, may be distributed in
the centre.
When it is necessary to cross a river,
the artillery must be planted directly opposite
to the post which the army intends
to occupy. Considerable advantage will
accrue should the river wind in such a
manner as to form a rentrant angle in that
particular spot, which advantage would
be greatly increased by having a ford near.
In proportion as the construction of the
bridge advances, some steady troops must
be marched forward, and a regular discharge
of musquetry must be kept up
against the enemy on the opposite bank.
The instant the bridge is finished, a
corps of infantry, with some cavalry,
some pieces of artillery, and a certain number
of pioneers, to fortify the head of the
bridge, must be ordered over. Should
there be the least ground to suspect an attack
upon the rear guard, the inside tête
de pont must also be fortified.
Proper precautions will have been taken
to prevent any surprise during the construction
of the bridge, and while the
troops are crossing. Each side of the
river above and below the bridge, will on
this account have been well reconnoitred,
to ascertain that there are not any armed
barges or floating rafters with infernals
upon them, kept ready to blow up the
bridge, when a considerable part of the
army shall have passed the river. If the
preservation of the bridge be considered
as an object, both ends must be fortified,
and adequate guards stationed to defend
them.
Each corps that marches separately,
such as the advanced and rear guards, and
the main body, must be provided with
shovels, pick-axes, and a sufficient number
of pioneers and guides, to clear the
roads, and to direct it on its march.
The following general rules in route
marching have been laid down by the
celebrated Montecuculli:—
No officer or soldier is on any account to
quit his post or rank. The battalion
companies must never intermix with the
squadrons or troops of cavalry. Squadrons
or troops of cavalry must always take
care not to leave such wide intervals between
them, as will expose them to be
suddenly cut off, or such contracted ones
as might enable the enemy to throw them
into confusion.
In summer, troops should quit their
ground or quarters at day-break.
In winter, great care should be taken
by the commissariat, to see that the troops
are well supplied with fuel whenever they
halt. During very inclement weather
the march of troops should be greatly
contracted.
Some steady old soldiers must be stationed
at the different cross roads, to prevent
the rear men from mistaking the line of
march.
The leading columns of those troops
that precede them, must instantly fall
upon any body of the enemy that may attempt
to oppose their progress.
Three things are always to be considered
and well weighed, viz. whether there
be much ground to apprehend a serious
attack from the enemy; whether there be
little ground to fear him; or whether there
be no ground at all.
In the latter case each corps of cavalry
and infantry, marches separately, and with
its own baggage.
All convoys, containing stores and ammunition,
move with the artillery accompanied
by an officer from the adjutant or
quarter-master general’s department, who
has the direction of the march, as far as
regards the convoy itself; but cannot interfere
with the artillery; the commanding
officer of the latter being presumed to
know best, when and where his park
should halt, &c. A very sensible observation
on this head may be found in a
recent French publication, intituled, Manuel
des Adjudans Généraux, by Paul
Thiébault. The whole of which is published
under the article Staff in the Am.
Mil. Lib. On the evening preceding a
march, each corps is specifically furnished
with the necessary orders in writing.
At the hour which is named in general
orders for the troops to commence their
march, the quarter-master general, and the
captain of guides, repair to the advanced
guard.
If the army has been encamped, the
lines of entrenchment are levelled or cleared
in such a manner, that the troops may
move with an extended front. As soon
as the troops have marched off, the different
guards belonging to the camp will be
withdrawn.
Pioneers must be sent forward to clear
the roads, preceded by small detachments
of light and select troops, together with
estaffettes or mounted messengers and vedettes,
who are to reconnoitre in front,
rear, and round the wings of the army.
To these must be added appropriate guards
and escorts to accompany the artillery,
and to protect the baggage. It will belong
to this latter description of troops, to take
possession of advantageous heights, to discover
ambuscades, and to send a faithful
detail of all they observe to head quarters.
These communications will be made by
the chief of the etat major who accompanies
them.
The advanced guard of the army will be
composed of one half of the cavalry, the
main body will consist of the infantry, attended
by pioneers and detached corps of
light artillery, which will be preceded by
an iron instrument made in the shape of a
plough-share, for the purpose of tracing
out the paths, which must be kept by the
waggon-train. In the rear of the main
body must follow the heavy ordnance, the
baggage-waggons belonging to the several
regiments, and the train of artillery. The
other half of the cavalry will be disposed
of in the rear-guard, in which the army
stores and ammunition are to be escorted
by a regiment of horse.
If the army should be divided, and
march in different columns by indirect
roads, a rendezvous or place d’armes must
be marked out in writing, where the
whole may conveniently meet on the line
of march. The utmost attention must
be paid to the selection of this spot, by
the adjutant and quarter-master general,
lest it should be exposed to a surprise from
the enemy; on which account it is kept as
secret as possible, lest any intelligence
should be given to him by deserters or
spies. The hour and the manner in which
the several columns are to arrive, is specifically
stated to the different leaders;
and scouts, &c. are sent round the country
to discover the enemy’s movements.
If there should be any reason to apprehend
an attack, the various precautions
must be increased in proportion to the
alarm.
An army must always march, if it possibly
can, in that order from which it may
easily and expeditiously deploy into line;
that is, it should invariably preserve the
order of battle; every column bearing a
natural front towards the enemy. Montecuculli
further adds, that an army must
invariably march the right or left in front,
and not from its centre.
Field-pieces, with a sufficient quantity
of ammunition, shovels, spades, and pick-axes
always at hand, must be disposed
along the most vulnerable part of the rendezvous;
these must be guarded by a body
of cavalry and infantry, who are to be selected
for that specific duty.
Care is likewise taken to lodge the baggage-waggons,
&c. in the most secure and
best defended spot.
The two first lines of the army will
consist of the mounted artillery in front,
next to which will stand the different
squadrons of horse that are posted in intervals
between the infantry battalions:
after these will follow the train of caissons,
&c. in as many files as the road will
admit; then the stores and baggage, and
finally the reserve.
Whenever the leading columns have
passed an obstacle, the front man must be
halted till the rear have completely cleared
it likewise; and when the whole enters an
open country, the line must be formed,
and the march be continued in order of
battle until a fresh obstacle occurs, when
the troops must be prepared to pass the
defile, the advanced guard leading, the
main body following next, and the reserve
bringing up the rear.
When an army is thus advancing, the
right or left flank (according to circumstances)
of its line of march, must be
covered by rivers, and banks, rising
grounds, or eminences; and if these natural
advantages do not present themselves,
artificial ones must be resorted to. These
may consist of waggons, chevaux de friezes
or other temporary means of defence;
the quantity, &c. must depend upon the
nature of the country, and the number of
troops that compose the columns.
It is, however, impossible to set down
general rules for all cases; these must
vary with the manifold circumstances that
occur, and the different designs which are
to be accomplished or pursued.
When the movements of an army are to
be concealed, the march must be undertaken
at night through woods, vallies, and
concealed ways; all frequented and inhabited
places must be carefully avoided;
no loud instruments must on any account
be played; and if fires are made, they
must only be lighted on the eve of breaking
up camp; in which case they must
be left burning, for the purpose of deluding
the enemy into a supposition, that the
troops have not moved.
Small parties of cavalry are sent forward
to seize all stragglers or scouts from the
enemy, or to take possession of the different
passes. In order to avoid being discovered
in the object of the march, a different
road must be taken from the one
which you really propose to march
through; and a fit opportunity must afterwards
be embraced to get into the real
track. Before you march out of a town
or fortified place, the utmost care must
be observed to prevent your intended
route from being conveyed to the enemy.
On this account the troops must be first
marched out, and the gates immediately
shut upon the rear, so that no stranger,
&c. may be able to slip out with the
men.
During a march of this nature, the
troops must be provided with subsistence,
stores, and ammunition, to last out until
the object is attained. No scout or vedette
is sent forward, when an army, or
any part of it, advances to take possession
of a post or place, to succour a town, to
surprize an enemy, in a close or woody
country, by favor of the night, or in hazy
weather, or on any occasion when orders
have been given to oppose and fight every
thing it meets.
When an army marches for the direct
purpose of forcing a passage, which is
guarded by an enemy, a feint must be
made in one quarter, whilst the real object
is vigorously pursued in another.
Sometimes you must appear suddenly
disposed to make a retrograde movement,
and then again as suddenly resume your
progress; sometimes march beyond the
spot you wish to occupy, insensibly
drawing off the enemy’s attention; and
whilst the whole army is thus pushing
forward and is closely watched by its opponents,
(who hang upon the flanks, and
hug its line of march) let detached parties
of cavalry and foot, that have lain in ambush,
suddenly surprise the passage, and
post themselves upon it.
When it is found expedient to advance
rapidly into a country for the purpose of
surprising an enemy, getting possession of
a town or place, or avoiding superior
forces, every species of baggage must be
left behind (even the common necessaries
of the men: if circumstances require,) the
cavalry must be sent forward, and the infantry
put in carts, carriages, and chaises,
or mounted behind the dragoons. If
there be spare horses enough in the different
troops, or any can be procured from
the inhabitants of the country, they must
be led in order to relieve those that are
double mounted, in the manner which is
practised by the Tartars. Marches of
this description and urgency, must be
kept up night and day; and it is on such
occasions that the value of a good staff or
etat-major will have all its weight.
It must be observed, as a general maxim,
that whenever troops are retiring
from a weak position, or to avoid the approach
of a superior force, the retreat
must be so managed, as not to bear the
least resemblance of a flight.
Order of March, which is observed in
the Turkish army: this order of march
may be considered as the movement of an
army that combines its several operations
according to some established system of
military art. The Turks usually divide
this movement into time distinct operations:
the first comprehends that by
which troops of several denominations,
and from different quarters, assemble together
at some given spot or rendezvous.
Such, for instance, is the march of various
corps of militia, both in Asia and
Europe, belonging to the Ottoman empire,
who must necessarily pass through
several quarters, and cross the sea, to
form a junction. From the many inconveniences
which troops must unavoidably
experience on these occasions, and from
the irregularity that always grows out of
them, this march cannot be strictly called a
systematic movement of the army.
The second order of march among the
Turks is that which they call alay; when
the troops arrive, under the command of
their several bachas, at the camp or given
spot of rendezvous, for the purpose of
being reviewed by the serasquier, the
grand vizier or the sultan. This order is
observed likewise by the janizaries when
they repair to a similar place.
The third order of march must be considered
as a real military movement. It is
that which is performed by the army that
first takes up its ground in a regular manner,
and encamps. This is the commencement
or beginning of military
marches, because from a situation or arrangement
of this sort, troops either leave
one camp to pitch their tents elsewhere,
or return again to their old one after having
made an attempt against an enemy’s
post, &c.
It is an established law in Turkey,
whenever the sultan or grand vizier takes
the field, to have their magnificent tents,
with seven or five horse-tails displayed
above them, regularly pitched on the
plains of Constantinople, or in those of
Adrianople, accordingly as the court
happens to be in either of those imperial
residences; which circumstance is announced
throughout the empire, that
every province, &c. may be made acquainted
with the march of the sultan or
grand vizier.
As soon as these pavilions or tents have
been thus pitched, all the different armed
corps that have not yet commenced their
march receive their route: and those that
are already on the march, advance with all
the expedition they can, to the spot of
general rendezvous. The troops from
Egypt and Asia are particularly alert on
these occasions, most especially if the
war should be carried into Hungary. All
the points from whence embarkations are
to take place, appear conspicuously
marked along the coast of the Marmora,
Propontides, and the Archipelago, in order
that the different bodies of troops may
take the direct road to Constantinople,
Andrianople, Philipolis Sophia, Nissa,
and Belgrade, in which places was the
general rendezvous of all the troops, when
the Ottoman empire flourished. Those,
however, were not included which were
destined to act in Hungary and Bosnia.
They met together, after having passed
the bridge of Osek, and formed a junction
with the main army. Kara-Mustapha
followed these dispositions when he
went to besiege Vienna.
The second march of the Turkish or
Ottoman army, is a business of mere
parade or ceremony. This movement is
observed by all the different corps, and it
is executed with great magnificence by
the Bachas, particularly so when they
repair the first time to the camp of general
rendezvous.
With respect to the third march, it is a
real and essential movement, and ought to
be called the military march or route. Four
principal branches or objects of service,
constitute the nature of this march, and
form its disposition. These are the cavalry,
infantry, artillery, and baggage; in
which latter are included the stores, &c.
belonging to the Turkish militia, the royal
provisions, public stores, and ammunition,
comprehending gunpowder, shot, matches,
spades, pick-axes, &c.
There is, however, no invariable rule
attached to this arrangement, it alters according
to circumstance and place.
The real or military march of the troops
is entirely managed by the grand vizier, or
the seraskier. Written instructions are
issued out for this purpose; for the Turks
never give out verbal orders, except in matters
of little or no importance, or in cases
of extreme emergency, when they cannot
commit them to writing.
It is an invariable maxim among the
Turks, whenever their troops are upon
the march, to throw new bridges over
rivers, or to repair old ones, to clear public
or bye roads, to fill up ditches, and to
cut down trees, &c. so as to facilitate their
movements, and to obviate delay. They
moreover throw up small heaps of earth,
which they call unka, at the distance of
half a league from each other, and often
nearer, especially on high grounds. When
the sultan marches at their head they
make two heaps of this description.
The Turks pay very particular attention
to their movements or marches on service:
the whole of the army is under arms during
the night, in order to make the necessary
dispositions; on which occasions the
soldiers make use of small vessels with
fire lighted in them, and tie them to the
ends of long pikes or poles. The greatest
silence is observed during the march;
neither drums, trumpets, nor cymbals are
heard. Sometimes, indeed, but this rarely
happens, the drummers belonging to
the band of the grand vizier, accompany
the salutes or ceremonial compliments
which are paid by the salam-agasi, or
master of ceremonies.
When they march through a country in
which there is no cause to apprehend surprise
or hostility, the infantry generally
takes the lead, two or three days march,
in front of the main army. The troops
march in the loosest manner, being neither
confined to particular companies, nor
formed in columns. They chuse what
roads they like best, halt where they
please, and reach the camp in detached
parties; with this injunction, however,
that the whole must arrive at the spot of
rendezvous before evening prayers.
Next to these follow the cavalry, headed
by a general officer. Their march, notwithstanding
his presence, is as irregular
as that of the infantry. The men frequently
halt out of mere laziness, and under
pretence of refreshing their horses;
and little or no attention is paid to
system and good order. The baggage and
ammunition waggons, together with such
stores, &c. as are carried by beasts of burthen,
move in the same manner.
When the army enters an enemy’s
country, the whole of the infantry is collected
together, and marches in one body.
The capiculy and the seratculy, for instance,
form one column. There is this
distinction, however, observed, that every
janizary marches under his own colors,
and every officer remains attached to his
oda or company, for the purpose of executing,
in the speediest manner, the commander
in chief’s directions.
The cavalry is often divided into two
wings; it is likewise frequently formed in
one body. Every man is ranged under his
own standard. The squadrons are commanded
by the alay-begs, who receive
orders through the chiaous; and the other
officers are near the bacha.
The baggage sometimes moves in the
front, and sometimes in the rear of the
janizaries. A particular body of cavalry,
called topracly, are an exception to this
arrangement: the men belonging to this
corps are obliged to furnish themselves
with all the necessaries of life, and consequently
carry provisions, &c. with them
in all their marches; which circumstance
unavoidably creates much confusion.
The artillery is generally attached to
the infantry; sometimes, however, it
moves with the cavalry.
When the Turkish army marches
through an enemy’s country, it is covered
by an advanced and a rear guard. The advanced
guard is composed of five or six
thousand of the best mounted cavalry.
This body is under the immediate orders
of a commanding officer, called kialkagy-bacy,
whose appointment lasts during the
whole of the campaign. The advanced
guard usually moves six, seven, or eight
leagues in front of the main body; but it
falls back in proportion as the enemy retires.
When there are bodies of Tartars
or auxiliary troops from any of the rebellious
provinces with the army, they are
detached in front of the advanced guard,
for the purpose of harassing the enemy’s
rear, pillaging the country, and committing
those excesses which are not countenanced
by regular troops.
The rear-guard generally consists of one
thousand horse. It is the business of
this body to escort the baggage safe into
camp, and not leave it until the whole be
securely lodged.
The Turks, in all their movements on
real service, display uncommon activity;
and their marches are generally so well
managed, that an enemy runs the greatest
hazard of being surprised.
Rogue’s March. A tune which is
played by trumpeters or fifers of a regiment
(as the case may be) for the purpose
of drumming out any person who has behaved
disorderly, &c. in a camp or garrison.
Thieves, strumpets, &c. are frequently
disgraced in this manner; being
marched down the front of a battalion,
from right to left, and along the rear:
after which they are conducted to the gate
of the garrison or entrance of the camp,
where they receive a kick on the posteriors
from the youngest drummer, and are
warned never to appear within the limits
of either place, under pain of being severely
punished.
MARCHANDS, Fr. Slop-sellers, petty-suttlers.
Men of this description always
flock round and follow an army on
its march. As they generally deal in articles
which are wanted by the officers
and soldiers, it is the business of every
general to see them properly treated, to ensure
their safety, and to permit them,
under certain regulations, to have access
to the camp. They should, however,
be warily watched in some instances, especially
upon the eve of a retreat, or before
any advanced operation takes place.
Spies frequently disguise themselves as
pedlars, and under the mask of selling
trifling articles, pry into the state of a
camp, put indirect questions to the soldiers,
and tamper with those who may
seem disposed to act in a traitorous manner.
Yet as armies cannot do without
such men, they must be sanctioned, and
it is the particular duty of the provost-marshal,
and of the waggon-master general,
to watch and superintend their motions.
MARCHE accélérée, ou pas accéléré, Fr.
The time in which troops march to the
charge—we call it the accelerated pace,
the English formerly called it double quick
time.
Marche ordinaire, ou pas ordinaire, Fr.
Ordinary time.
Marche precipitée, ou pas precipité, Fr.
Quickest time.
Marche cadencée, ou pas cadencé, Fr.
March or step according to time and measure.
It is likewise called the cadenced
step.
Marche non-cadencée, ou pas non-cadencé,
Fr. This step is likewise called
pas de route, and signifies that unconstrained
movement which soldiers are permitted
to adopt in marching over difficult
ground, and in columns of route.
Marche de Flanc, Fr. Flank movement
or march.
Marche forcée, Fr. a forced march.
Battre, sonner la Marche, Fr. To
put troops into motion by the beat of drum
or sound of trumpet, &c.
Gagner une Marche sur l’ennemi, Fr.
To gain ground or time upon an enemy,
which signifies to get in his front or upon
his flanks, so as to harass or perplex
him, or by any able manœuvre to get the
start of him.
Dérober sa Marche, Fr. to steal a
march.
Couvrir une Marche, Fr. to conceal a
march.
Marches d’armées, et ce que les soldats
ont à faire quand la générale est battue, Fr.
column of route or general order of march
which an army observes when it takes the
field. See Camp.
Marche, Fr. This word is likewise
used among the French, to express the
course or progress of a ship, or as we say,
technically, the way she makes: hence
marche d’un vaisseau.
Marcher par le flanc, Fr. To march
from any given flank.
Marcher en colonne avec distance entiere,
Fr. To march in open column at
open distance.
Marcher en colonne à distance de section,
ou en mass, Fr. To march in column,
quarter distance, or in mass.
Marcher en bataille ou en colonne
d’attaque, Fr. To advance in column for
the purpose of attacking an enemy.
Marcher en bataille en ordre deployé,
Fr. To advance by the echellon march
in deployed order.
Marcher en rétraite, Fr. To retreat.
Marcher en bataille par le dernier rang,
Fr. To march in line rear rank in front.
Marcher au pas accêléré, Fr. To
march in quicker time.
Marcher le pas en arriére, Fr. To
take the back-step.
Marcher au pas ordinaire, Fr. To
march in ordinary time.
Marcher au pas précipité, Fr. To
march in quickest time, or charging time.
Marcher par le flank, droit, ou gauche,
Fr. To march by the right or left flank.
Marcher en colonne, la droit ou la
gauche, en tête, Fr. To march in column,
the right or left in front.
Marcher en colonne, serrée, Fr. To
march in close column.
Marcher en colonne ouverte, Fr. To
march in open column.
Marcher, en terme d’évolutions, Fr.
To march in line, &c. which see.
Marches. The limits or bounds between
England, Wales, and Scotland,
have been so called.
Marching regiments. A term given
to those corps who had not any permanent
quarters, but were liable to be sent not
only from one end of Great Britain to
another, but to the most distant of her
possessions abroad. Although the word
marching is insensibly confounded with
those of line and regulars, it was originally
meant to convey something more than a
mere liability to be ordered upon any service;
for by marching the regular troops
from one town to another, the inhabitants,
who from time immemorial have been
jealous of a standing army, lost their antipathy
to real soldiers, by the occasional absence
of regular troops. At present, the
English guards, militia, and fencibles, may
be considered more or less as marching regiments.—The
marines and volunteer corps
have stationary quarters.
St. MARCOU. Two rocks upon the
coast of Normandy, lying in a bite or bay
between cape Barfleur and Point Percé,
bearing south east from La Hogue nine
miles, from the mouth of the river Isigny,
north, eight miles, and distant from the
body of the French shore about four
miles. The surface of each island, which
is 18 or 20 feet above the level of the sea at
high water, comprises about an acre, and
bear from each other W. by N. and E. by
S. distant 200 yards. On the abandonment
of an expedition to the islands of Chossé,
in the year 1795, sir Sidney Smith, whose
active and comprehensive mind, justly
concluded that the contiguity of these posts
to the continent, would materially facilitate
communications with the royalists,
took possession of them; and having
drawn the Badger and Sandfly gun vessels
on shore, gave to their respective commanders
the direction of the spot upon
which he was thus placed. These officers
having constructed batteries, mounted in
them the guns belonging to their vessels,
and in the year 1796 block houses, with
detachments of marines, invalids, and 12
artillery men, were ordered out by government.
The extreme annoyance of these rocks
to the coasting trade of the enemy, at
length determined them to employ a part
of the division of the army destined for the
conquest of England, in their recovery,
and 15,000 troops being assembled at the
Hogue, 9000 were embarked on the 6th of
May, 1798, on board 52 gun-vessels;
when so great was the solicitude to partake
in this conceived certain prelude to their
glory, that several of the fourth demi-brigade
of the army of Italy, whose tour of
duty did not entitle them to be thus employed,
gave four and five crowns, each,
to others to change with them. Perfectly
acquainted with the situation of the islands,
the French flotilla rowed towards them in
the night of the 6th, and at the dawn of the
morning of the 7th, the weather being
perfectly calm, they were discovered in a
body between the islands and the shore.
They soon separated into three divisions,
one of which, comprising the heavy gun
brigs remained in that position, while the
other two, consisting of large flat boats,
carrying a long 18 pounder in the bow,
and a 6 pounder in the stern, took positions
to the north and to the south of the
islands, with an intention to drop into the
passage that separates them. An animated
and well directed fire was commenced
from the islands, and warmly returned by
the enemy. The northern division having
been driven by the ebb tide within a short
distance of the east island, soon became
disabled in their oars, and considerably
increased its distance, while the attention
of the two islands was principally directed
to the southern division, which came with
the tide, and with almost unexampled
gallantry pushed to the attack; being
however by the severity of the fire that
was kept up, foiled in its intention of getting
between the islands, when each island
would be exposed to the fire of the other,
it passed quickly to the westward of the
west island, and pulling up on the northern
side of that island, the defence of
which was almost wholly dependent on
the flanking fire of the east island, made
another determined effort to land. This
appears to have been the critical period of
the day, and the discharge of grape shot
from the islands was proportionate to the
danger; the entire side of the commodore
of this division’s vessel was battered in,
and she sunk; the others of the division
beaten and disabled, retreated to their
companions, and being reduced to the
number of 47, they all retreated to La
Hogue, amidst the deriding taunts and
huzzas of the English, 400 of whom,
with about 50 pieces of cannon, most of
which were of a small calibre, and placed
in works constructed by themselves, by
vanquishing the advanced guard of
the army of England, with the loss of
1100 killed, drowned, and wounded, dissipated
the terrors of a French invasion.
The action lasted two hours and ten
minutes, during which time there were
upwards of 100 pieces of cannon firing on
the islands; notwithstanding which the
loss on our side was only one killed and
two wounded. English Mil. Dict.
MARDIKERS, or Topasses, a mixed
breed of Dutch, Portuguese, Indians,
and other nations, incorporated with the
Dutch at Batavia, in the East Indies.
Mardikers, in all probability, derive their
name from some original adventurers,
who left a place, called Mardike, about
four miles from Dunkirk, and formerly
subject to, or forming part of the seventeen
United Provinces. When the Dutch took
possession of that territory which is
named Batavia, these adventurers were
perhaps the leading party, and from their
being called Mardikers, the natives in
those quarters insensibly attached the
term to all persons of European descent,
or connection. All, in fact, who wear
hats are distinguished among turban-nations
by the appellation of Topasses, and
Mardikers, and from that circumstance
are confounded in the term, with respect
to Batavia. Eng. Dict.
There is a mistake in this—the word
tope signifies a gun, as well as a hat; those
who carried guns instead of spears, were
called topasses; the topasses of the Malabar
coast, where in fact they were first
embodied by the Portuguese, wore no
hats, but turbans, and carried matchlocks
or topes; a house in which guns are kept
is called tope kannah.
MARECHAL de camp, Fr. a military
rank which existed during the French
monarchy. The person invested with
it was a general officer, and ranked next to
a lieutenant-general. It was his duty to
see the army properly disposed of in camp
or quarters, to be present at all the movements
that were made; to be the first to
mount his charger, and the last to quit
him. He commanded the left in all attacks.
The appointment, under this
distinction, was first created by Henry
the fourth in 1598.
Marechal-general des camps et armées
du roi, Fr. A post of high dignity and
trust, which, during the French monarchy,
was annexed to the rank of Maréchal
de France. Military writers differ with
respect to the privileges, &c. which belonged
to this appointment; it is, however,
generally acknowleged, that the
general officer who held it, was entrusted
with the whole management of a siege,
being subordinate only to the constable,
or to any other Maréchal de France, who
was his senior in appointment.
Marechal-géneral des logis de l’armée,
Fr. This appointment, which existed
during the old French government, and
has since been replaced by the chef de
l’etat-major, corresponds with that of
quarter-master general in the British service.
Marechal de bataille, Fr. a military
rank, which once existed in France, but
was suppressed before the revolution, or
rather confined to the body guards. An
officer, belonging to that corps, received it
as an honorary title. Its original functions,
&c. with respect to general service,
sunk in the appointments of maréchal de
camp, and major-général. It was first created
by Louis the XIIIth.
Marechal-general des logis de la cavalerie,
Fr. This appointment took place
under Charles the IXth in 1594. He had
the chief direction of every thing which
related to the French cavalry.
Marechal des logis dans la cavalerie,
Fr. The quarter-master of a troop of
horse was so called in the French service.
In the old system every infantry regiment
had one marechal des logis; two were attached
to each company of the gendarmes:
each troop of light horse had likewise
two; and every company of musqueteers
had eight.
Marechal des logis de l’artillerie, Fr.
An appointment which existed in France
before the revolution, and which was in
the gift of the grand master of the ordnance.
This officer always accompanied
the army on service, and was under the
immediate orders of the commanding officer
of the artillery.
Marechal des logis pour les vivres, Fr.
a person belonging to the quarter-master
general’s department, so called in the old
French service.
La Marechale, Fr. Marshal’s lady
i. e. wife, was so called in France. We
have already mentioned la colonelle, &c.
This practice has indeed, of late, obtained
in England, but not in the unlimited
manner which prevailed among the
French. We use it merely to distinguish
two ladies of the same name and family,
or neighborhood, viz. Mrs. Johnson, and
Mrs. colonel Johnson; meaning thereby
that the latter is the wife or widow of
colonel Johnson.
MARECHAUSSEES de France, Fr.
A species of military police, which has
long existed in France. During the
French monarchy there were 31 companies
of Maréchaussées à cheval, or mounted
police-men. After twenty years service
the individuals who belonged to this
establishment were entitled to the privileges
of invalid corps, being considered
as a part of the gendarmerie.
These companies were first formed for
the purpose of preserving public tranquillity,
and were distributed in the different
provinces of the kingdom. They consisted
of provosts-generals, lieutenants,
exempts, brigadiers, sub-brigadiers, and
horsemen. This useful body of men was
first formed under Philip the first, in
1060: they were afterwards suppressed,
and again re-established in 1720, as constituting
a part of the gendarmerie of
France.
The uniform of the Maréchaussées, or
mounted police men, consisted of royal
blue cloth for the coat, with red cuffs
and linings; the waistcoat of chamoy-color,
lined with white serge; a cloak
lined with red serge, the buttons of plated
silver placed in rows of three each, with
intervals between them; horseman’s
sleeves, with six silver loops with tassels.
The brigadiers and sub-brigadiers, had
silver lace one inch broad upon their
sleeves; their cloaks were made of blue
cloth with red cuffs, and they wore silver
laced hats. The private horsemen wore
bandeleers.
There were other companies of Maréchaussées,
who were particularly distinguished
from the thirty-one we have mentioned.
Such, for instance, as that of the
constable, called the gendarmerie.
Marechaussees de France, camps, et
armées du roi, Fr. That which was under
the immediate direction of the provost-general
of the isle of France, and that
which belonged to the mint.
The first of these companies is said to
have been formed under the first race of
French kings: the second by Francis the
first; and the third by Louis XIII.
There were, besides, several small bodies
of troops, composed of officers, and soldiers
who had served, that remained stationary
in the principal towns to assist
the civil magistrates. Those in Paris
consisted of three companies; the company
belonging to the lieutenant criminel de
Robe-Courte, or to that particular court of
judicature which was superintended by
the prevost de la Maréchaussée, and
which Charles the IXth attached to the
gendarmerie: the independent company of
mounted police, called Guet à Cheval;
and the company of the police or foot
patrole, called Guet à Pied, which was
again subdivided into two companies, in
order that one might do the duty of the
quays. These companies were under
the immediate direction of the secretary of
state for the interior department of Paris.
The guet de nuit, or night patrole, seems
to have been first established by Clotaire
the second. The commanding officer of
the patrole, or chevalier duguet, during
the reign of St. Louis was called milesgueti.
MARENGO, a plain and village in Italy, about
one league distant from Tortona,
so called. These spots have been rendered
memorable in military history by the obstinate
and decisive engagement which
took place on the 14th of June, 1800,
between the Austrians, commanded by
general field marshal Melas; and the republican
French army, under the direction
and personal guidance of Bonaparte, the
first consul. According to a very recent
publication, translated from the French
of Joseph Petit, horse grenadier in the
consular guard, the effective number of
each army was nearly as follows: the
French army, at the moment the battle
commenced, was computed from forty to
forty-five thousand men, of which three
thousand were cavalry: there were besides,
from twenty-five to thirty pieces of
cannon, in which were included two companies
of light artillery: the Austrian
army, according to the accounts of the
best informed persons, contained from
fifty-five to sixty thousand men, including
the reinforcements which had just arrived
from Genoa. From 15 to 18,000 of
these were cavalry. The cannon amounted
to fourscore pieces and upwards, two
hundred ammunition waggons, well provided,
besides an immense train of army
implements, stores, and equipage. The
French were extremely deficient in the
latter articles, having been obliged for want
of caissons, to put their ammunition upon
tumbrils drawn by oxen.
The loss on both sides was enormous;
that of the French was rendered more serious
to the republic, by the death of general
Desaix, to whose intrepidity, at a most
critical juncture, the success of the day,
and even the personal safety of Bonaparte
were unquestionably owing. This admirable
young officer, (for even his enemies
pay homage to his virtues and talents)
was called by the French and Austrian
soldiers, guerrier sans peur et sans rèproche:
an irreproachable and undaunted warrior.
Without entering into a minute detail of
this memorable action, we shall so far
trespass upon the limited arrangements of
our work, as to extract a passage from another
French publication, which has been
written by citizen Foudras, and may be
found in the English translation from
which we have already quoted:—
“It has already been shewn with what
obstinacy both armies fought, (see page
64 of Petit’s narrative) four times were the
French driven back, four times did they
return to the charge, and advance against
the Austrians. At the very instant when
the consul, surrounded by hostile shot,
was reanimating his almost exhausted
troops, general Desaix darted with impetuosity
amidst the Austrian battalions,
when he received his death wound from a
musquet ball. He had only time to utter
the following words to the son of the
consul Lebrun, in whose arms he expired:—“Go
and tell the first consul,
that I die with regret in not having done
enough to live in the memory of posterity!”
See page 192, of Foudras’s
Biographical Notice.
CHASSE-Marée, Fr. The term means
literally a Ripier, or man who brings fish
from the sea-coasts to sell in the inland
parts; but it has frequently been used
to signify the cart or carriage itself on
which he sits. According to the French
construction of it, it may serve for several
purposes, particularly for the speedy conveyance
of small bodies of troops. It
consists of a four wheel carriage, of equal
height with a common axle-tree, having
a platform sufficiently elevated to suffer
the fore wheels to pass under it when on
the lock. In the centre of this platform
is an upright back, with a seat on each
side, resembling the seat of an Irish car;
so that about six soldiers might sit on
each side, back to back. On the platform,
and attached to the axle-tree, nearly
at each corner, are four stout stumps on
knee-hinges, that allow them to turn
down flat on the platform, or to be fixed
upright when they serve, by a crutch
which fits into a hole as a rest for rifles,
or for a piece of horse light artillery; on
the crutch being taken out it fits into the
hole after the manner of a swivel on board
ship.
MARGA SEERSHA, Ind. a month
which partly agrees with October.
MARRIAGE. It is generally understood
in the British service, that no soldier
can marry without the previous
knowlege and consent of his captain, or
commanding officer. There is not, however,
any specific regulation on this head.
The regulations respecting the marriages
of officers and soldiers in the old French
service, were extremely rigid.
MARIN, Fr. Any thing appertaining
to the sea. Avoir le pied marin, to have
sea-legs, or to be able to stand the motion
of a vessel in rough water, and to go
through the different functions of navigation.
Marin is likewise used to distinguish
a sea-faring man, (homme de mer)
from Marinier, which literally means a
sailor.
La MARINE. The French navy is so
called.
MARINE, implies, in general, the
whole navy of a state or kingdom, comprehending
all the dock yards, and
the officers, artificers, seamen, soldiers,
&c. employed therein, as well as the
shipping employed by the merchants for
military or commercial purposes; together
with whatever relates to navigation,
ship-building, sailors, and marines.
The history of the marine affairs of any
one state is a very comprehensive subject;
much more that of all nations. Not only
the preservation of that share of commerce
which the British possess, but its future
advancement, and even the very being of
Britain, as an independent nation, depend
on the good condition and wise regulation of
the affairs of the marine, than on the superiority
of its naval power. The Delphic
oracle being consulted by the Athenians, on
the formidable armament and innumerable
forces of Xerxes, returned for answer,
“that they must seek their safety in
wooden walls.” To which the British affirm,
that whenever their nation in particular
has recourse to her floating bulwarks
for her security and defence, she
will find wealth, strength, and glory, to
be the happy and infallible consequence.
MARINES, or MARINE FORCES,
a body of soldiers, raised for the sea-service,
and trained to fight either in a naval
engagement or in an action on shore.
Officers of marines may sit on courts-martial
with officers of the land forces.
See British Mutiny Act, Sect. 13.
The great service which this useful
corps has frequently rendered, entitles it
to a fair record in every publication that
treats of military matters. In the course
of former wars the marines have distinguished
themselves by great perseverance,
strict attention to duty, and unquestionable
valor. At the siege of Belisle they
rose into considerable notice, although
they had, at that period, been only recently
raised, and were scarcely competent to
military discipline. When the marines
are at sea, they form part of the ship’s
crew, and soon acquire a knowlege of
nautical tactics. Their officers are directed
by the admiralty, (under whose immediate
control they serve,) to encourage
them in every disposition to become able
seamen; but no sea officer has the power
of ordering them to go aloft against their
inclination. During an engagement at sea,
they are of considerable service in scouring
the decks of the enemy, by firing musquetry
from the poop, round top, &c.
and when they have been long enough out
to obtain good sea-legs, they are preferable
to mere seamen, especially when the
enemy attempts to board; in which case
the marines can fraise the poop, quarterdeck,
forecastle, &c. with their fixed
bayonets, and prevent the completion of
their design. In making this observation,
we are necessarily led to recommend a
more frequent use of the pike. Not only
the seamen, but the marines, should be
well exercised in the management of that
weapon. The interior regulations for the
several marine corps, have been well digested,
and do credit to the establishment.
If any fault can be found on that head, it
must relate to the slops, which are given
in too large a quantity, considering the
little room that a marine must occupy on
board. No commissions are bought or
sold in the marines; every individual rises
according to his seniority; but a marine
officer never can arrive at the highest rank
or pay which exists upon the marine establishment;
one general, one lieutenant general, one
major general, three colonels, and
one lieutenant colonel commandant, being
naval officers with those additional distinctions.
It is not within our province
to enter into the wisdom or the injustice,
not to say ignorance of that policy, which
with a series of indisputable claims to
notice, still keeps the marine establishment
upon the lowest footing of military
honor and reward.
The marine forces have of late years
been considerably augmented; and we
make no doubt but they will continue to
be so, from the many confessed advantages
which are derived from the peculiar
nature of their service. They at present
consist of 140 companies, which are stationed
in the following manner in three
principal divisions:
Chatham companies |
Ports- mouth companies |
Plymouth companies |
| 1 |
st |
71 |
st |
2 |
d |
72 |
d |
3 |
d |
73 |
d |
| 4 |
th |
74 |
th |
5 |
th |
75 |
th |
6 |
th |
76 |
th |
| 7 |
th |
77 |
th |
8 |
th |
78 |
th |
9 |
th |
79 |
th |
| 10 |
th |
80 |
th |
11 |
th |
81 |
st |
12 |
th |
82 |
d |
| 13 |
th |
83 |
d |
14 |
th |
84 |
th |
15 |
th |
85 |
th |
| 16 |
th |
86 |
th |
17 |
th |
87 |
th |
18 |
th |
88 |
th |
| 19 |
th |
89 |
th |
20 |
th |
90 |
th |
21 |
st |
91 |
st |
| 22 |
d |
92 |
d |
23 |
d |
93 |
d |
24 |
th |
94 |
th |
| 25 |
th |
95 |
th |
26 |
th |
96 |
th |
27 |
th |
97 |
th |
| 28 |
th |
98 |
th |
29 |
th |
99 |
th |
30 |
th |
100 |
th |
| 31 |
st |
101 |
st |
32 |
d |
102 |
d |
33 |
d |
103 |
d |
| 34 |
th |
104 |
th |
35 |
th |
105 |
th |
36 |
th |
106 |
th |
| 37 |
th |
107 |
th |
38 |
th |
108 |
th |
39 |
th |
109 |
th |
| 40 |
th |
110 |
th |
41 |
st |
111 |
th |
42 |
d |
112 |
th |
| 43 |
d |
113 |
th |
44 |
th |
114 |
th |
45 |
th |
115 |
th |
| 46 |
th |
116 |
th |
47 |
th |
117 |
th |
48 |
th |
118 |
th |
| 49 |
th |
119 |
th |
50 |
th |
120 |
th |
51 |
st |
121 |
st |
| 52 |
d |
122 |
d |
53 |
d |
123 |
d |
54 |
th |
124 |
th |
| 65 |
th |
125 |
th |
55 |
th |
126 |
th |
57 |
th |
127 |
th |
| 68 |
th |
128 |
th |
56 |
th |
129 |
th |
58 |
th |
130 |
th |
| |
|
59 |
th |
131 |
st |
60 |
th |
132 |
d |
| 61 |
st |
133 |
d |
62 |
d |
134 |
th |
| 63 |
d |
135 |
th |
64 |
th |
136 |
th |
| 66 |
th |
137 |
th |
67 |
th |
138 |
th |
| 69 |
th |
139 |
th |
70 |
th |
140 |
th |
| 40 comp. |
50 comp. |
50 comp. |
The siege of St. Jean D’Acre, fabulous
as the defence of it may hereafter appear
from the extraordinary means which were
made use of to reduce the place, and the
more extraordinary exertions which succeeded
in preserving it, will long be remembered,
by the two first rival nations
in Europe, and will form a brilliant part
of the records of the Turkish empire.
When posterity shall read the account, it
may doubt the relation in its full extent of
wonderful hardihood on both sides; but
it will rest satisfied, that the garrison of
St. Jean D’Acre would not have resisted
the first approach of Bonaparte’s army,
had not a handful of British marines stood
in each breach his soldiers made, and communicated
courage and perseverance to the
natives of the place.
It has already been remarked, that the
marines are nominally under the command
of three general officers, who are admirals,
or vice-admirals in the navy, and three
colonels belonging to the sea service.
The marines themselves never rise beyond
the rank of colonel commandant in their
own corps, but they may be general officers
with respect to the army at large. According
to the last printed list there is one
colonel commandant, properly so called,
with the rank of major general in the army,
three colonels commandant and captains,
two of whom have the rank of major general
in the army; three second colonels
commandant and captains, two of whom
have the rank of major general in the
army; nine lieutenant colonels and captains,
six of whom have the rank of colonel
in the army, and three that of lieutenant
colonel; nine majors and captains, one
of whom has the rank of major general in
the army, and eight that of lieutenant colonel;
making together twenty-five field
officers, who are marines properly so
called; and six superior officers, who
belong to the navy.
To these may be added 116 captains of
companies, two of whom have the rank of
lieutenant colonel in the army, and one is
lieutenant colonel by brevet; 24 captain
lieutenants, 256 first lieutenants, 276
second lieutenants, six adjutants, and
three quarter masters. The list of those
field officers who have been permitted to
retire upon full pay, contains one colonel,
one lieutenant colonel with the rank of
major general, one major with the rank of
major by brevet, in the army, 15 captains,
10 with the rank of major by brevet, and
one with that of lieutenant colonel by
brevet; eight first lieutenants, and three
second lieutenants. There are four reduced
field officers, two of whom have the
rank of major general in the army, and one
that of lieutenant colonel; 92 captains,
one with the rank of captain in the army,
one as field officer in the India company’s
service, and nine with the rank of major
by brevet; six reduced captain lieutenants,
162 reduced first lieutenants, four of
whom have civil employments; 136 second
lieutenants, one of whom has a civil
employment; and one reduced adjutant.
There is one paymaster to the marine establishment,
who does not hold any military
situation.
The American marine corps, like the
British, is a separate establishment; the
true system for a military establishment,
would be to have the whole force consist
only of horse and foot; and all instructed
alike in the uses of small arms and artillery;
then a selection of artillerists and
marines could always be made by skill and
not as now by chance.
MARK, a note, character, &c. set upon
a thing.
Mark also denotes money of account.
The English mark is 13s. 4d.; among the
Saxons it was equivalent to 7s. 6d. English
money. It is also a money of account in
Scotland, and formerly a silver coin, being
equal to 13d. and one third English.
Gunpowder Marks. The different sorts
of gunpowder are distinguished by the
following marks on the heads of the barrels.
All gunpowder for service is mixed
in proportions according to its strength, so
as to bring it as much as possible to a
mean and uniform force. This sort of
powder is marked with a blue L. G. and
the figure ¹⁄₂, or with F. G. and the figure
3, whose mean force is from 150 to 160 of
the eprouvette. This is the powder used
for practice, for experiments, and for service.
The white L. G. or F. G. is a second
sort of powder of this quality. It is
sometimes stronger, but not so uniform as
the blue L. G. It is therefore generally
used in filling shells, or such other things
as do not require accuracy. The red L.
G. F. G. denotes powder entirely made
at the king’s mills, with the coal burnt in
cylinders, and is used at present only in
particular cases, and in comparisons, and
to mix with other sorts to bring them to
a mean force. The figures 1, 2, or 3, denote
that the powder is made from saltpetre
obtained from damaged gunpowder;
4, 5, or 6, from saltpetre obtained
from the grough. See pages 123, 124, of
the Little Bombardier.
Mark to shoot at. A round or square
piece of wood, which is generally painted
in red and white circles, and has a black
spot in the centre called the bull’s eye.
Soldiers should be frequently practised in
shooting at a mark. At the commencement
of the French revolution, particularly
in 1792, previous to the battle of
Jemmappe, the inhabitants of the different
towns exercised themselves several
times during the course of the day, in firing
at a mark. The national guards did the
same. By means of this laudable practice
several expert marksmen were formed.
We need scarcely add, that the advantages
which the service in general derived from
their skill, has been too manifest to be
denied. It must be evident to every military
man that corps of light cavalry,
mounted light artillery, and numerous
small bodies of marksmen, capable of acting
together, or on detached and desultory
duties, would answer all the purposes of
home defence.
Mark time.—To mark time is to move
each leg alternately in quick or ordinary
time, without gaining ground. This is
frequently practiced when a front file or
column has opened too much, in order to
afford the rear an opportunity of getting
up; and sometimes to let the head of a
column disengage itself, or a body of
troops file by, &c.
Knights of St. Mark. An order of
knighthood which formerly existed in the
republic of Venice, under the protection
of St. Mark the evangelist.
To be Marked. Marshal Saxe, in his
reveries, proposes that every soldier
should be marked in his right hand to prevent
desertion. He recommends the composition
which is used by the Indians;
and grounds the propriety of his plan
upon the custom which prevailed among
the Romans, who marked their soldiers
with a hot iron. We mention this as a
suggestion grounded upon good authority:
but we by no means recommend it as an
adoption which would be palatable.
Marksmen, men expert at hitting a
mark.
Light-armed Marksmen, men that are
armed and accoutred for very active and
desultory service. See Riflemen.
Austrian volunteer Marksmen, a corps
which has been formed in the hereditary
dominions of the emperor of Germany,
and is daily increasing by recruits and volunteers
from the Tyrol, &c. The success
which has uniformly attended the
French Tirailleurs in all their actions,
has induced other nations to pay great
attention to the formation of similar
corps.
MARLINS, in artillery, are tarred
white skains, or long wreaths or lines of
untwisted hemp, dipped in pitch or tar,
with which cables and other ropes are
wrapped round, to prevent their fretting
and rubbing in the blocks or pullies
through which they pass. The same
serves in artillery upon ropes used for rigging
gins, usually put up in small parcels
called skains.
MARON, Fr. a piece of brass or copper,
about the size of a crown, on which
the hours for going the rounds were marked,
in the old French service. Several of
these were put into a small bag, and deposited
in the hands of the major of the regiment,
out of which they were regularly
drawn by the serjeants of companies, for
the officers belonging to them. The
hours and half hours of the night were engraved
upon each maron in the following
manner—Ronde de dix heures, de dix heures
et demie. The ten o’clock rounds, or those
of the half hour past ten.
These pieces were numbered 1, 2, &c.
to correspond with the several periods of
the nights; so that the officers for instance,
who was to go the ten o’clock
rounds, had as many marons marked
10, as there were posts or guard-houses
which he was directed to visit. Thus on
reaching the first, after having given the
mot, or watchword to the corporal, (who,
whilst he receives it, must keep the naked
point of his sword or bayonet close to
the chest of the person who gives it) he
delivers into his hands the maron marked
1. These marons being pierced in the middle,
are successively strung by the different
corporals upon a piece of wire, from
which they slide into a box called boîte
aux rondes, or box belonging to the rounds.
This box is carried next morning to the
major, who keeps the key: and who on
opening it, can easily ascertain whether
the rounds have been regularly gone, by
counting the different marons, and seeing
them successively strung. This is certainly
a most excellent invention to prevent
a neglect of duty in officers, or non-commissioned
officers.
Maron d’artifice, Fr. a species of firework,
which is made with a piece of
pasteboard in the shape of a parallelogram,
one side of which is as five to
three, so that fifteen squares equal among
themselves may be made, three on one
side, and five on the other; these are
folded into the form of a die or cube, and
filled with gunpowder. The effect produced
by this firework is extremely beautiful.
MARQUE, or Letters of Marque, in military
affairs, are letters of reprisal, granting
the people of one state liberty to
make reprisals on those of another. See
Letters of Marque.
MARQUEE, a word corrupted from the
French marquise, signifying a tent or cover
made of strong canvas or Russia-duck,
which is thrown over another tent, and
serves to keep out rain. Its primitive
etymology may be traced to marquis, or
marchio, whence marchers, and marches.
The complete weight of a marquée is 1
cwt. 17lbs. ridge pole, 7 feet; standard
8 feet.
MARQUER le pas, to mark time.
Marquer un camp, Fr. to prick out
the lines of an encampment.
MARQUIS, marquess, marchio, margrave,
a title of honor given by letter patent
to a person who holds a middle rank between
the dignity of a duke and that of an
earl. This word, like margrave, is derived
from the high Dutch, or from the French
marche, a limit, as the guard of the frontiers
was entrusted to a marquis. The
title itself is originally French, and was first
known under Charlemagne. King Richard
the second first introduced the dignity
of marquis among the British, by creating
Robert de Vere, earl of Oxford,
marquis of Dublin; but it was a title
without any office annexed to it.
Marquise, Fr. See Marquee.
Tendre une Marquise, Fr. to pitch a
marquée.
Marquise, Fr. This word likewise
means a species of fusée volante, which
see.
MARS. According to the heathen mythology,
the god of war was so called.
The French frequently use the word in a
figurative sense, viz. Les travaux de Mars,
the labors or exploits of Mars; le métier de
Mars, the military profession.
MARSAGLIA; near Turin in Italy,
at the battle of 24th September, 1693,
Catinat defeated prince Eugene and the
duke of Savoy; this battle and place are
memorable for being the first at which
bayonets were used at the ends of musquets,
and to this the French owed the
victory.
The MARSEILLOIS, or Marseilles
hymn, a national march adopted by the
French during the course of their revolution,
and since regularly played in their
armies when they go to battle. It is frequently
accompanied, or rather succeeded
by the Cá Ira, a quick lively tune; the
former being calculated for slow or ordinary
time, and the latter for quick movements.
| MARSHAL, |
|
- |
| Field-Marshal, |
in its primitive signification
means an
officer who has the care and charge of
horses; but it is now applied to officers who
have very different employments.—In a
military sense, it means the commander
in chief of all the forces. It is likewise
given as an honorary rank to general officers
who have no immediate command.
See General.
Marshal of France, was an officer of
the greatest dignity in the French army. It
was first established by Philip-August,
in the year 1185.
The French military institutions under
the empire, has an establishment of
marshals, which is a title of military honor
given to generals of pre-eminent
merit.
PROVOST-MARSHAL, an executive
officer, whose duty is to see punishments
put in force, when soldiers are condemned
to death, or are to be otherwise
chastised. Every army is provided with
a provost-marshal general, who has several
deputies under him. By the last general
regulations it has been ordained,
that in case the army should take the field
in Great Britain, a deputy provost-marshal
will be appointed to each district.
The provost, under those circumstances,
will frequently make the tour of the
camp, and its environs, and will have orders
to seize such persons as are committing
disorders.
The provost-marshal will be particularly
directed, in making his rounds, to
execute the awful punishment which the
military law awards against plundering
and marauding.
And in order to assist him in the discovery
of such persons as may be guilty
of those offences, the regiments encamped
nearest villages, will send frequent patroles
into them, to apprehend such persons,
as may be there without passes,
or who having passes, may behave improperly.
If any soldier is base enough to attempt
to desert to the enemy, he will suffer immediate
death.
Any person forcing a safeguard will suffer
death.
These punishments will attach equally
to the followers of the camp, as to soldiers,
and must be explained to them by
the officers commanding the regiments
by which such followers are employed.
The articles of war have decreed punishments
for the following offences:—
Death is the absolute punishment for
cowardice, or misbehaviour before an enemy,
or speaking words inducing others to
do the like.
For mutiny, or concealing a mutiny,
desertion, sleeping on a post, or quitting
it before relieved, plundering after victory,
quitting a post in battle, compelling an
officer to abandon or give up his post, or
persuading others to do the like, corresponding
with an enemy, and striking or
refusing to obey any superior officer in the
execution of his duty, a court-martial
may inflict death, or any other punishment
it may judge adequate to the offence.
The crimes of persuading others to desert,
of concealing, assisting, or relieving
an enemy; of being absent from the
troop or company a soldier belongs to,
absence from duty, drunkenness, and
false alarms, are punishable at the discretion
of a general or regimental court-martial.
All officers in the command of guards
or detachments are enjoined to give assistance
to the provost-marshal in the execution
of his duty; and any officer or soldier
impeding him in the same, or offering
him any insult, will receive the most
exemplary punishment.
MARSHY ground, les marais, Fr. As
it may be frequently necessary to convey
heavy ordnance, &c. over marshy ground,
and sometimes indeed to erect batteries
upon it, the following method has been
recommended for those purposes:—
In the first place, a firm and solid road
must be made, in order to convey, with
safety, the different materials which may
be wanted for the construction of the battery,
and along which the men may securely
drag the various pieces of ordnance.
This road must be ten feet high at
least.
If the marsh or bog should not be very
deep, let a bed or platform, consisting of
fascines, and disposed according to the
direction of the road, be constructed between
two rows of thick saucissons, that
are secured and fixed in the earth with
strong stakes. This platform must be
two thirds as thick as the bog is deep,
and contain 12 feet in breadth. Spread
hurdles over the level surface of this platform,
and then make another bed or covering
with fascines, ten feet long, and disposed
according to the breadth of the road,
taking care to bind their ends, &c. well
together by means of stakes, which must
be driven through the hurdles and the
lower bed. Let this second surface be
sufficiently covered with earth and straw,
to secure the fascines, and to render the
road solid and compact.
If the road should appear unsafe after
these precautions, it must be made wider
and deeper.
If the marsh or bog be very deep, you
must construct several beds or surfaces of
fascines, in the manner already mentioned,
taking care to make the top equal to the
breadth of the road, and capable of supporting
the weight of a waggon or carriage.
The ground for the epaulement
belonging to the platforms, their recoil
backwards, and the path to the magazines,
must be rendered firm and solid after the
same manner. On each side of this epaulement
you must throw up a berm or path,
measuring three feet in front, and as much
on the sides.
You will collect the earth, &c. in the
usual way for the construction of batteries
on rocks, and mask your artificers in like
manner.
MARTEAU d’armes, Fr. an offensive
weapon, so called from its resemblance to
a hammer.
MARTIAL-Law, is the law of war,
which entirely depends on the arbitrary
power of the commander of the army when
martial law is declared; and then the law
of war is greatly influenced by the situation
where war is carried on; by the conduct
of the people in whose country the
war exists: there are certain principles of
humanity and honor, which all nations
observe in time of war, which have the
force of law; as the law of truces, the sacred
character of ambassadors, &c. The
laws that relate to the army are also
branches of martial law.
MARTINET. A word frequently
used to signify a strict disciplinarian, who
sometimes gives officers and soldiers unnecessary
trouble. It is supposed to have
taken its origin from an adjutant of that
name, who was in high repute, as a
drill officer, during the reign of Louis the
XIVth.
Martinet, Fr. A small discipline,
or cat o’ nine tails, fixed to the end of a
wooden handle, which schoolmasters use
to punish refractory or idle boys. This
affords us another path, and perhaps a
surer one, than the surname already quoted,
to find out the real origin of Martinet
in a military sense, more especially as it is
particularly indicative of the severity
that is sometimes practised by what is,
ridiculously enough, called a tip-top adjutant.
MARTINGAL, (Martingale, Fr.) a
thong of leather, which is fastened to one
end of the girths under the belly of a horse,
and at the other end to the mussroll, to
keep him from rearing.
MASHKAWAR, Ind. Monthly accounts.
A MASK, Fr. in field fortification,
(une masque.) It sometimes happens,
that a ditch or fossé must be dug in an
exposed situation; in this case it will be
absolutely necessary for the artificers and
workmen to get under cover by means of
masking themselves in such a manner as
to answer the double purpose of executing
their immediate object, and of deceiving
the enemy with respect to the real spot
they occupy.
To effect the latter purpose, several
masks must be hastily thrown up, whilst
the men are employed behind one; by
which means the enemy will either mistake
the real point, or be induced to pour
his fire in several directions, and thus
weaken its effect.
A mask is generally six feet high.
Bags made of wad or wool are too expensive
on these occasions; nor are gabions,
stuffed with fascines, seven or eight feet
high to be preferred; for if the fascines be
tied together they will leave spaces between
them in the gabions; and if they
are not bound together, they will be so
open at top as to admit shot, &c.
In order to obviate these inconveniences,
the following method has been proposed:—place
two chandeliers, each seven
feet high, and two broad, between the
uprights, after which fill up the vacant
spaces with fascines nine feet high,
upon six inches diameter. One toise and
a half of epaulement will require two
chandeliers, and 60 fascines, to mask it.
The engineer, or artillery officer places
himself behind this mask, and draws his
plan.
As you must necessarily have earth,
&c. to complete your work, these articles
may be brought in shovels, sacks, or
baskets; and if the quarter from whence
you draw them should be exposed to the
enemy’s fire, cover that line, as well as
the line of communication, between the
trenches, or the parallels, with a mask.
If you cannot procure earth and fascines,
make use of sacks stuffed with
wool, &c. and let their diameters be three
feet, and their length likewise three, and
let the outside be frequently wetted to
prevent them from catching fire. See
pages 828, 829, 830, Vol. ii. of the Aide-Memoire
a l’Usage des Officiers d’Artillerie
de France.
To Mask, (Masquer, Fr.) To cover
any particular post or situation, for the
purposes of attack or defence. In ambuscade,
a battery is said to be masked,
when its outward appearance is such as
not to create any suspicion or mistrust in
a reconnoitring or approaching enemy. A
town or fortress, a battery, or the head of
a bridge, may likewise be said to be masked,
when a superior force sits down before
them, and keeps the garrison in awe.
This is frequently done, in order to render
the advantages of such a place or hold
ineffectual, while an army acts in its
neighborhood, or marches by.
MASQUER un passage, Fr. To block
up any road or avenue through which an
army might attempt to march.
MASSALGIES, Ind. Persons employed
in India as porters or messengers.
Massalgies, coolies, and palankeen bearers,
are allowed a certain batta when they
travel. Mussal is a torch; and mussalgee
a torch bearer, a person who carries a flambeau
to give light.
MASSE, Fr. A species of stock-purse,
which during the French monarchy
was lodged in the hands of the regimental
treasurer or paymaster, for every serjeant,
corporal anspessade, drummer, and soldier.
The sum retained for each serjeant
was vingt deniers per day; and ten deniers
for each of the other ranks, according to
the establishment, not the effective number
of each battalion. Out of these stoppages
a settled and regular masse, or stock-purse,
was made up, and at the end of
every month it was paid into the hands of
the major or officer entrusted with the interior
management of the corps, and was
then appropriated to defray the expence
of clothing the different regiments, and
lodged in the hands of the directors or inspector-general
of clothing.
That part of the masse, or stock-purse,
which remained in the major’s hands,
and which was destined for the dress of
the recruits, as well as for repairs of the
regimental clothing, &c. could never be
disposed of, or appropriated, without the
knowlege and concurrence of the colonels
commandant of regiments, the lieutenant-colonels,
and other superior officers
of the corps.
To this end it was customary for the
major to call the commanding officers
and oldest captains of the regiments together,
in order to lay before them the
actual state of the corps, to select some
officer who should superintend the repairing
of whatever was found necessary, and
defray the lodging-money, &c. After this
statement has been examined, the major
must deliver in a faithful account of all
the regimental debts that have been incurred;
he must further explain how the
last amount of the masse, or stock-purse,
has been laid out, and specify the actual
sum in hand, that a proper arrangement
may be made, and that the repairs in the
clothing, and the expences attending
quarters, &c. may be duly ascertained.
The major was, on these occasions,
directed to give his advice, with due respect
and deference to his superior officers,
and to suggest the best and cheapest
method of fitting out and embellishing
the regiment, carefully adhering to that
system of œconomy which prevents it
from running into debt. The statement
of the several articles, with their appropriate
expenditure, was specifically drawn
out, and counter-signed by the colonel-commandant,
and two or three of the
oldest captains of companies. Their signatures
served as vouchers for the major.
By these means all internal cavils and
disputes were obviated; the interior
œconomy of the corps was well conducted,
and a seasonable check was kept
upon those officers who had the management
of the regiment. Every thing, besides,
came in a regular form before the
inspector-general, under whose eyes all
the accounts were ultimately laid;
whether they regarded the recruiting service,
or the clothing and distribution of
necessaries.
Masse du regiment Royal Artillerie, Fr.
This corps, like other regiments in the
old French service, had its masse, or
stock-purse, formed by a certain stoppage
or allowance for each serjeant, and for
each master artificer in the corps of workmen;
and for each corporal, anspessade,
cannonier, bombardier, sapper, miner,
under-master, artificer, apprentice, cadet,
private artillery-man, and drummer.
These sums formed an aggregate masse,
or stock-purse, which was regularly submitted
to the director general of the school
of artillery, and was laid out for the
clothing of the different battalions, &c.
Masse des compagnies Franches d’infanterie,
Fr. The masse belonging to
these companies was formed in the same
manner, and was under the control of the
director or inspector-general.
Masse de la cavalerie et des dragons,
Fr. Every brigadier, horseman, carabineer,
hussar, dragoon, trumpet and
cymbal player, and drummer, belonging
to the old French cavalry, was subject to
a certain stoppage from the allowances
that were made, over and above their regular
subsistence, for the purpose of
forming their masse, or stock-purse.
This money remained in the hands of
the regimental treasurer, who accounted
for its application at the end of every
month, and delivered a statement into
the hands of the officer who was entrusted
with its distribution; the same
having been vouched for by the colonels-general
of cavalry and dragoons.
In addition to these extracts from a
French work, it may not be thought superfluous
to give the following more specific
explanation of what was comprehended
under the term of regimental masse, or
stock-purse, that was made out of stoppages.
There were three sorts of masses, or regimental
stock-purses in the old French
service; two of which were sanctioned by
authority, or the king’s order. The
third was confined to the interior management
of each corps, but never appeared in
any public regulation. On this account it
obtained the appellation of masse noire, or
dark and unknown.
The first masse directed by government
to be attended to in every regiment, was
called masse de linge et chaussure, or stock
of necessaries, such as linen, shoes, &c.
This masse was made up by means of a
certain proportion of the recruit’s bounty
(amounting to 15 livres) which was kept
in hand, and by the retention of a part of
the daily pay of each soldier. The money,
thus stopped, was destined to keep up the
soldier’s regular stock of shoes and
breeches, as the king only allowed him
one pair of each of those articles every
year. He was likewise enabled thereby to
provide himself with stockings, shirts,
cravats or stocks, handkerchiefs, and
gaiters; for every French soldier was
obliged to produce at each monthly inspection
of necessaries, one good pair of
shoes, two shirts, two stocks or cravats,
(one white and the other black,) two handkerchiefs,
three pair of gaiters; one of
which was to be white for parade duty,
one of black worsted to mount ordinary
guards, and one of black canvas for marching.
At the expiration of three months a regular
account was made out of what remained
unappropriated of the 15 livres,
and of the masse in general, after the soldier
had been supplied with the above
specified articles. This statement was
stuck up in every barrack-room, exhibiting
the balance due to each man, who, on
his side, was obliged to have a written
counterpart, or schedule, of all the different
articles, and of the exact sum in hand.
When the captain of the company inspected
the necessaries, each soldier was
directed to produce this schedule, and to
repeat its contents by heart.
Whenever it so happened, that 15 livres
could not be kept in hand out of the soldier’s
bounty, he was permitted to work,
the instant he could, with propriety, be
dismissed the drill; for which indulgence,
and in order to keep his firelock and
accoutrements in good condition, he was
obliged to pay six livres.
The second masse was for purposes of
cleanliness and military appearance.
This masse grew out of the surplus of two
or three livres, which was stopped out of
the pay of the men that were permitted to
work; and from a further stoppage of two
deniers out of the daily pay of each soldier.
Out of this masse the soldier was
obliged to supply himself with pipe-clay
or whiting, clothes brushes, shoe brushes,
blacking, bees wax, emery, and hair powder,
and powder bag, and to defray the expence
of washing. He was likewise enabled
thereby to pay a man for shaving.
This man was attached to the company,
and was called Frater, or Brother. The
same practice prevails in most regiments
belonging to the British service, with
this difference, that there is not any direct
authority to enforce the observance of
it as a regulation.
In cavalry regiments, as in the infantry,
the masses were formed by a stoppage of
two or three livres out of the pay of those
men that were allowed to work, and by
the produce of the dung which was valued
at two sols per day. There was
likewise a further stoppage of two deniers
out of the daily subsistence of each dragoon,
by means of which he was regularly
furnished with shovels, beesoms, and
pitchforks for the stables.
The third masse (which, as we have already
remarked, although distinguished by
the appellation of masse noire, or dark and
unknown, was still found indispensibly
necessary for the interior management of
each regiment) grew out of the surplus
money that was given for discharges, (it
being only required of each regiment to
account to government for 100 livres per
man) out of deaths and other casualties,
and out of the money which had accumulated
from men struck off the sick list.
The regiment by means of this fund,
(which may in some degree be considered
in the same light that the stock-purse of a
British regiment is,) made up the deficiency
of the king’s bounty, which was
seldom or ever found enough to answer
the purposes of recruiting. The persons
employed upon this service were accordingly
paid out of the masse noire; which
was further increased by certain contributions
that the men, who were permitted
to work, voluntarily gave, in addition to
the six or seven livres already mentioned.
Masse d’armes, Fr. a warlike weapon,
which was formerly used. It consisted of
a long pole with a large iron head.
MASSELOTTE, Fr. A French term
which is used in foundery, signifying that
superfluous metal which remains after a
cannon or mortar has been cast, and which
is sawed or filed off, to give the piece its
proper form.
MASSIF, Fr. A short stick or rod,
used by artificers in making cartridges.
MASSOOLAS, Ind. The most common
and slightest boats made use of on
the Coromandel coast.
MASSUE, Fr. a club.
MASTER at arms, in the marine, an
officer appointed to teach the officers and
crew of a ship of war the exercise of small
arms; to confine prisoners, and plant
centinels over them, and to superintend
whatever relates to them during their confinement.
He is also to observe, that the
fire and lights are all extinguished, as soon
as the evening gun is fired, except those
that are permitted by proper authority,
or under the inspection of centinels. It
is likewise his duty to attend the gangway,
when any boats arrive aboard, and
search them carefully, together with
their rowers, that no spirituous liquors
may be conveyed into the ship, unless by
permission of the commanding officer.
In these several duties he is assisted by
proper attendants, called his corporals,
who also relieve the centinels, and one
another, at certain periods.
Master gunner, in a ship of war, an
officer appointed to take charge of the artillery
and ammunition aboard, and to
teach the men the exercise of the great
guns. See Gunner.
Master general of the ordnance. See
Ordnance.
Baggage-MASTER and inspector of
roads, an appointment in the British service.
Barrack-MASTER-general, an officer
with the rank of a major general in the
British army, vested with considerable
powers. These powers were formerly
exercised by the board of ordnance, but
they were transferred to the barrack-master-general
by the secretary at war on the
30th day of May, 1794. In 1795 the two
warrants, whereby all matters relative to
the government of barracks had been partially
entrusted to the board of ordnance,
and a barrack-master-general, were revoked,
and the following rules, orders,
powers, and directions were established in
lieu thereof, in as much as regards the
duties of the department entrusted to the
barrack-master-general to the British
forces.
It is the duty of the barrack-master-general
to erect and keep in repair all barracks
that are not in fortified places; and
all supplies of barrack furniture, utensils,
and other stores for the troops, are to be
furnished by him. The accommodation
for royal artillery in barracks is under the
direction of the barrack-master-general,
excepting at Woolwich, or wherever there
may be a separate barrack for the artillery,
or a fixed station for that corps.
The commanding officers in barracks
are, in all matters relative to the accommodation,
disposition, and supply of the
troops stationed therein, to be under the
direction of the barrack-master-general;
and all applications and requisitions are to
be made to him.
Whenever any damage, except from fair
wear and tear, has been done to barrack
buildings, or any of the furniture or utensils
have been injured, destroyed, or embezzled,
a just estimate must be formed
by the barrack-master; and if his demand
be not immediately paid by the commanding
officer, it shall be verified by affidavit
of the barrack-master, submitted to the
commanding officer, and if the answer be
not satisfactory, the barrack-master-general
is to certify the amount of the expence
of making good the said injury to the secretary
at war, in order that he may direct
the same to be charged against the regiment,
or detachment concerned.
In order to prevent the inconveniencies
and injury which might arise from officers
making alterations in the barrack-rooms,
&c. the barrack-master-general is directed
to have the use, for which each room is
intended, lettered on the door; and if any
officer shall attempt to make any alteration
in any room, or convert it to any purpose,
other than is so specified, or remove
any of the furniture belonging thereto,
the barrack-master (who shall always be
permitted to visit the rooms at seasonable
hours, whenever he desires so to do,)
shall represent the same to the commanding
officer, and in case immediate attention
is not paid thereto, the barrack-master
is strictly commanded immediately to
report it to the barrack-master-general.
And when any room shall not be occupied,
the same shall be locked up, and no part
of the furniture be removed therefrom.
No officer, or barrack-master, is, upon
any account, to make any alteration or repairs
at any barrack, or cause any expence
to be incurred in providing any article relative
thereto, without the direction of the
barrack-master-general first obtained for
that purpose.
On the 25th of March, 24th of June,
23d of September, and 24th of December,
in every year, regular returns are to be
transmitted by the barrack-masters to the
barrack-master-general, of the state of
the barracks, and of the furniture and
utensils, both in use and store, specifying
the actual condition of each, and the manner
in which the apartments of the barrack
or barracks, under their care have
been occupied for the three months preceding;
which return shall be countersigned
by the commanding officers, who
are directed personally and diligently to
inspect the same.
The barrack-master-general is to take
care, that a proper quantity of good and
sufficient firing, candles, and other stores,
be provided for each barrack every year.
And the same is to be duly delivered out
to the troops by the respective barrack-masters,
at such times, and in such proportions,
as are specified in the general regulations.
The deliveries are to be vouched,
not only by certificates of the actual
amount, but also by accurate returns,
stating the number in every troop, company
or detachment, present at each
weekly delivery. The said certificates
and returns are to be given under the hand
of the commanding officer in the barracks,
and to be transmitted with the accounts.
And a return thereof is without delay to
be transmitted by the several barrack-masters,
who from thenceforth are to remain
accountable for the same to the barrack-master-general.
Half-yearly accounts of expenditures,
with general returns of the receipts and
issues, and the necessary vouchers for the
same, are to be made up to the 24th of
June, and 24th of December, in each
year, and to be transmitted, within fourteen
days after the said periods, to the
barrack-master-general, who is to examine
and settle the same without delay.
The issue of forage to the cavalry, is to
be made according to a prescribed regulation.
The officer commanding in each of
the cavalry barracks, where forage shall
be issued, is to transmit to the barrack-master-general
a weekly return of the
number of horses for which it has been
delivered; and also the name and rank of
each officer, with the number of horses
for which he has received rations of forage.
And at such periods as shall be required,
by the barrack-master-general, the said
commanding officer shall transmit to him,
a general statement of the quantity of forage
received and actually issued to the
troops, the said certificate to be according
to such form as shall be prescribed by the
barrack-master-general.
Whenever small beer is to be issued to
troops in barrack, it can only be supplied
by such persons as shall have been approved
by the barrack-master-general;
and the delivery is to be vouched by a
weekly return from the commanding officer,
stating the number to whom it has
been issued. And at such periods as shall
be required by the barrack-master-general,
the said commanding officer is to transmit
to him a general statement of the quantity
of small beer actually issued to the troops;
the said certificate to be according to such
form, as shall be prescribed by the barrack-master-general.
Every instance of neglect or misconduct
which may occur in the management of
barracks, must be reported to the barrack-master-general
by the several officers
commanding in barracks; and on the
representation being judged sufficiently
weighty, an inspector is to be sent down
for the specific purpose of seeing every
matter of complaint removed.
The barrack-master-general is authorised
to take cognizance of all matters relative
to accommodation, disposition, and
supply, of the troops stationed in barracks,
reporting thereupon, whenever it
may be requisite, to the secretary at war,
for the king’s information. And all officers,
and barrack-masters, are directed
and enjoined to obey such orders and directions
as the barrack-master-general
shall find necessary to be given thereon.
The barrack-master-general is from
time to time to receive imprests of money,
for the current services of each year, upon
estimates signed by him, and delivered
into the office of the secretary at war.
And at the end of each year, he shall
make up and deliver into the said office,
a general account of barrack expenditures
for the preceding twelve months. The
half-yearly accounts of the several barrack-masters,
and the accounts of other
persons to whom monies shall have been
paid within the period on behalf of the
barrack department (for the propriety,
justness, and accuracy of which, as also
for their strict conformity to the regulations,
he shall be held responsible,) together
with their acquittances, shall be the
vouchers upon which the said general
accounts shall be passed, and warrants
shall be made out according to the royal
sign manual. See pages 69 to 80, General
Regulations.
Quarter-MASTER of the victuals. The
person who had the chief care and management
of the provisions belonging to an army
was formerly so called. See Purveyor.
Scout-Master-general. A person, formerly
so called, under whose direction all
the scouts and army messengers were
placed. The appointment does not exist
at present.
MASULIT, a boat used in the East
Indies, which is calked with moss.
MATCH, in artillery, a kind of rope
slightly twisted, and prepared to retain
fire for the use of the artillery, mines,
fireworks, &c. Slow match is made of
hemp or tow, spun on the wheel like
cord, but very slack; and is composed of
three twists, which are afterwards again
covered with tow, so that the twists do
not appear: lastly, it is boiled in the lees
of old wine. This, when once lighted at
the end, burns on gradually, without ever
going out, till the whole be consumed.
It is mounted on a lint stock.
Quick Match, used in artillery, made
of three cotton strands drawn into lengths,
and put into a kettle just covered with
white wine vinegar, and then a quantity of
saltpetre and mealed powder is put in it,
and boiled till well mixed. Others put
only saltpetre into water, and after that
take it out hot, and lay it into a trough
with some mealed powder, moistened
with some spirits of wine, thoroughly
wrought into the cotton by rolling it backwards
and forwards with the hands; and
when this is done, they are taken out separately,
drawn through mealed powder,
and dried upon a line. See Laboratory.
Match.—The slow match used by
the English is made by contract; one yard
of it will burn about 8 hours. The French
slow match is usually made by soaking
light twisted white rope for three days in a
strong lye. It burns about 3 feet in 6 hours.
Slow match was made at Gibraltar,
during the last siege, in the following
manner: eight ounces of saltpetre were
put into a gallon of water, and just made
to boil over a slow fire; strong blue paper
was then wetted with the liquor, and hung
to dry. When dry, each sheet was rolled
up tight, and the outward edge pasted
down, to prevent its opening: half a
sheet, thus prepared, will burn 3 hours.
Quick Match Compositions.
| Worsted Match. |
| Worsted |
10 |
oz. |
| Mealed powder |
10 |
lbs. |
| Spirits of wine |
3 |
pints. |
| Water |
3 |
do. |
| Isinglass |
¹⁄₂ |
pint. |
| Cotton Match. |
| Cotton |
1 |
lb. |
12 |
oz. |
| Saltpetre |
1 |
|
8 |
|
| Mealed powder |
10 |
|
— |
|
| Spirits of wine |
2 |
quarts. |
| Water |
3 |
pints. |
The worsted or cotton must be laid
evenly in an earthen or other pan, and the
different ingredients poured over it, and
about half the powder being left a short
time to soak, it is afterwards wound
smoothly on a reel, and laid to dry, the
remaining half of the powder is then sifted
over it; and it is ready for use when dry.
The French have lately made their slow
match by soaking the rope in a solution
of sugar of lead and rain water: in the
proportion of ³⁄₄ths of an ounce of sugar
of lead to one pint of water; and this they
esteem as preferable to the old sort.
MATHEMATICS, originally signified
any kind of discipline or learning; but, at
present, denotes that science which teaches,
or contemplates, whatever is capable of
being numbered or measured; and accordingly
is subdivided into arithmetic, which
has numbers for its object; and geometry,
which treats of magnitude.
Mathematics are commonly distinguished
into pure and speculative, which
consider quantity abstractedly; and mixed,
which treat of magnitude as subsisting
in material bodies, and consequently are
interwoven every where with physical
considerations.
Mixed Mathematics are very comprehensive,
since to them may be referred
astronomy, optics, geography, hydrography,
hydrostatics, mechanics, fortification,
gunnery, projectiles, mining, engineering,
and navigation.
Pure mathematics have one peculiar
advantage, that they occasion no disputes
among wrangling disputants, as in other
branches of knowlege; and the reason is,
because the definitions of the terms are
premised, and every one that reads a proposition
has the same idea of every part
of it. Hence it is easy to put an end to
all mathematical controversies, by shewing,
that our adversary has not stuck to
his definitions, or has not laid down true
premises, or else that he has drawn false
conclusions from true principles; and, in
case we are able to do neither of these, we
must acknowlege the truth of what he
has proved.
It is true, that in mixed mathematics,
where we reason mathematically upon
physical subjects, we cannot give such
just definitions as the geometricians; we
must therefore rest content with descriptions;
and they will be of the same use as
definitions, provided we are consistent with
ourselves, and always mean the same thing
by those terms we have once explained.
Dr. Barrow gives a most elegant description
of the excellence and usefulness of
mathematical knowlege, in his inaugural
oration upon being appointed professor of
mathematics at Cambridge.
The mathematics, he observes, effectually
exercise, not vainly delude, nor vexatiously
torment studious minds with obscure
subtleties; but plainly demonstrate
every thing within their reach, draw certain
conclusions, instruct by profitable
rules, and unfold pleasant questions.
These disciplines likewise enure and corroborate
the mind to constant diligence in
study; they wholly deliver us from a
credulous simplicity, most strongly fortify
us against the vanity of scepticism,
effectually restrain us from a rash presumption,
most easily incline us to a due
assent, perfectly subject us to the government
of right reason. While the mind is
abstracted and elevated from sensible
matter, distinctly views pure forms, conceives
the beauty of ideas, and investigates
the harmony of proportions; the manners
themselves are sensibly corrected and improved,
the affections composed and rectified,
the fancy calmed and settled, and the
understanding raised and excited to nobler
contemplations.
MATRAS, Fr. a sort of dart which
was anciently used, and which was not
sufficiently pointed to occasion any thing
more than a bruise.
MATRON, a woman, generally the
wife of some well behaved and good soldier,
who is employed to assist in the regimental
hospital. She is under the direction
of the surgeon, by whom she is
originally appointed to the situation. See
Nurse.
MATROSSES, are properly assistants
to the gunner, being soldiers in the British
regiments of artillery, and next to them:
they assist in loading, firing, and spunging
the great guns. They carry firelocks, and
march along with the guns and store-waggons,
both as a guard, and to give
their assistance on every emergency.
MATTER of Deed, in law, denotes
something to be proved by witnesses, in
contradistinction from matter of record,
which may be proved by some process,
&c. appearing in any court of record.
Matter, in a military sense, especially
with regard to courts-martial, consists
of the specific charges which are brought
against a prisoner, and to which the
president and members most strictly confine
themselves. It has been very properly
observed, in a small pamphlet upon
martial law, that unacquainted with the
serious consequence of a strict attention
to the minutiæ of form in criminal proceedings,
general courts-martial have
looked upon the first swearing in of the
court, as a sufficient authority to warrant
their proceeding on the trial of a variety of
offences; whereas, in propriety, the court
should be sworn afresh at the commencement
of every new prosecution: for
though, as judges, (in the manner of a
court of common law) once swearing
would be sufficient; yet, as jurors, who
are sworn on every different trial, though
identically the same men, so are the members
of general courts-martial to be considered,
when a new criminal and fresh
matter are brought before them. Lest,
however, an established, and therefore an
undisputed practice, should have acquired
a force still difficult to be eradicated,
we shall endeavor to point out
those reasons which induce us to maintain
this opinion. In the oath which is taken
by each of the several members of a general
court-martial, the words matter and
prisoner, are cautiously inserted. These
words, therefore, being absolutely confined
to a single matter, and a single prisoner,
and matters and prisoners not being
subjected to their jurisdiction, how is it
possible that men, with propriety, can
proceed upon a trial which they are not
warranted by law to decide upon? Were
the obligation in the Articles of War decisive
as to the trial of all matters, and
all persons, and in all cases; or were the
court possessed of the authority of extending
the meaning of the oath, once
swearing would undoubtedly be sufficient;
but, as in every respect, the contrary is
evident, as the very words of the oath express
that “they shall well and truly try
and determine according to their evidence, in
the matter before them, &c.” How can it be
otherwise than an unwarrantable irregularity
in them, to proceed upon the trial
of offenders, who, in the eye of the law,
are not amenable to their authority? For,
if the first prisoner to be tried, has a right
to challenge an officer, who may be appointed
to sit on an investigation of his
offence, as a member of a court of enquiry,
or who may be liable to any exceptions,
why shall not the second and third prisoner
be entitled to the same merciful indulgence?
See Thoughts on Martial Law,
pages 25, 26, 27, 28.
Combustible Matter, and Matter of
composition. All solids and fluids are so
called which are of an inflammable nature
themselves, and can communicate fire to
other substances.
MATTUCASHLASH, an ancient
Scotch weapon, sometimes called armpit
dagger, which was worn there, ready
to be used on coming to close quarters.
This, with a broad sword and shield,
completely armed the highlanders. Since
the use of fire arms, this weapon has
been laid aside.
MATTOCK. An instrument somewhat
resembling a pickax, but having
two broad sharp edges instead of points.
MATTRESS, a sort of quilted bed of
straw, used by officers on service, instead
of the feather bed, differing from
the paillasse in one particular only; the
straw in the latter being loose, whereas
that of the mattress is quilted in.
MAUG, Ind. The name of a month
which partly agrees with our January and
February.
MAUL, a heavy beater or hammer,
generally shod with iron, used in driving
piles, &c.
MAWANY, Ind. See Kistbundy.
MAXIMS, in fortification. See Fortification.
MEALED, pulverized, or reduced to
powder.
MEAN Fortification. See Fortification.
MEANA, Ind. A machine or vehicle,
a species of palankeen, but only used
for carrying one person. It is borne by
four men, and supported by means of
a bamboo extended from the ends; being
generally seven feet long, and three wide,
with Venetian blinds, which slide and
act as doors. Persons in India sometimes
travel to a considerable distance in these
vehicles; the number of bearers being increased,
and successively relieved. It is
computed that they will easily go at the
rate of six miles in the hour.
MEASURE, in geometry, any quantity
assumed as one, to which the ratio of
other homogeneous or similar quantities is
expressed.
Measure of an angle, the length of an
arch described from the vertex to any
place between its legs: hence angles are
distinguished by the ratio of the arches
between the legs to the peripheries. See
Angle.
Measure of a figure, is a square,
whose side is an inch, foot, yard, or other
determinate measure. Hence square measures.
Among geometricians it is usually a
square rod, called decempeda, divided into
10 square feet, and those into square
digits, and those again into 10 lines, &c.
Measure of a line, any right line taken
at pleasure, and considered as unity.
Measure of the mass or quantity of matter,
in mechanics, is its weight: it being
apparent that all the matter which coheres
with a body, gravitates with it; and it
being found by experiment, that the gravities
of homogeneal bodies are in proportion
to their bulks: hence while the mass
continues the same, the absolute weight
will be the same, whatever figure it puts
on; for as to its specific weight, it varies
as the quantity of its surface does.
Measure of a number, in arithmetic,
such a number as divides another without
leaving a fraction: thus 9 is a measure of 27.
Measure of a solid, is a cube, whose
side is an inch, foot, yard, or other determinate
length: in geometry, it is a cubic
perch, divided into cubic feet, digits, &c.
Hence cubic measure, or measures of capacity.
Measure of velocity, in projectiles, and
mechanics, the space passed over by a moving
body in any given time. The space
therefore must be divided into as many
equal parts, as the time is conceived to be
divided into: the quantity of space answering
to such portion of time, is the
measure of the velocity.
Measures then are various, according to
the different kinds and dimensions of
things measured. Hence arise lineal and
longitudinal measures for lines or lengths;
for square areas; and solid or cubic, for
bodies and their capacities: all which
again are very different in different countries
and ages, and even many of them for
different commodities. Hence also arise
other divisions, of domestic and foreign,
ancient and modern, dry and wet (or liquid)
measures, &c.
Long Measure. The English standard
long measure, or that whereby the
quantities of things are ordinarily estimated,
is the yard containing three English
feet, equal to three Paris feet one inch and
³⁄₁₂ths of an inch, or ⁷⁄₉ths of a Paris ell.
Its subdivisions are the foot, span, palm,
inch, and barley-corn: its multipliers are
the pace, fathom, pole, furlong, and mile.
Table, which shews the length in English lines of the several long measures, and the relation
of foreign measures to 100 English feet.
Long measure.
| Places. |
Measure. |
Length of each measure —— |
Equiv. to 100 feet —— |
| |
|
Lines 100 |
num. 100 |
| Aix la Chapelle |
foot |
136 |
,90 |
105 |
,19 |
| Amsterdam |
foot |
134 |
,25 |
107 |
,26 |
| Anspach |
foot |
140 |
,63 |
102 |
,40 |
| Antwerp |
foot |
134 |
,86 |
106 |
,75 |
| Augsburg |
foot |
139 |
,88 |
102 |
,94 |
| Basil |
foot |
140 |
,85 |
102 |
,24 |
| Bavaria |
foot |
105 |
,05 |
137 |
,08 |
| Bergen |
palm |
41 |
,87 |
343 |
,92 |
| Berlin |
foot |
146 |
,27 |
98 |
,45 |
| Bern |
foot |
138 |
,50 |
103 |
,97 |
| Bologna |
paso |
896 |
, |
16 |
,07 |
| foot |
179 |
,20 |
80 |
,36 |
| Bremen |
foot |
136 |
,58 |
105 |
,43 |
| Brescia |
braccio |
221 |
,06 |
65 |
,14 |
| Breslaw |
foot |
134 |
,25 |
107 |
,26 |
| Briel |
foot |
158 |
,30 |
90 |
,97 |
| Brunswick |
foot |
134 |
,77 |
106 |
,86 |
| Brussels |
foot |
137 |
,43 |
104 |
,78 |
| Cagliari |
palmo |
95 |
,67 |
150 |
,52 |
| Cairo |
derah |
262 |
, |
54 |
,96 |
| Carara |
palmo |
115 |
,20 |
125 |
, |
| Castille |
paso |
658 |
,75 |
21 |
,86 |
| foot |
131 |
,75 |
109 |
,30 |
| palmo |
98 |
,81 |
145 |
,73 |
| China |
foot for merchants |
159 |
,80 |
90 |
,11 |
| foot for mathematicians |
157 |
,35 |
91 |
,51 |
| kongpu for architects |
152 |
,45 |
94 |
,46 |
| foot land measure |
150 |
,96 |
95 |
,39 |
| Cleves |
foot |
139 |
,56 |
103 |
,18 |
| Cologne |
foot |
129 |
,97 |
110 |
,80 |
| Constantinople |
foot |
334 |
,50 |
43 |
,05 |
| Cracow |
foot |
168 |
,33 |
85 |
,55 |
| Dantzic |
foot |
135 |
,50 |
106 |
,27 |
| Denmark |
faum |
889 |
,32 |
16 |
,19 |
| foot |
148 |
,22 |
97 |
,15 |
| Dordrecht |
foot |
170 |
, |
84 |
,71 |
| Dresden |
foot |
133 |
,65 |
107 |
,74 |
| Egypt |
derah |
262 |
, |
54 |
,96 |
| Embden |
foot |
139 |
,88 |
102 |
,94 |
| England |
foot |
144 |
, |
100 |
, |
| Erfurt |
foot |
133 |
,28 |
108 |
,05 |
| Ferrol |
codo |
263 |
, |
54 |
,75 |
| foot |
131 |
,50 |
109 |
,50 |
| palmo |
32 |
,87 |
438 |
, |
| Florence |
braccio |
258 |
,90 |
55 |
,62 |
| France |
toise |
920 |
,46 |
15 |
,64 |
| pied de roi |
153 |
,41 |
93 |
,86 |
| metre |
472 |
,27 |
30 |
,49 |
| Francfort on the Maine |
foot |
135 |
,30 |
106 |
,43 |
| Geneva |
foot |
230 |
,44 |
62 |
,49 |
| Genoa |
palmo |
118 |
,58 |
121 |
,44 |
| Goes |
foot |
141 |
,60 |
101 |
,70 |
| Gottingen |
foot |
137 |
,43 |
104 |
,78 |
| Gotha |
foot |
135 |
,85 |
106 |
, |
| Greece |
foot |
144 |
,68 |
99 |
,53 |
| Groningen |
foot |
137 |
,97 |
104 |
,37 |
| Halle |
foot |
140 |
,63 |
102 |
,40 |
| Hamburgh |
foot |
135 |
,30 |
106 |
,43 |
| Hanover |
foot |
137 |
,43 |
104 |
,78 |
| Harlem |
foot |
137 |
,43 |
104 |
,78 |
| Hague |
foot |
153 |
,41 |
93 |
,88 |
| Heidelberg |
foot |
131 |
,57 |
109 |
,44 |
| Hildesheim |
foot |
132 |
,26 |
108 |
,88 |
| Holland |
foot |
134 |
,25 |
107 |
,26 |
| Holstein |
foot |
140 |
,95 |
102 |
,16 |
| Inspruck |
foot |
150 |
, |
96 |
, |
| Konigsberg |
foot |
145 |
,32 |
99 |
,09 |
| Leghorn |
palmo |
32 |
,87 |
438 |
, |
| braccio |
258 |
,90 |
55 |
,62 |
| Leipsic |
foot |
133 |
,50 |
107 |
,86 |
| Leyden |
foot |
148 |
,08 |
97 |
,24 |
| Liege |
foot |
135 |
,85 |
106 |
, |
| Lisbon |
foot |
159 |
,92 |
90 |
,05 |
| palmo long measure |
106 |
,62 |
135 |
,06 |
| palmo short measure |
103 |
,56 |
139 |
,05 |
| London |
foot |
144 |
, |
100 |
, |
| Louvain |
foot |
134 |
,86 |
106 |
,75 |
| Lubeck |
foot |
137 |
,43 |
104 |
,78 |
| Lunenburg |
foot |
137 |
,43 |
104 |
,78 |
| Lyons |
foot |
161 |
,40 |
89 |
,22 |
| Magdeburg |
foot |
133 |
,92 |
107 |
,53 |
| Manheim |
foot |
137 |
, |
105 |
,10 |
| Mantua |
braccio |
219 |
,70 |
65 |
,54 |
| Mastrick |
foot |
132 |
,64 |
108 |
,57 |
| Mecklenburg |
foot |
137 |
,43 |
104 |
,78 |
| Mentz |
foot |
142 |
,23 |
101 |
,25 |
| Middleburg |
foot |
141 |
,70 |
101 |
,62 |
| Milan |
foot |
187 |
,50 |
76 |
,80 |
| Munich |
foot |
105 |
,05 |
137 |
,08 |
| Muscovy |
foot |
158 |
, |
91 |
,14 |
| Naples |
palmo |
124 |
,54 |
115 |
,62 |
| Neufchatel |
foot |
141 |
,70 |
101 |
,62 |
| Nuremburg |
foot |
143 |
,50 |
100 |
,35 |
| Oldenburg |
foot |
139 |
,88 |
102 |
,94 |
| Osnaburg |
foot |
131 |
,90 |
109 |
,17 |
| Padua |
foot |
167 |
,25 |
86 |
,10 |
| Palermo |
palmo |
114 |
,84 |
125 |
,39 |
| Paris |
toise |
920 |
,46 |
15 |
,64 |
| pied de roi |
153 |
,41 |
93 |
,86 |
| metre |
472 |
,27 |
30 |
,49 |
| Parma |
braccio |
258 |
,15 |
55 |
,73 |
| Persia |
arisch |
459 |
,20 |
31 |
,36 |
| Placentia |
braccio |
258 |
,14 |
55 |
,78 |
| Pomerania |
foot |
137 |
,97 |
104 |
,37 |
| Prague |
foot |
142 |
,55 |
101 |
,02 |
| Ratzeburg |
foot |
137 |
,43 |
104 |
,78 |
| Reggio |
braccio |
250 |
,20 |
57 |
,55 |
| Revel |
foot |
126 |
,40 |
113 |
,92 |
| Rhine |
foot |
148 |
,23 |
97 |
,15 |
| Riga |
foot |
129 |
,45 |
111 |
,24 |
| foot of Holland |
134 |
,25 |
107 |
,26 |
| Rimini |
braccio |
256 |
,75 |
56 |
,08 |
| Rome |
foot |
139 |
,14 |
103 |
,50 |
| palmo |
105 |
,47 |
136 |
,53 |
| Rostock |
foot |
136 |
,58 |
105 |
,43 |
| Rotterdam |
foot |
147 |
,55 |
97 |
,59 |
| Rouen |
foot |
127 |
,84 |
112 |
,64 |
| Russia |
foot Rhenish |
148 |
,23 |
97 |
,15 |
| foot English |
144 |
, |
100 |
, |
| Samos |
foot |
163 |
,40 |
88 |
,13 |
| Sardinia |
palmo of Genoa |
118 |
,58 |
121 |
,44 |
| palmo of Cagliari |
95 |
,68 |
150 |
,50 |
| Siam |
ken |
453 |
,85 |
31 |
,73 |
| Stade |
foot |
137 |
,43 |
104 |
,78 |
| Stettin |
foot |
133 |
,50 |
107 |
,86 |
| Stockholm |
foot |
140 |
,20 |
102 |
,71 |
| Stralsund |
foot |
133 |
,50 |
107 |
,86 |
| Strasburg |
foot |
136 |
,66 |
105 |
,37 |
| Sweden |
faum |
841 |
,20 |
17 |
,12 |
| foot |
140 |
,20 |
102 |
,71 |
| Switzerland |
foot |
141 |
,70 |
101 |
,62 |
| Turin |
foot |
152 |
,56 |
94 |
,39 |
| Ulm |
foot |
136 |
,48 |
105 |
,50 |
| Utrecht |
foot |
128 |
,90 |
111 |
,71 |
| Valencia |
foot |
142 |
,72 |
100 |
,90 |
| Venice |
foot |
164 |
,07 |
87 |
,77 |
| Verden |
foot |
137 |
,43 |
104 |
,78 |
| Verona |
foot |
164 |
,07 |
87 |
,77 |
| Vienna |
foot |
151 |
,28 |
95 |
,18 |
| Wirtemberg |
foot |
137 |
,43 |
104 |
,78 |
| Wismar |
foot |
138 |
,93 |
103 |
,65 |
| Zell |
foot |
137 |
,43 |
104 |
,78 |
| Ziriczee |
foot |
146 |
,60 |
98 |
,23 |
| Zurich |
foot |
141 |
,70 |
101 |
,62 |
The following examples will shew in
what manner the proportion between the
long measures of any two given countries
may be ascertained.
Examples.
It is required to reduce 100 metres new
measure of France into feet of Hamburgh.
The French metre measuring 472,27
English lines, and the Hamburgh foot
135,30, according to the table prefixed,
I state the following equation:
| |
100 |
|
metres = x |
| 1 |
|
metre |
= |
472 |
,27 |
lines |
| 135 |
,30 |
lines |
= |
1 |
|
foot |
| Result 349,05 feet. |
Reduce 100 feet of Hamburgh into
metres of France.
| |
100 |
|
feet = x |
| 1 |
|
foot |
= |
135 |
,30 |
lines |
| 472 |
,27 |
lines |
= |
1 |
|
metre |
| Result 28,65 metres. |
Table, which shews the contents in English square feet of the several land measures, and
the relations of foreign measures to 100 acres English measure.
Land Measure.
| Places. |
Measures. |
Contents of each measure —— |
Equiv. to 100 acres. —— |
| |
|
squ. feet. |
num. 100 |
| Amsterdam |
morgen |
87630 |
49 |
,71 |
| Basil |
juchart |
34368 |
126 |
,75 |
| Berlin |
great morgen |
61182 |
71 |
,20 |
| little morgen |
27531 |
158 |
,22 |
| Bern |
juchart field measure |
28979 |
150 |
,32 |
| juchart forest measure |
41729 |
104 |
,39 |
| Dantzic |
morgen |
59927 |
72 |
,69 |
| Denmark |
tœnde-hart-korn |
118715 |
36 |
,69 |
| England |
acre |
43560 |
100 |
, |
| Florence |
soccate |
53461 |
81 |
,48 |
| France |
arpent de Paris |
36865 |
118 |
,16 |
| arpent des eaux et forêts |
55071 |
79 |
,10 |
| hectare |
107830 |
40 |
,40 |
| Franconia |
morgen |
39157 |
111 |
,25 |
| Geneva |
journée |
55707 |
80 |
,02 |
| Hamburgh |
morgen |
135941 |
32 |
,04 |
| Hanover |
morgen |
28050 |
155 |
,29 |
| Ireland |
acre |
70560 |
61 |
,73 |
| Rhine |
morgen land measure |
18354 |
237 |
,33 |
| ditto for forests |
24472 |
178 |
, |
| ditto for vineyards |
16994 |
256 |
,32 |
| thauen |
13767 |
316 |
,40 |
| juchart |
9178 |
474 |
,60 |
| Russia |
dessaetina |
124620 |
34 |
,95 |
| Saxony |
acker |
59450 |
73 |
,27 |
| morgen, Dresden measure |
29725 |
146 |
,54 |
| Schleswig |
pfluge |
190350 |
22 |
,88 |
| Scotland |
acre |
55354 |
78 |
,70 |
| Spain |
fanegada |
48215 |
90 |
,35 |
| aranzada |
40514 |
107 |
,52 |
| Sweden |
tuna land measure |
53218 |
81 |
,58 |
| Switzerland |
fauxe |
70818 |
61 |
,51 |
| morgen |
35409 |
123 |
,02 |
| Vienna |
jochen |
63728 |
68 |
,35 |
| Wirtemburg |
great morgen |
61182 |
71 |
,20 |
| little morgen |
35849 |
121 |
,51 |
| Zurich |
juchart |
34941 |
124 |
,67 |
| ditto for forests |
38823 |
112 |
,20 |
The following examples will shew in
what manner the proportion between the
land measures of any two given countries
may be ascertained.
Examples.
It is required to reduce 100 dessaetinas
of Russia into fanegadas of Spain.
The dessaetina measuring 124620 square
feet of England, and the fanegada 48215,
according to the table prefixed, I state the
following equation:
| |
100 |
dessaetinas = x |
| 1 |
dessaetina |
= |
124620 |
square feet |
| 48215 |
square ft. |
= |
1 |
fanegada |
| Result 258,47 fanegadas. |
Reduce 100 fanegadas into dessaetinas.
| |
100 |
fanegadas = x |
| 1 |
fanegada |
= |
48215 |
square feet |
| 124620 |
square ft. |
= |
1 |
dessaetina |
| Result 38,69 dessaetinas. |
Table, which shews the length in English feet of the several itinerary measures, and the
relation of those measures to 1 degree of the terrestrial meridian, equal to 364420 English
feet.
Itinerary Measure.
| Places. |
Measures. |
Length of each measure —— |
Equiv. to 1 degree —— |
| |
|
Feet. |
num. 100 |
| Arabia |
milla |
6441 |
|
56 |
,58 |
| Brandenburg |
meile |
34725 |
|
10 |
,50 |
| Denmark |
mil |
24704 |
|
14 |
,75 |
| England |
mile by land |
5280 |
|
69 |
,02 |
| mile by sea |
6073 |
²⁄₃ |
60 |
, |
| league marine |
18221 |
|
20 |
, |
| Flanders |
mille |
20587 |
|
17 |
,70 |
| France |
lieue terrestre |
14576 |
⁴⁄₅ |
25 |
, |
| lieue moyenne |
16398 |
|
22 |
,22 |
| lieue de poste |
12784 |
|
28 |
,50 |
| lieue marine |
18221 |
|
20 |
, |
| myriametre |
32797 |
|
11 |
,11 |
| Germany |
meile |
20587 |
|
17 |
,70 |
| meile geographical |
24294 |
²⁄₃ |
15 |
, |
| Hamburgh |
meile |
24704 |
|
14 |
,75 |
| Holland |
meile |
19212 |
|
18 |
,97 |
| Hungary |
meile |
27378 |
|
13 |
,31 |
| India |
parasang |
12147 |
¹⁄₃ |
30 |
, |
| Ireland |
mile |
9110 |
¹⁄₂ |
40 |
, |
| Italy |
milla |
6073 |
²⁄₃ |
60 |
, |
| Lithuania |
meile |
29336 |
|
12 |
,42 |
| Persia |
parasang |
16356 |
|
22 |
,28 |
| Poland |
meile |
18221 |
|
20 |
, |
| Portugal |
legua |
20245 |
⁵⁄₉ |
18 |
, |
| Prussia |
meile |
25409 |
|
14 |
,34 |
| Russia |
werste |
3500 |
|
104 |
,12 |
| Saxony |
meile |
29700 |
|
12 |
,27 |
| Scotland |
mile |
5952 |
|
61 |
,23 |
| Silesia |
meile |
21250 |
|
17 |
,15 |
| Spain |
legua of Castille |
21958 |
|
16 |
,60 |
| legua juridica |
13724 |
|
26 |
,55 |
| legua maritima |
18221 |
|
20 |
, |
| milla maritima |
6073 |
²⁄₃ |
60 |
, |
| Sweden |
mile |
35050 |
|
10 |
,40 |
| Switzerland |
meile |
27450 |
|
13 |
,28 |
| Turkey |
berri |
5476 |
|
66 |
,55 |
The following example will shew in
what manner the proportion between the
itinerary measures of any two given countries
may be ascertained.
Reduce 1 myriametre new French measure
into miles of England.
The length of the myriametre being
32797 English feet, and that of the mile
5280, I state the following equation:
| |
1 |
myriametre = x |
| 1 |
myriametre |
= |
32797 |
feet |
| 5280 |
feet |
= |
1 |
mile |
| Result 6,21 miles. |
Table, which shews the quantity of English cubic inches contained by each of the corn
measures, and the relation of foreign measures to 10 quarters Winchester measure.
Corn Measure.
| Places. |
Measures. |
Contents of each measure —— |
Equiv. to 10 quarters —— |
| |
|
cubic in. |
num. 100 |
| Abbeville |
setier |
9355 |
|
18 |
,63 |
| Agen |
sac |
5332 |
|
32 |
,68 |
| Aire |
raziere |
6136 |
|
28 |
,40 |
| Aix la Chapelle |
fas |
1460 |
|
119 |
,35 |
| Alckmaar |
sack |
4938 |
|
35 |
,29 |
| Alexandria |
rebebe |
9578 |
|
18 |
,19 |
| kisloz |
10407 |
|
16 |
,74 |
| Algiers |
caffise |
19485 |
|
8 |
,94 |
| Alicante |
caffise |
14901 |
|
11 |
,69 |
| Amersfort |
mudden |
13986 |
|
15 |
,68 |
| Amiens |
setier |
2003 |
|
87 |
, |
| Amsterdam |
last |
177916 |
|
|
,98 |
| mudden |
6590 |
|
26 |
,44 |
| sack |
4942 |
|
35 |
,26 |
| scheepel |
1647 |
|
105 |
,77 |
| Ancona |
rubbo |
16645 |
|
10 |
,47 |
| Antwerp |
viertel |
4701 |
|
37 |
,07 |
| Apenrade |
tonen |
8355 |
|
20 |
,85 |
| Archangel |
ozetwer |
11888 |
|
14 |
,66 |
| Arensburg |
last |
187262 |
|
|
,93 |
| Arles |
setier |
3628 |
|
48 |
,03 |
| Arnheim |
mouver |
8080 |
|
21 |
,50 |
| Augsburgh |
schaf |
26787 |
|
6 |
,50 |
| Avignon |
boisseau |
5612 |
|
31 |
,05 |
| Avila |
fanega |
3311 |
|
52 |
,62 |
| Azores |
alquier |
730 |
|
238 |
,54 |
| Barcelona |
quartera |
4238 |
|
41 |
,11 |
| Basil |
sack |
7866 |
|
22 |
,15 |
| Bautzen |
scheffel |
6657 |
|
26 |
,17 |
| Bayonne |
conque |
2503 |
|
69 |
,61 |
| Beaucaire |
setier |
3703 |
|
47 |
,05 |
| Beauvais |
tonneau |
118529 |
|
1 |
,47 |
| Bergamo |
staja |
1263 |
|
138 |
, |
| Bergen op Zoom |
fister |
2818 |
|
61 |
,83 |
| Berlin |
scheffel |
3315 |
|
52 |
,26 |
| Bern |
mutte |
9650 |
|
18 |
,06 |
| Bilboa |
fanega |
3510 |
|
49 |
,64 |
| Bois-le-Duc |
mouver |
8671 |
|
20 |
,09 |
| Bologna |
corba |
4499 |
|
38 |
,73 |
| Bordeaux |
boisseau |
4678 |
|
37 |
,25 |
| Boulogne |
setier |
10525 |
|
16 |
,55 |
| Breba |
viertel |
5306 |
|
32 |
,84 |
| Bremen |
scheffel |
4336 |
|
40 |
,19 |
| Breslaw |
scheffel |
4262 |
|
40 |
,89 |
| Brest |
tonneau |
84200 |
|
2 |
,07 |
| Briel |
sœcke |
4380 |
|
39 |
,78 |
| Bruges |
hoeden |
10157 |
|
17 |
,15 |
| Brunswick |
scheffel |
18963 |
|
9 |
,19 |
| Brussels |
sack |
7110 |
|
24 |
,51 |
| Cadiz |
fanega |
3311 |
|
52 |
,67 |
| Calabria |
comolo |
3119 |
|
55 |
,87 |
| Calais |
setier |
10134 |
|
17 |
,19 |
| Campen |
mudden |
7137 |
|
24 |
,41 |
| Candia |
carga |
9356 |
|
18 |
,62 |
| Cassel |
viertel |
8702 |
|
20 |
,02 |
| Castille |
fanega |
3311 |
|
52 |
,67 |
| Cleves |
malter |
10939 |
|
15 |
,93 |
| Coburg |
simmer |
5079 |
|
34 |
,31 |
| Colberg |
scheffel |
3029 |
|
57 |
,52 |
| Cologne |
malter |
9883 |
|
17 |
,63 |
| Concarneau |
tonneau |
84200 |
|
2 |
,07 |
| Constantinople |
kisloz |
2140 |
|
81 |
,40 |
| Copenhagen |
tœnde |
8481 |
|
20 |
,54 |
| Corfu |
moggie |
6091 |
|
28 |
,61 |
| Corsica |
stajo |
6008 |
|
29 |
, |
| Corunna |
ferrado |
986 |
|
176 |
,71 |
| Creutznach |
malter |
8874 |
|
19 |
,63 |
| Cyprus |
medimno |
4448 |
|
39 |
,17 |
| Dantzic |
last |
187310 |
|
|
,93 |
| scheffel Berlin measure |
3315 |
|
52 |
,26 |
| Darmstadt |
malter |
6107 |
|
28 |
,53 |
| Delft |
sack |
6129 |
|
28 |
,43 |
| Denmark |
tœnde |
8481 |
|
20 |
,54 |
| Deventer |
mudden |
4938 |
|
35 |
,29 |
| Dieppe |
raziere |
6237 |
|
27 |
,94 |
| Dixmude |
raziere |
5828 |
|
29 |
,90 |
| Dordrecht |
sack |
7406 |
|
23 |
,53 |
| Dresden |
scheffel |
6455 |
|
27 |
, |
| Dunkirk |
sea raziere |
9875 |
|
17 |
,64 |
| land raziere |
8887 |
|
19 |
,61 |
| Eckrenforde |
tonnen |
8242 |
|
21 |
,14 |
| Edam |
mudden |
6590 |
|
26 |
,44 |
| Elbing |
last |
187310 |
|
|
,93 |
| Embden |
tonnen |
11656 |
|
14 |
,95 |
| Enchuysen |
mudden |
8080 |
|
21 |
,56 |
| England |
quarter |
17424 |
|
10 |
, |
| bushel |
2178 |
|
80 |
, |
| Erfurt |
scheffel |
3430 |
|
50 |
,80 |
| Femeren |
scheffel |
2294 |
|
75 |
,95 |
| Ferrara |
staro |
1843 |
|
94 |
,54 |
| Ferrol |
ferrado |
1104 |
|
157 |
,83 |
| Flensburg |
tonnen |
8355 |
|
20 |
,85 |
| Florence |
stajo |
1444 |
|
120 |
,67 |
| France |
boisseau of Paris |
774 |
|
225 |
,13 |
|
décalitre[12] |
610 |
|
285 |
,64 |
| Francfort on the Maine |
malter |
6584 |
|
26 |
,46 |
| Frederickstadt |
tonnen |
7708 |
|
22 |
,60 |
| Gand |
halster |
3175 |
|
54 |
,89 |
| Geneva |
coupe |
4735 |
|
36 |
,80 |
| Genoa |
mina |
7110 |
|
24 |
,51 |
| Gluckstadt |
tonnen |
8716 |
|
20 |
, |
| Goes |
sack |
4444 |
|
39 |
,21 |
| Gorcum |
mudden |
10305 |
|
16 |
,91 |
| Grouda |
sack |
6348 |
|
27 |
,45 |
| Granada |
sack |
5924 |
|
29 |
,41 |
| Gravelines |
raziere |
8080 |
|
21 |
,56 |
| Grypswald |
scheffel |
2375 |
|
73 |
,36 |
| Groningen |
mudden |
5386 |
|
32 |
,35 |
| Haarlem |
sack |
4678 |
|
37 |
,25 |
| Hamburgh |
last |
192720 |
|
|
,90³⁄₈ |
| sack |
12848 |
|
13 |
,56 |
| scheffel |
6424 |
|
27 |
,12 |
| tonnen salt measure |
11428 |
|
15 |
,25 |
| Hanau |
malter |
6862 |
|
25 |
,39 |
| Hanover |
himten |
1896 |
|
91 |
,89 |
| Harderwyck |
mudden |
5954 |
|
29 |
,26 |
| Harlingen |
mudden |
5386 |
|
32 |
,35 |
| Havre de Grace |
boisseau |
2108 |
|
82 |
,66 |
| Heidelberg |
malter |
6279 |
|
27 |
,75 |
| Heusden |
mudden |
10305 |
|
16 |
,91 |
| Hildesheim |
himten |
1581 |
|
110 |
,23 |
| Holstein |
himten |
2007 |
|
86 |
,82 |
| Honfleur |
boisseau |
2390 |
|
72 |
,91 |
| Horn |
sack |
4039 |
|
43 |
,13 |
| Husum |
tonnen |
8924 |
|
19 |
,52 |
| Kiel |
tonnen |
7227 |
|
24 |
,11 |
| Königsberg |
scheffel new measure |
3315 |
|
52 |
,26 |
| Laland |
tonnen |
8380 |
|
20 |
,79 |
| Leghorn |
sacco |
4332 |
|
40 |
,22 |
| stajo |
1444 |
|
120 |
,67 |
| Leipsic |
scheffel |
8473 |
|
20 |
,56 |
| Lewarden |
mudden |
5386 |
|
32 |
,35 |
| Liebau |
loof |
3819 |
|
45 |
,02 |
| Libourne |
sac |
5079 |
|
34 |
,31 |
| Liege |
setier |
1825 |
|
95 |
,48 |
| Lisbon |
moyo |
49440 |
|
3 |
,52 |
| alquier |
824 |
|
211 |
,46 |
| Lisle |
raziere |
4334 |
|
40 |
,20 |
| London |
quarter |
17424 |
|
10 |
, |
| Lubec |
last corn measure |
195500 |
|
|
,89¹⁄₈ |
| scheffel rye measure |
2037 |
|
85 |
,54 |
| scheffel malt measure |
2375 |
|
73 |
,36 |
| scheffel oats measure |
2392 |
|
72 |
,84 |
| Lucca |
stajo |
1495 |
|
116 |
,55 |
| Lunenburg |
scheffel |
3793 |
|
45 |
,94 |
| Lyons |
anée |
12538 |
|
13 |
,90 |
| Madeira |
alquier |
683 |
|
55 |
,11 |
| Magdeburg |
scheffel |
3315 |
|
52 |
,56 |
| Majorca |
quartera |
4139 |
|
42 |
,10 |
| Malaga |
fanega |
3642 |
|
47 |
,84 |
| Malta |
salma |
16240 |
|
10 |
,73 |
| Manfredonia |
carro |
114634 |
|
1 |
,52 |
| Manhemia |
malter |
6279 |
|
27 |
,75 |
| Mantua |
stajo |
2124 |
|
82 |
,04 |
| Marans |
tonneau |
84200 |
|
2 |
,07 |
| Marseilles |
charge |
9636 |
|
18 |
,08 |
| Mastrick |
setier |
1382 |
|
126 |
,08 |
| Meissen |
scheffel |
6455 |
|
27 |
, |
| Memel |
scheffel |
3315 |
|
52 |
,26 |
| Middleburg |
sack |
4284 |
|
40 |
,67 |
| Milan |
moggio |
8436 |
|
20 |
,66 |
| Modena |
stajo |
4284 |
|
40 |
,67 |
| Montpellier |
setier |
3119 |
|
55 |
,86 |
| Montreuil |
boisseau |
520 |
|
335 |
,08 |
| Morlaix |
boisseau |
3229 |
|
53 |
,96 |
| Munich |
schaff |
22109 |
|
7 |
,88 |
| Muyden |
mudden |
8080 |
|
21 |
,56 |
| Nancy |
carte |
2921 |
|
59 |
,65 |
| Nantes |
tonneau |
152510 |
|
1 |
,14¹⁄₄ |
| setier |
15251 |
|
11 |
,42¹⁄₂ |
| Naples |
tomolo |
3182 |
|
54 |
,76 |
| Narva |
tonnen |
9883 |
|
17 |
,63 |
| Neda in Galicia |
ferrado |
1104 |
|
157 |
,83 |
| Negropont |
kisloz |
1849 |
|
94 |
,23 |
| Nieuport |
raziere |
10157 |
|
17 |
,15 |
| Nimeguen |
mouver |
8173 |
|
21 |
,32 |
| Nice |
stajo |
2349 |
|
74 |
,18 |
| Nuremberg |
summer |
20287 |
|
8 |
,59 |
| Oesel |
last |
187260 |
|
|
,93 |
| Oporto |
alquier |
1006 |
|
173 |
,20 |
| Osnaburg |
scheffel |
1750 |
|
99 |
,57 |
| Ostend |
raziere |
10706 |
|
16 |
,27 |
| Oudenwater |
mudden |
8465 |
|
20 |
,58 |
| Oviedo |
fanega |
4415 |
|
39 |
,47 |
| Paris |
setier |
9288 |
|
18 |
,76 |
| boisseau |
774 |
|
225 |
,13 |
| decalitre |
610 |
|
285 |
,64 |
| Passau |
sechsling |
19465 |
|
8 |
,95 |
| Patras |
staro |
5006 |
|
34 |
,81 |
| Pernau |
loof |
3974 |
|
43 |
,85 |
| Persia |
artaba |
3974 |
|
43 |
,85 |
| Piedmont |
sack |
6489 |
|
26 |
,85 |
| Poland |
last |
187260 |
|
|
,93 |
| Prague |
strick |
5755 |
|
30 |
,28 |
| Purmerend |
mudden |
6590 |
|
26 |
,44 |
| Ratisbon |
metzen |
2001 |
|
87 |
,08 |
| Ravenna |
rubbo |
16984 |
|
10 |
,26 |
| Rendsburg |
tonnen |
7558 |
|
23 |
,05 |
| Revel |
tonnen |
7212 |
|
24 |
,16 |
| Riga |
tonnen |
7948 |
|
21 |
,92 |
| loof |
3974 |
|
43 |
,85 |
| Rimini |
rubbo |
16984 |
|
10 |
,26 |
| Rochelle |
tonneau |
84200 |
|
2 |
,07 |
| Romagna |
staro |
5506 |
|
31 |
,64 |
| Rome |
rubbo |
16684 |
|
10 |
,44 |
| Rostock |
scheffel wheat measure |
2450 |
|
71 |
,12 |
| scheffel oats measure |
2723 |
|
63 |
,99 |
| Rotterdam |
hoed |
67755 |
|
2 |
,57 |
| sakken |
6352 |
|
27 |
,43 |
| achtendeelen |
2117 |
|
82 |
,31 |
| Rouen |
setier |
10904 |
|
15 |
,98 |
| boisseau |
1363 |
|
127 |
,83 |
| Russia |
chetwer |
11888 |
|
14 |
,66 |
| chetwerick |
1486 |
|
117 |
,25 |
| St. Ander |
fanega |
3311 |
|
52 |
,67 |
| St. Gall |
charge |
4443 |
|
39 |
,22 |
| St. Malo |
tonneau |
84200 |
|
2 |
,07 |
| St. Omer |
raziere |
7900 |
|
22 |
,07 |
| St. Petersburgh |
chetwer |
11888 |
|
14 |
,66 |
|
chetwerick |
1486 |
|
117 |
,25 |
| St. Sebastian |
fanega |
3311 |
|
52 |
,67 |
| St. Valery |
setier |
9356 |
|
18 |
,62 |
| Sardinia |
starello |
2988 |
|
58 |
,31 |
| Schiedam |
sack |
6352 |
|
27 |
,43 |
| Schleswig |
tonnen |
8012 |
|
21 |
,75 |
| Schonhoven |
mudden |
8465 |
|
20 |
,58 |
| Scotland |
firlot wheat measure |
2197 |
|
79 |
,31 |
| firlot barley measure |
3207 |
|
54 |
,33 |
| Seville |
fanega |
3311 |
|
52 |
,67 |
| Sicily |
salma grossa |
20215 |
|
8 |
,62 |
| salma generale |
16229 |
|
10 |
,74 |
| Smyrna |
quillot |
2141 |
|
81 |
,38 |
| Spain |
fanega |
3311 |
|
52 |
,67 |
| celemine |
276 |
|
631 |
,30 |
| Stettin |
scheffel |
2677 |
|
65 |
,09 |
| Stralsund |
scheffel wheat measure |
2609 |
|
66 |
,78 |
| scheffel oats measure |
2768 |
|
62 |
,95 |
| Strasburg |
sester city measure |
1117 |
|
156 |
, |
| sester county measure |
1152 |
|
151 |
,25 |
| Sweden |
tunna |
8932 |
|
19 |
,51 |
| tunna wheat measure |
10050 |
|
17 |
,34 |
| tunna malt measure |
10607 |
|
16 |
,43 |
| tunna salt measure |
9491 |
|
18 |
,36 |
| kappe |
279 |
|
624 |
,53 |
| kanna |
59 |
¹⁄₂ |
1092 |
,42 |
| Tarascon |
charge |
3485 |
|
50 |
, |
| Tarragona |
setier |
3442 |
|
50 |
,62 |
| Tervere |
sack |
4557 |
|
38 |
,24 |
| Tiel |
mudden |
8465 |
|
20 |
,58 |
| Tonningen |
tonnen |
7406 |
|
23 |
,53 |
| Tortosa |
quartera |
5414 |
|
32 |
,18 |
| Toulon |
emine |
6237 |
|
27 |
,94 |
| Tuscany |
moggio |
32480 |
|
5 |
,36¹⁄₂ |
| Trieste |
staro |
4517 |
|
38 |
,57 |
| Tripoli |
caffise |
19920 |
|
8 |
,75 |
| Tunis |
caffise |
21830 |
|
7 |
,98 |
| Turin |
emine |
1168 |
|
149 |
,18 |
| Ulm |
metzen |
584 |
|
298 |
,26 |
| Utrecht |
mudden |
7110 |
|
24 |
,50 |
| Valencia |
cahiz |
12227 |
|
14 |
,25 |
| barchilla |
1019 |
|
171 |
, |
| Valenciennes |
mytur |
4380 |
|
39 |
,78 |
| Vannes |
tonneau |
93556 |
|
1 |
,86 |
| Venice |
staro |
4941 |
|
35 |
,27 |
| Verona |
minella |
2248 |
|
77 |
,51 |
| Viana |
alquier |
989 |
|
176 |
,18 |
| Vienna |
metzen |
4277 |
|
40 |
,74 |
| Weimar |
scheffel |
5430 |
|
32 |
,09 |
| Wetzlar |
malter |
14275 |
|
12 |
,20 |
| Windaw |
loof |
3819 |
|
45 |
,62 |
| Wirtemburg |
scheffel |
3228 |
|
53 |
,98 |
| Wismar |
scheffel |
2496 |
|
69 |
,81 |
| Wolgast |
scheffel |
2609 |
|
66 |
,78 |
| Zante |
bazzilo |
2165 |
|
80 |
,48 |
| Zell |
scheffel |
18963 |
|
9 |
,19 |
| Ziriczee |
sack |
4741 |
|
36 |
,75 |
| Zuric |
mutte |
5043 |
|
34 |
,55 |
| Zwickau |
scheffel |
4089 |
|
42 |
,61 |
| Zwoll |
sack |
6836 |
|
25 |
,49 |
The following examples will shew in
what manner the proportion between the
measures of any two given countries may
be ascertained.
Examples.
It is required to reduce 100 alquiers of
Lisbon into fanegas of Cadiz.
The alquier containing 824 cubic inches,
and the fanega 3311, according to the table
prefixed, I state the following equation:
| |
100 |
alquiers = x |
| 1 |
alquier |
= |
824 |
cubic inches |
| 3311 |
cubic inches |
= |
1 |
fanega |
| Result 24,89 fanegas. |
Reduce 100 fanegas of Cadiz into alquiers
of Lisbon.
| |
100 |
fanegas = x |
| 1 |
fanega |
= |
3311 |
cubic inches |
| 824 |
cubic inches |
= |
1 |
alquier |
| Result 401,82 alquiers. |
Table, which shews the quantity of English cubic inches contained by each of the measures
used in the sale of liquids, and the relation of foreign measures to 100 English gallons
wine measure.
Liquid Measure.
| Places. |
Measures. |
Contents of each measure —— |
Equiv. to 100 gallons —— |
| |
|
cubic in. |
num. 100 |
| Alicante |
cantara |
622 |
|
37 |
,14 |
| Altona |
tonne of 32 stubgens |
7067 |
|
3 |
,27 |
| Amsterdam |
steken |
1160 |
|
19 |
,91 |
| virtel |
442 |
¹⁄₂ |
52 |
,20 |
| stoopen |
145 |
|
159 |
,31 |
| mingel |
72 |
¹⁄₂ |
318 |
,62 |
| Ancona |
boccale |
87 |
|
265 |
,51 |
| Antwerp |
stoopen |
192 |
¹⁄₄ |
120 |
,15 |
| Arragon |
cantara |
585 |
|
39 |
,49 |
| Augsburg |
maas |
90 |
¹⁄₃ |
255 |
,72 |
| Barcelona |
carga wine measure |
7599 |
|
3 |
,04 |
| carga oil measure |
7394 |
|
3 |
,12 |
| Bari |
salm oil measure |
10086 |
|
2 |
,29 |
| Basil |
pot new measure |
76 |
¹⁄₅ |
303 |
,15 |
| Berlin |
nass or maas |
70 |
¹⁄₂ |
329 |
,41 |
| Bern |
maas |
100 |
¹⁄₂ |
229 |
,85 |
| Bologna |
corba |
4450 |
|
5 |
,13 |
| Bordeaux |
velte |
453 |
|
51 |
, |
| Bremen |
stubgen |
193 |
¹⁄₂ |
119 |
,38 |
| Breslaw |
quart |
42 |
¹⁄₃ |
545 |
,67 |
| Brunswick |
stubgen |
223 |
³⁄₄ |
103 |
,24 |
| Cadiz |
see Spain |
|
|
| Canary Islands |
pipa |
26794 |
|
|
,86 |
| Canea |
miscala oil measure |
686 |
|
33 |
,67 |
| Cassel |
viertel |
499 |
¹⁄₂ |
46 |
,25 |
| Cognac |
velte |
447 |
¹⁄₂ |
51 |
,62 |
| Cologne |
viertel |
365 |
|
63 |
,29 |
| Constantinople |
almud |
319 |
¹⁄₄ |
72 |
,36 |
| Dantzic |
stof wine measure |
104 |
³⁄₅ |
220 |
,84 |
| stof beer measure |
140 |
¹⁄₄ |
164 |
,70 |
| Denmark |
ahm |
9128 |
|
2 |
,53 |
| kanne wine measure |
117 |
³⁄₄ |
196 |
,18 |
| tœnde beer measure |
8011 |
|
2 |
,88 |
| tœnde pitch measure |
7067 |
|
3 |
,27 |
| Dijon |
quartaut |
6176 |
|
3 |
,74 |
| Dresden |
anker regular measure |
2055 |
|
11 |
,24 |
| tonne beer measure |
5993 |
|
3 |
,85 |
| kanen great measure |
85 |
³⁄₈ |
269 |
,79 |
| kanen small measure |
57 |
|
405 |
,27 |
| Dunkirk |
pot |
138 |
|
167 |
,39 |
| England |
gallon wine measure |
231 |
|
100 |
, |
| gallon beer measure |
282 |
|
81 |
,91 |
| Ferrara |
secchia |
624 |
|
37 |
,02 |
| Florence |
barile oil measure |
1940 |
|
11 |
,91 |
| barile wine measure |
2425 |
|
953 |
|
| fiascho |
121 |
|
190 |
,90 |
| boccale |
60 |
¹⁄₂ |
381 |
,80 |
| France |
hectolitre |
6100 |
|
3 |
,79 |
|
litre |
61 |
|
378 |
,69 |
| Francfort on the Maine |
viertel |
450 |
|
51 |
,33 |
| Gallipoli |
salma |
9392 |
|
2 |
,46 |
| Geneva |
pot |
58 |
|
398 |
,27 |
| Genoa |
rubbo oil measure |
521 |
|
44 |
,34 |
| pinta wine measure |
105 |
|
220 |
, |
| Gotha |
stubgen |
206 |
³⁄₄ |
111 |
,73 |
| Hamburgh |
viertel |
442 |
|
52 |
,26 |
| stubgen |
221 |
|
104 |
,52 |
| kanne |
110 |
¹⁄₂ |
209 |
,05 |
| tonne beer measure |
10594 |
|
2 |
,18 |
| tonne fish oil measure |
7062 |
|
3 |
,27 |
| Hanover |
stubgen |
237 |
|
97 |
,47 |
| tonne beer measure |
6163 |
|
3 |
,75 |
| tonne honey measure |
6044 |
|
3 |
,82 |
| Heidelberg |
viertel |
562 |
¹⁄₄ |
41 |
,08 |
| Hungaria |
eimer |
4470 |
|
5 |
,17 |
| Königsberg |
stof |
87 |
¹⁄₂ |
264 |
, |
| Leghorn |
barile oil measure |
1940 |
|
11 |
,91 |
| barile wine measure |
2425 |
|
9 |
,53 |
| fiascho |
121 |
|
190 |
,90 |
| boccale |
60 |
¹⁄₂ |
381 |
,80 |
| Leipsic |
eimer |
4625 |
|
5 |
,00 |
| kanne |
73 |
²⁄₅ |
314 |
,71 |
| Lisle |
lot |
128 |
|
180 |
,47 |
| Lisbon |
almude |
1040 |
|
22 |
,21 |
| alquier |
520 |
|
44 |
,42 |
| canhada |
86 |
²⁄₃ |
266 |
,54 |
| Lubec |
stubgen |
220 |
³⁄₄ |
104 |
,65 |
| Lucca |
copa oil measure |
6088 |
|
3 |
,79 |
| Lyons |
pot |
58 |
¹⁄₁₀ |
397 |
,62 |
| Majorca |
cortan oil measure |
251 |
⁵⁄₈ |
91 |
,80 |
| Malaga |
arroba |
947 |
|
24 |
,39 |
| Mantua |
moggio oil measure |
6789 |
|
3 |
,40 |
| Marseilles |
millerolle |
3640 |
|
6 |
,35 |
| scandal |
910 |
|
25 |
,38 |
| Massa |
barile oil measure |
2160 |
|
10 |
,69 |
| Mentz |
maass |
113 |
³⁄₄ |
203 |
,08 |
| Messina |
salma wine measure |
5270 |
|
4 |
,38 |
| caffise oil measure |
527 |
|
43 |
,83 |
| Minorca |
quartillo |
349 |
¹⁄₂ |
66 |
,09 |
| Montpellier |
pot wine measure |
64 |
¹⁄₈ |
360 |
,23 |
| pot oil measure |
71 |
³⁄₈ |
323 |
,64 |
| Naples |
stara oil measure |
3407 |
|
6 |
,78 |
| barile wine measure |
2541 |
|
9 |
,09 |
| Narva |
stof |
78 |
³⁄₅ |
293 |
,90 |
| Nice |
rubbo oil measure |
515 |
|
44 |
,85 |
| North |
barrel pitch measure |
7067 |
|
3 |
,27 |
| Nuremberg |
maas tavern measure |
60 |
¹⁄₂ |
381 |
,81 |
| Oneglia |
barile oil measure |
3783 |
|
6 |
,11 |
| Oporto |
aliquer |
675 |
³⁄₄ |
34 |
,18 |
| canhade |
112 |
⁵⁄₈ |
205 |
,10 |
| Osnaburg |
kanne |
74 |
³⁄₈ |
310 |
,58 |
| Ovieda |
quartillo |
34 |
¹⁄₂ |
669 |
,56 |
| Paris |
setier |
464 |
⁴⁄₅ |
49 |
,70 |
| pinte |
58 |
¹⁄₁₀ |
397 |
,62 |
| litre new measure |
61 |
|
378 |
,69 |
| Pernau |
stof |
78 |
³⁄₅ |
293 |
,90 |
| Pola |
salma |
9196 |
|
2 |
,51 |
| Prague |
pint |
116 |
|
199 |
,14 |
| Puglia |
staja |
940 |
|
24 |
,57 |
| Ratisbon |
viertel |
216 |
¹⁄₂ |
106 |
,70 |
| Revel |
stof |
72 |
¹⁄₂ |
318 |
,62 |
| Riga |
stof |
75 |
|
308 |
, |
| Rochelle |
velt |
447 |
¹⁄₂ |
51 |
,62 |
| Rome |
boccale |
79 |
⁴⁄₅ |
289 |
,47 |
| Rotterdam |
stoopen |
156 |
|
148 |
,08 |
| Russia |
wedra |
751 |
|
30 |
,76 |
| kruska |
93 |
⁷⁄₈ |
246 |
,07 |
| Saragossa |
cantara |
584 |
|
39 |
,55 |
| Schafhausen |
maas |
79 |
⁴⁄₅ |
289 |
,47 |
| Scotland |
pint old measure |
103 |
²⁄₅ |
223 |
,40 |
| Sicily |
caffise |
695 |
|
33 |
,24 |
| Spain |
moyo wine measure |
15152 |
|
1 |
,52 |
| cantara ditto |
947 |
|
24 |
,39 |
| azumbre ditto |
118 |
³⁄₈ |
195 |
,14 |
| quartillo ditto |
29 |
³⁄₅ |
780 |
,40 |
| arroba oil measure |
740 |
|
31 |
,22 |
| quartilla ditto |
185 |
|
124 |
,86 |
| libra ditto |
29 |
³⁄₅ |
780 |
,40 |
| Stettin |
nœssel |
44 |
³⁄₄ |
516 |
,20 |
| Stralsund |
stubgen |
237 |
|
97 |
,47 |
| Strasburg |
schoppen |
29 |
³⁄₅ |
780 |
,40 |
| Sweden |
kanna |
159 |
⁵⁄₈ |
144 |
,71 |
| Toulon |
millerolle |
3927 |
|
5 |
,88 |
| Trieste |
orna oil measure |
4003 |
|
5 |
,77 |
| barile wine measure |
4158 |
|
5 |
,56 |
| Tripoli |
mataro |
1375 |
|
16 |
,80 |
| Tunis |
mataro oil measure |
1155 |
|
20 |
, |
| mataro wine measure |
577 |
¹⁄₂ |
40 |
, |
| Turin |
pint |
95 |
¹⁄₂ |
241 |
,89 |
| Valencia |
cantara |
775 |
⁵⁄₈ |
29 |
,78 |
| Venice |
miro oil measure |
962 |
|
24 |
, |
| secchia wine measure |
602 |
¹⁄₄ |
38 |
,36 |
| Verona |
basso |
275 |
³⁄₄ |
83 |
,77 |
| Vienna |
eimer |
3614 |
|
6 |
,39 |
| maas |
90 |
¹⁄₃ |
255 |
,72 |
| Zell |
stubgen |
237 |
|
97 |
,47 |
| Zurich |
maas |
111 |
¹⁄₄ |
207 |
,64 |
The following examples will shew in
what manner the proportion between the
liquid measures of any two given countries
may be ascertained.
Examples.
Let it be required to reduce 100 litres
new French measure into Spanish quartillos
wine measure.
The French litre measuring internally
61 English cubic inches, and the Spanish
quartillo 29³⁄₅, according to the table
prefixed, I state the following equation:
| |
100 |
litres = x |
| 1 |
|
litre |
= |
61 |
cubic inches |
| 29 |
³⁄₅ |
cubic inches |
= |
1 |
quartillo |
| Result 206,08 quartillos. |
Reduce 100 quartillos wine measure of
Spain into litres new measure of France.
| |
100 |
|
quartillos = x |
| 1 |
quartillo |
= |
29 |
³⁄₅ |
cubic inches |
| 61 |
cubic inches |
= |
1 |
|
litre |
| Result 48,52 litres. |
Table, which shews the length in English lines of each of the measures used in the sale of
cloths, linens, and silk stuffs, and the relation of foreign measures to 100 yards and 100
ells English measure.
Cloth Measure.
| Places. |
Measures. |
Length of each measure —— |
Equiv. to 100 yards —— |
Equiv. to 100 ells —— |
| |
|
lines 100. |
num. 100 |
num. 100 |
| Abbeville |
aune |
558 |
,25 |
77 |
,38 |
96 |
,73 |
| Aix la Chapelle |
elle |
315 |
,35 |
137 |
, |
171 |
,25 |
| Aleppo |
pike |
319 |
,40 |
135 |
,25 |
169 |
,06 |
| Alexandria |
pike |
319 |
,60 |
135 |
,17 |
168 |
,96 |
| Algiers |
pike long measure |
294 |
,05 |
146 |
,91 |
183 |
,64 |
| pike short measure |
220 |
,53 |
195 |
,89 |
244 |
,86 |
| Alicante |
vara |
399 |
,20 |
108 |
,22 |
135 |
,27 |
| Altona |
elle |
270 |
,60 |
159 |
,64 |
199 |
,50 |
| elle Brabant measure |
326 |
,54 |
132 |
,30 |
165 |
,37 |
| Amberg |
elle |
394 |
,40 |
109 |
,58 |
136 |
,91 |
| Amsterdam |
elle |
326 |
, |
132 |
,51 |
165 |
,64 |
| Ancona |
braccio |
303 |
,40 |
142 |
,38 |
177 |
,98 |
| Anspach |
elle |
289 |
,80 |
149 |
,07 |
186 |
,34 |
| Antwerp |
aune long measure |
327 |
,90 |
131 |
,75 |
164 |
,69 |
| aune short measure |
323 |
,25 |
133 |
,64 |
167 |
,05 |
| Archangel |
archine |
336 |
, |
128 |
,57 |
160 |
,71 |
| Arragon |
vara |
364 |
,13 |
118 |
,64 |
148 |
,30 |
| Arras |
aune |
329 |
,65 |
131 |
,05 |
163 |
,81 |
| Augsburg |
elle long measure |
287 |
,85 |
150 |
,08 |
187 |
,60 |
| elle short measure |
279 |
,75 |
154 |
,42 |
193 |
,02 |
| Avigon |
canne |
918 |
,80 |
47 |
,02 |
58 |
,77 |
| aune |
551 |
,20 |
78 |
,37 |
97 |
,96 |
| Basil |
aune |
556 |
,80 |
77 |
,58 |
96 |
,98 |
| Bamberg |
elle |
344 |
,65 |
125 |
,35 |
156 |
,69 |
| Barcelona |
cana |
727 |
,45 |
59 |
,39 |
74 |
,23 |
| Bayreuth |
elle |
283 |
,60 |
152 |
,33 |
190 |
,41 |
| Batavia |
covid |
237 |
,60 |
181 |
,82 |
227 |
,27 |
| Bautzen |
elle |
272 |
, |
158 |
,82 |
198 |
,53 |
| Bayonne |
aune |
417 |
,40 |
103 |
,50 |
129 |
,38 |
| Bengal |
covid |
108 |
, |
400 |
, |
500 |
, |
| Bergamo |
braccio |
309 |
,50 |
139 |
,58 |
174 |
,47 |
| Bergen |
elle |
296 |
,45 |
145 |
,72 |
182 |
,15 |
| Berg-op-Zoom |
elle |
327 |
,07 |
132 |
,08 |
165 |
,10 |
| Berlin |
elle |
314 |
,90 |
137 |
,19 |
171 |
,48 |
| Bern |
elle |
255 |
,80 |
168 |
,89 |
211 |
,10 |
| Bielefeld |
elle |
276 |
,25 |
156 |
,38 |
195 |
,47 |
| Bilboa |
vara |
395 |
,25 |
109 |
,30 |
136 |
,62 |
| Bologne |
braccio for silk stuffs |
281 |
,25 |
153 |
,60 |
192 |
, |
| braccio for cloths |
299 |
,90 |
144 |
,05 |
180 |
,06 |
| Bolzano |
elle |
373 |
,20 |
115 |
,75 |
144 |
,69 |
| braccio |
259 |
,60 |
166 |
,40 |
208 |
, |
| Bombay |
cuz |
336 |
, |
128 |
,57 |
160 |
,71 |
| heat |
216 |
, |
200 |
, |
250 |
, |
| Bordeaux |
aune |
562 |
,51 |
76 |
,80 |
96 |
, |
| Brabant |
aune |
326 |
,54 |
132 |
,30 |
165 |
,37 |
| Breda |
elle |
327 |
,07 |
132 |
,08 |
165 |
,10 |
| Bremen |
elle |
273 |
,15 |
158 |
,15 |
197 |
,69 |
| Brescia |
braccio |
221 |
,06 |
195 |
,42 |
244 |
,28 |
| Breslaw |
elle |
259 |
,65 |
166 |
,38 |
207 |
,97 |
| elle Silesia measure |
272 |
, |
158 |
,82 |
198 |
,53 |
| Bretagne |
aune |
636 |
,25 |
67 |
,90 |
84 |
,87 |
| Bruges |
aune |
327 |
,90 |
131 |
,75 |
164 |
,69 |
| aune for linens |
342 |
,40 |
126 |
,17 |
157 |
,71 |
| Brunswick |
elle |
269 |
,55 |
160 |
,27 |
200 |
,33 |
| Brussels |
aune long measure |
327 |
,90 |
131 |
,75 |
164 |
,69 |
| aune short measure |
323 |
,25 |
133 |
,64 |
167 |
,05 |
| Burgos |
vara |
395 |
,25 |
109 |
,30 |
136 |
,62 |
| Cadiz |
vara |
395 |
,25 |
109 |
,30 |
136 |
,62 |
| ana Brabant measure |
327 |
,90 |
131 |
,75 |
164 |
,69 |
| Caën |
aune |
558 |
,25 |
77 |
,38 |
96 |
,73 |
| Cagliari |
raso |
259 |
,20 |
166 |
,66 |
208 |
,33 |
| Cairo |
pike |
319 |
,60 |
135 |
,17 |
168 |
,96 |
| Calais |
aune |
558 |
,25 |
77 |
,38 |
96 |
,73 |
| Calicut |
covid |
216 |
, |
200 |
, |
250 |
, |
| guz |
338 |
,40 |
127 |
,66 |
159 |
,57 |
| Cambrai |
aune |
338 |
,35 |
127 |
,68 |
159 |
,60 |
| Canary Islands |
vara |
406 |
,20 |
106 |
,35 |
132 |
,94 |
| Candia |
pike |
301 |
, |
143 |
,52 |
179 |
,40 |
| Canton |
covid |
175 |
,50 |
240 |
,15 |
307 |
,70 |
| Carthagena |
vara |
395 |
,25 |
109 |
,30 |
136 |
,62 |
| Cassel |
elle |
265 |
, |
163 |
, |
203 |
,75 |
| Castille |
vara |
395 |
,25 |
109 |
,30 |
136 |
,62 |
| Chambery |
raso |
271 |
,35 |
159 |
,20 |
199 |
, |
| China |
covid |
175 |
,50 |
246 |
,15 |
307 |
,70 |
| Christiania |
elle |
296 |
,45 |
145 |
,72 |
182 |
,15 |
| Coblentz |
elle |
263 |
,55 |
163 |
,91 |
204 |
,84 |
| Coburg |
elle |
276 |
,90 |
156 |
, |
195 |
, |
| Cologne |
elle long measure |
328 |
,15 |
131 |
,65 |
164 |
,56 |
| elle short measure |
271 |
,15 |
159 |
,32 |
199 |
,15 |
| Constance |
elle long measure |
351 |
,05 |
123 |
,06 |
153 |
,82 |
| elle short measure |
326 |
,33 |
132 |
,38 |
165 |
,48 |
| Constantinople |
pike long measure |
316 |
, |
136 |
,70 |
170 |
,88 |
| pike short measure |
306 |
, |
141 |
,18 |
176 |
,47 |
| Copenhagen |
alen |
296 |
,45 |
145 |
,72 |
182 |
,15 |
| Corfu |
pike |
271 |
, |
159 |
,41 |
199 |
,26 |
| Corsica |
palmo |
118 |
,15 |
365 |
,64 |
457 |
,05 |
| Cracow |
elle |
291 |
,40 |
148 |
,25 |
185 |
,32 |
| Cremona |
braccio |
290 |
,50 |
148 |
,70 |
185 |
,93 |
| Cyprus |
pike |
317 |
,15 |
136 |
,21 |
170 |
,26 |
| Damascus |
pike |
274 |
,85 |
157 |
,17 |
196 |
,47 |
| Dantzic |
elle |
271 |
, |
159 |
,41 |
199 |
,26 |
| Delft |
elle |
326 |
, |
132 |
,51 |
165 |
,64 |
| Denmark |
alen |
296 |
,45 |
145 |
,72 |
182 |
,15 |
| Dresden |
elle |
267 |
,30 |
161 |
,61 |
202 |
,02 |
| Dublin |
yard |
432 |
, |
100 |
, |
125 |
, |
| ell |
540 |
, |
80 |
, |
100 |
, |
| Dunkirk |
aune |
319 |
,40 |
135 |
,25 |
169 |
,06 |
| Dusseldorf |
elle |
254 |
,80 |
169 |
,54 |
211 |
,93 |
| Elbing |
elle |
266 |
,88 |
161 |
,87 |
202 |
,34 |
| Embden |
elle |
316 |
,60 |
136 |
,45 |
170 |
,56 |
| England |
yard |
432 |
, |
100 |
, |
125 |
, |
| elle |
540 |
, |
80 |
, |
100 |
, |
| Erfurt |
elle long measure |
259 |
,60 |
166 |
,40 |
208 |
, |
| elle short measure |
190 |
,70 |
226 |
,53 |
283 |
,17 |
| Erlang |
elle |
311 |
,50 |
138 |
,62 |
173 |
,35 |
| Fermo |
braccio |
310 |
, |
139 |
,35 |
174 |
,20 |
| Ferrara |
braccio for cloths |
316 |
, |
136 |
,70 |
170 |
,88 |
| braccio for silk stuffs |
297 |
, |
145 |
,45 |
181 |
,82 |
| Flensburg |
elle |
270 |
,60 |
159 |
,64 |
199 |
,50 |
| Florence |
braccio for cloths |
278 |
,90 |
154 |
,90 |
193 |
,62 |
| braccio for silk stuffs |
274 |
,85 |
157 |
,17 |
196 |
,47 |
| Forli |
braccio |
290 |
,50 |
148 |
,70 |
185 |
,93 |
| France |
aune of 528 lines |
562 |
,51 |
76 |
,80 |
96 |
, |
| netre |
472 |
,27 |
91 |
,47 |
114 |
,34 |
| Francfort on the Maine |
elle |
254 |
,80 |
169 |
,54 |
211 |
,93 |
| elle Brabant measure |
326 |
,54 |
132 |
,30 |
165 |
,37 |
| aune of Paris |
561 |
,27 |
76 |
,97 |
96 |
,21 |
| Francfort on the Oder |
elle |
313 |
,33 |
137 |
,87 |
172 |
,34 |
| Freyberg |
elle |
267 |
,60 |
161 |
,43 |
201 |
,79 |
| Gand |
aune |
327 |
,90 |
131 |
,75 |
164 |
,69 |
| aune for linens |
342 |
,40 |
126 |
,17 |
157 |
,71 |
| Geneva |
aune |
540 |
,13 |
79 |
,98 |
99 |
,97 |
| aune of France |
562 |
,51 |
76 |
,80 |
96 |
, |
| Genoa |
canna of 10¹⁄₂ palmi |
1245 |
,10 |
34 |
,70 |
43 |
,37 |
| |
canna of 10 palmi |
1185 |
,80 |
36 |
,43 |
45 |
,54 |
| canna of 9 palmi |
1067 |
,20 |
40 |
,48 |
50 |
,60 |
| braccio |
276 |
,70 |
156 |
,13 |
195 |
,16 |
| palmo |
118 |
,58 |
364 |
,32 |
455 |
,40 |
| Gibraltar |
vara |
395 |
,25 |
109 |
,30 |
136 |
,62 |
| Glatz |
elle |
276 |
,80 |
150 |
,07 |
195 |
,08 |
| Gombroon |
gueze |
464 |
,52 |
93 |
, |
116 |
,25 |
| Gorlitz |
elle |
266 |
,25 |
169 |
,90 |
212 |
,37 |
| Gottenburg |
alle |
280 |
,40 |
154 |
,06 |
192 |
,58 |
| Gottingen |
elle |
274 |
,85 |
157 |
,17 |
196 |
,47 |
| Guastalla |
braccio |
321 |
,85 |
134 |
,22 |
167 |
,78 |
| Gueldres |
elle |
313 |
,22 |
137 |
,92 |
172 |
,40 |
| Guinea |
jactam |
1728 |
, |
25 |
, |
31 |
,25 |
| Halle |
elle long measure |
314 |
,90 |
137 |
,19 |
171 |
,48 |
| elle short measure |
269 |
,75 |
160 |
,15 |
200 |
,18 |
| Hamburgh |
elle |
270 |
,60 |
159 |
,64 |
199 |
,50 |
| elle Brabant measure |
326 |
,54 |
132 |
,30 |
165 |
,37 |
| Hanover |
elle |
274 |
,85 |
157 |
,17 |
196 |
,47 |
| Harburg |
elle |
274 |
,85 |
157 |
,17 |
196 |
,47 |
| Harlem |
elle |
343 |
,70 |
125 |
,69 |
157 |
,11 |
| Havre de Grace |
aune |
558 |
,25 |
77 |
,38 |
96 |
,73 |
| Hague |
elle |
326 |
, |
132 |
,51 |
165 |
,64 |
| Heidelberg |
elle |
394 |
,25 |
109 |
,57 |
136 |
,97 |
| Hildesheim |
elle |
264 |
,53 |
163 |
,30 |
204 |
,13 |
| Hirchsberg |
elle |
272 |
, |
158 |
,82 |
198 |
,53 |
| Hoff |
elle |
301 |
, |
143 |
,52 |
179 |
,40 |
| Jagerndorf |
elle |
268 |
,50 |
160 |
,90 |
201 |
,12 |
| Japan |
inck |
897 |
,60 |
48 |
,13 |
60 |
,16 |
| Java |
covid |
237 |
,60 |
181 |
,82 |
227 |
,27 |
| Jerusalem |
pike |
324 |
, |
133 |
,33 |
166 |
,67 |
| Ingolstadt |
elle |
376 |
,07 |
114 |
,87 |
143 |
,59 |
| Inspruck |
elle |
371 |
,30 |
116 |
,35 |
145 |
,23 |
| Kiel |
elle |
271 |
,70 |
159 |
, |
198 |
,75 |
| Kintzingen |
elle |
281 |
,60 |
153 |
,41 |
191 |
,76 |
| Konigsberg |
elle |
314 |
,90 |
137 |
,19 |
171 |
,48 |
| Krems |
elle |
353 |
,25 |
122 |
,29 |
152 |
,87 |
| Lauban |
elle |
266 |
,25 |
169 |
,90 |
212 |
,37 |
| Leghorn |
canna for cloths |
1115 |
,60 |
38 |
,72 |
48 |
,40 |
| braccio |
278 |
,90 |
154 |
,90 |
193 |
,62 |
| palmo |
139 |
,45 |
309 |
,80 |
387 |
,24 |
| canna for silk stuffs |
1099 |
,40 |
39 |
,29 |
49 |
,12 |
| braccio |
274 |
,85 |
157 |
,17 |
196 |
,47 |
| palmo |
137 |
,42 |
314 |
,34 |
392 |
,94 |
| Leipsic |
elle |
267 |
, |
161 |
,80 |
202 |
,25 |
| Leutkirch |
elle |
331 |
,87 |
130 |
,17 |
162 |
,72 |
| Leyden |
elle |
322 |
,60 |
133 |
,91 |
167 |
,39 |
| Liebau |
elle |
267 |
, |
161 |
,80 |
202 |
,25 |
| Liege |
elle |
260 |
,50 |
165 |
,84 |
207 |
,30 |
| Lisbon |
vara |
517 |
,80 |
83 |
,43 |
104 |
,29 |
| covado |
319 |
,85 |
135 |
,06 |
168 |
,83 |
| palmo craveiro |
106 |
,62 |
405 |
,17 |
506 |
,47 |
| palmo menor |
103 |
,56 |
417 |
,15 |
521 |
,44 |
| Lisle |
aune |
332 |
,40 |
129 |
,96 |
162 |
,45 |
| London |
yard |
432 |
, |
100 |
, |
125 |
, |
| ell |
540 |
, |
80 |
, |
100 |
, |
| Louvain |
aune long measure |
327 |
,90 |
131 |
,75 |
164 |
,69 |
| aune short measure |
323 |
,25 |
133 |
,64 |
167 |
,05 |
| Lubec |
elle |
272 |
,50 |
158 |
,52 |
198 |
,16 |
| Lucca |
braccio for cloths |
285 |
,84 |
151 |
,13 |
188 |
,92 |
| braccio for silk stuffs |
273 |
,25 |
158 |
,10 |
197 |
,62 |
| Lunenburg |
elle |
274 |
,85 |
157 |
,17 |
196 |
,47 |
| Lyons |
aune |
552 |
,70 |
78 |
,16 |
97 |
,70 |
| Madeira |
vara |
517 |
,80 |
83 |
,43 |
104 |
,29 |
| Madras |
covid |
216 |
, |
200 |
, |
250 |
, |
| Madrid |
vara |
395 |
,25 |
109 |
,30 |
136 |
,62 |
| Magdeburg |
elle |
314 |
,90 |
137 |
,19 |
171 |
,48 |
| Mahon |
cana |
756 |
, |
57 |
,14 |
71 |
,43 |
| Majorca |
cana |
810 |
, |
53 |
,33 |
66 |
,66 |
| Malaga |
vara |
395 |
,25 |
109 |
,30 |
136 |
,62 |
| Malines |
aune |
323 |
,25 |
133 |
,64 |
167 |
,05 |
| Malta |
canna |
1058 |
,40 |
40 |
,82 |
51 |
,02 |
| Manheim |
elle |
263 |
,45 |
163 |
,98 |
204 |
,97 |
| Mantua |
braccio |
219 |
,70 |
196 |
,63 |
245 |
,79 |
| Marseilles |
canne |
948 |
,20 |
45 |
,56 |
56 |
,95 |
| aune |
552 |
,60 |
78 |
,18 |
97 |
,72 |
| Mastrick |
elle |
322 |
,80 |
133 |
,83 |
167 |
,28 |
| Mecca |
covid |
324 |
, |
133 |
,33 |
166 |
,66 |
| Memel |
elle |
271 |
, |
159 |
,41 |
199 |
,26 |
| Memmingen |
elle |
331 |
,33 |
130 |
,38 |
162 |
,98 |
| Mentz |
elle |
259 |
,20 |
166 |
,66 |
208 |
,33 |
| Messina |
canna |
918 |
,72 |
47 |
,02 |
58 |
,77 |
| palmo |
114 |
,84 |
376 |
,18 |
470 |
,22 |
| Middelburg |
elle |
326 |
, |
132 |
,51 |
165 |
,64 |
| Milan |
braccio for cloths |
319 |
,40 |
135 |
,25 |
169 |
,06 |
| braccio for silk stuffs |
253 |
,34 |
170 |
,52 |
213 |
,15 |
| Minden |
elle |
273 |
,40 |
158 |
, |
197 |
,50 |
| Minorca |
cana |
756 |
, |
57 |
,14 |
71 |
,43 |
| Mocha |
guz |
300 |
, |
144 |
, |
180 |
, |
| covid |
216 |
, |
200 |
, |
250 |
, |
| Modena |
braccio |
302 |
,35 |
142 |
,88 |
178 |
,60 |
| Montpellier |
canne |
946 |
, |
45 |
,66 |
57 |
,08 |
| Morea |
pike |
216 |
, |
200 |
, |
250 |
, |
| Morlaix |
aune |
636 |
,25 |
67 |
,90 |
84 |
,87 |
| Morocco |
covado |
238 |
,10 |
181 |
,44 |
226 |
,80 |
| Munich |
elle |
394 |
,30 |
109 |
,56 |
136 |
,95 |
| Munster |
elle |
381 |
,80 |
113 |
,15 |
141 |
,43 |
| Munden |
elle |
276 |
,15 |
156 |
,44 |
195 |
,55 |
| Namur |
elle |
313 |
,22 |
137 |
,92 |
172 |
,40 |
| Nantes |
aune of Bretagne |
636 |
,25 |
67 |
,90 |
84 |
,87 |
| Naples |
canna |
996 |
,32 |
43 |
,36 |
54 |
,20 |
| palmo |
124 |
,54 |
346 |
,88 |
433 |
,60 |
| Narva |
elle |
279 |
,66 |
154 |
,47 |
193 |
,09 |
| archine |
336 |
, |
128 |
,57 |
160 |
,71 |
| Naumburg |
elle |
267 |
, |
161 |
,80 |
202 |
,25 |
| Negropont |
pike |
291 |
, |
148 |
,45 |
185 |
,57 |
| Neufchatel |
elle |
525 |
,45 |
82 |
,22 |
102 |
,77 |
| Nice |
raso |
259 |
,20 |
166 |
,66 |
208 |
,33 |
| palmo |
124 |
,65 |
346 |
,57 |
433 |
,21 |
| Nienburg |
elle |
274 |
,85 |
157 |
,17 |
196 |
,47 |
| Nimeguen |
elle |
313 |
,22 |
137 |
,92 |
172 |
,40 |
| Nordlingen |
elle |
288 |
,40 |
149 |
,80 |
187 |
,24 |
| Norway |
elle |
296 |
,45 |
145 |
,72 |
182 |
,15 |
| Nuremberg |
elle |
311 |
,50 |
138 |
,68 |
173 |
,35 |
| Oporto |
vara |
517 |
,80 |
83 |
,43 |
104 |
,29 |
| covado |
313 |
,62 |
137 |
,75 |
172 |
,18 |
| palmo craveiro |
104 |
,54 |
413 |
,25 |
516 |
,54 |
| palmo menor |
103 |
,56 |
417 |
,50 |
521 |
,44 |
| Oran |
vara |
395 |
,25 |
109 |
,30 |
136 |
,62 |
| pike for cloths |
324 |
, |
133 |
,33 |
166 |
,66 |
| Osnabruck |
elle |
275 |
,50 |
156 |
,80 |
196 |
, |
| elle for linens |
284 |
,20 |
152 |
, |
190 |
, |
| Ostend |
aune |
330 |
,25 |
130 |
,81 |
163 |
,51 |
| Osterode |
elle |
274 |
,85 |
157 |
,17 |
196 |
,47 |
| Oudenard |
elle |
315 |
,35 |
137 |
, |
171 |
,25 |
| Oviedo |
vara |
407 |
,50 |
106 |
,02 |
132 |
,52 |
| Paderborn |
elle |
254 |
,80 |
169 |
,54 |
211 |
,93 |
| Padua |
braccio |
316 |
,75 |
136 |
,38 |
170 |
,48 |
| Palermo |
canna |
918 |
,72 |
47 |
,02 |
58 |
,77 |
| |
palmo |
114 |
,84 |
376 |
,18 |
470 |
,22 |
| Paris |
aune of 528 lines |
562 |
,51 |
76 |
,80 |
96 |
, |
| aune of 526⁵⁄₆ lines |
561 |
,27 |
76 |
,97 |
96 |
,21 |
| aune of 524 lines |
558 |
,25 |
77 |
,38 |
96 |
,73 |
| metre |
472 |
,27 |
91 |
,47 |
114 |
,34 |
| Parma |
braccio |
258 |
,15 |
167 |
,35 |
209 |
,19 |
| Patras |
pike for cloths and linens |
324 |
, |
133 |
,33 |
166 |
,66 |
| pike for silk stuffs |
300 |
, |
144 |
, |
180 |
, |
| Pekin |
peking |
168 |
,33 |
256 |
,64 |
320 |
,80 |
| Pernau |
elle |
259 |
,10 |
166 |
,73 |
208 |
,41 |
| Persia |
gueze |
297 |
,50 |
145 |
,21 |
181 |
,52 |
| gueze monkelse |
446 |
,40 |
96 |
,77 |
120 |
,97 |
| Perugia |
braccio |
305 |
,34 |
141 |
,48 |
176 |
,85 |
| Piedmont |
raso |
281 |
,25 |
153 |
,60 |
192 |
, |
| Pisa |
palmo |
140 |
,95 |
306 |
,50 |
383 |
,12 |
| Placentia |
braccio |
306 |
,30 |
141 |
,04 |
176 |
,30 |
| Poland |
elle |
291 |
,40 |
148 |
,25 |
185 |
,32 |
| Pondicherry |
covid |
216 |
, |
200 |
, |
250 |
, |
| Pontremoli |
braccio |
326 |
,10 |
132 |
,47 |
165 |
,59 |
| Posen |
elle |
269 |
, |
160 |
,59 |
200 |
,74 |
| Prague |
elle |
279 |
, |
154 |
,84 |
193 |
,55 |
| Presburg |
elle |
263 |
,60 |
163 |
,89 |
204 |
,86 |
| Queda |
covid |
216 |
, |
200 |
, |
250 |
, |
| Ragusa |
ana |
242 |
,40 |
178 |
,22 |
222 |
,78 |
| Ratisbon |
elle |
383 |
, |
112 |
,80 |
141 |
, |
| Ratzeburg |
elle |
274 |
,85 |
157 |
,17 |
196 |
,47 |
| Ravenna |
braccio |
317 |
,50 |
136 |
,06 |
170 |
,08 |
| Ravensburg |
elle |
324 |
,60 |
133 |
,08 |
166 |
,36 |
| Reccanati |
braccio |
314 |
,20 |
137 |
,50 |
171 |
,87 |
| Reggio |
braccio |
250 |
,20 |
172 |
,66 |
215 |
,82 |
| Revel |
elle |
252 |
,80 |
170 |
,88 |
213 |
,60 |
| Rhodes |
pike |
357 |
, |
121 |
, |
151 |
,25 |
| Riga |
elle |
258 |
,90 |
166 |
,86 |
208 |
,57 |
| Rimini |
braccio |
302 |
,35 |
142 |
,88 |
178 |
,60 |
| Rochelle |
aune |
558 |
,25 |
77 |
,38 |
96 |
,73 |
| Rome |
canna for linens |
987 |
, |
43 |
,77 |
54 |
,71 |
| braccio ditto |
299 |
,80 |
144 |
,10 |
180 |
,12 |
| canna for cloths and silk stuffs |
939 |
,66 |
45 |
,97 |
57 |
,47 |
| braccio |
400 |
,50 |
107 |
,86 |
134 |
,83 |
| Rostock |
elle |
273 |
,15 |
158 |
,15 |
197 |
,69 |
| Rotenburg |
elle |
276 |
,90 |
156 |
, |
195 |
, |
| Rotterdam |
elle |
326 |
, |
132 |
,51 |
165 |
,64 |
| Rouen |
aune for cloths |
549 |
,75 |
78 |
,58 |
98 |
,23 |
| aune for linens |
659 |
,68 |
65 |
,49 |
81 |
,86 |
| Roveredo |
braccio for cloths |
299 |
,90 |
144 |
,05 |
180 |
,06 |
| braccio for silk stuffs |
351 |
,80 |
122 |
,80 |
153 |
,50 |
| Ruremonde |
elle |
324 |
, |
133 |
,33 |
166 |
,66 |
| Russia |
archine |
336 |
, |
128 |
,57 |
160 |
,71 |
| Saltzburg |
elle for silk stuffs |
379 |
,15 |
113 |
,94 |
142 |
,42 |
| elle for cloths |
474 |
,95 |
90 |
,96 |
113 |
,70 |
| Sayd |
pike |
285 |
,50 |
151 |
,31 |
189 |
,14 |
| St. Gall |
elle for cloths |
291 |
, |
1?8 |
,45 |
185 |
,57 |
| elle for linens |
378 |
,30 |
114 |
,20 |
142 |
,75 |
| St. Malo |
anne |
636 |
,25 |
67 |
,90 |
84 |
,87 |
| St. Petersburg |
archine |
336 |
, |
128 |
,57 |
160 |
,71 |
| St. Sebastian |
vara |
395 |
,25 |
109 |
,30 |
136 |
,62 |
| Saragossa |
cana |
978 |
,40 |
44 |
,15 |
55 |
,19 |
| Sardinia |
raso |
259 |
,20 |
166 |
,66 |
208 |
,33 |
| palmo |
118 |
,58 |
364 |
,32 |
455 |
,40 |
| Schafhausen |
elle |
285 |
, |
151 |
,58 |
189 |
,47 |
| Schweinfurt |
elle |
275 |
,50 |
156 |
,80 |
196 |
, |
| Scio |
pike long measure |
324 |
, |
133 |
,33 |
166 |
,66 |
| pike short measure |
311 |
,80 |
138 |
,55 |
173 |
,19 |
| Scotland |
ell old measure |
446 |
,40 |
96 |
,77 |
120 |
,96 |
| Seville |
vara |
395 |
,25 |
109 |
,30 |
136 |
,62 |
| Siam |
ken |
453 |
,85 |
95 |
,18 |
118 |
,98 |
| covid |
216 |
, |
200 |
, |
250 |
, |
| Sicily |
canna |
918 |
,72 |
47 |
,02 |
58 |
,77 |
| palmo |
114 |
,84 |
376 |
,18 |
470 |
,22 |
| Sienna |
braccio for linens |
283 |
,50 |
152 |
,38 |
190 |
,48 |
| braccio for cloths |
178 |
,35 |
242 |
,22 |
302 |
,78 |
| Silesia |
elle |
272 |
, |
158 |
,82 |
198 |
,53 |
| Smyrna |
pike |
324 |
, |
133 |
,33 |
166 |
,66 |
| Soleure |
elle |
259 |
,60 |
166 |
,40 |
208 |
, |
| Spain |
vara |
295 |
,25 |
109 |
,30 |
136 |
,62 |
| Stade |
elle |
274 |
,85 |
157 |
,17 |
196 |
,47 |
| Stettin |
elle |
307 |
,36 |
140 |
,55 |
175 |
,69 |
| Stockholm |
elle |
280 |
,40 |
154 |
,06 |
192 |
,58 |
| Stralsund |
elle |
274 |
,85 |
157 |
,17 |
196 |
,47 |
| Strasburg |
elle |
562 |
,51 |
76 |
,80 |
96 |
, |
| brache |
254 |
,60 |
169 |
,68 |
212 |
,10 |
| Surat |
guz |
336 |
, |
128 |
,57 |
160 |
,75 |
| cobit |
216 |
, |
200 |
, |
250 |
, |
| Sweden |
elle |
280 |
,40 |
154 |
,06 |
192 |
,58 |
| Teneriff |
vara |
395 |
,25 |
109 |
,30 |
136 |
,62 |
| Thorn |
elle |
269 |
, |
160 |
,59 |
200 |
,74 |
| Toledo |
vara |
395 |
,25 |
109 |
,30 |
136 |
,62 |
| Tortosa |
cana |
751 |
,75 |
57 |
,46 |
71 |
,83 |
| Toulon |
canne |
915 |
,80 |
47 |
,17 |
58 |
,96 |
| Toulouse |
canne |
859 |
,75 |
50 |
,25 |
62 |
,81 |
| Tournai |
aune |
292 |
,45 |
147 |
,72 |
184 |
,65 |
| Trente |
elle for cloths |
319 |
,60 |
135 |
,17 |
168 |
,96 |
| elle for silk stuffs |
289 |
, |
149 |
,48 |
186 |
,85 |
| Treves |
elle |
263 |
,60 |
163 |
,89 |
204 |
,86 |
| Trevigo |
braccio |
316 |
,75 |
136 |
,38 |
170 |
,48 |
| Trieste |
elle for cloths |
319 |
,20 |
135 |
,34 |
169 |
,17 |
| elle for silk stuffs |
302 |
,55 |
142 |
,78 |
178 |
,48 |
| Tripoli in Barbary |
pike |
260 |
,90 |
165 |
,58 |
206 |
,98 |
| Tripoli in Syria |
pike |
324 |
, |
133 |
,33 |
166 |
,66 |
| Troppau |
elle |
268 |
,50 |
160 |
,90 |
201 |
,12 |
| Troyes |
aune |
374 |
,70 |
115 |
,29 |
144 |
,12 |
| Tunis |
pike for cloths |
317 |
,80 |
135 |
,93 |
169 |
,92 |
| pike for silk stuffs |
297 |
,93 |
145 |
, |
181 |
,25 |
| pike for linens |
223 |
,40 |
193 |
,38 |
241 |
,72 |
| Turkey |
pike long measure |
316 |
, |
136 |
,70 |
170 |
,88 |
| pike short measure |
306 |
, |
141 |
,18 |
176 |
,47 |
| Turin |
raso |
284 |
,90 |
151 |
,63 |
189 |
,54 |
| Ulm |
elle |
268 |
,50 |
160 |
,90 |
201 |
,12 |
| Valencia |
vara |
428 |
,20 |
100 |
,88 |
120 |
,10 |
| Valenciennes |
aune |
311 |
,10 |
138 |
,86 |
173 |
,58 |
| Venice |
braccio for cloths |
314 |
,90 |
137 |
,19 |
171 |
,48 |
| braccio for silk stuffs |
296 |
,40 |
145 |
,75 |
182 |
,18 |
| Verden |
elle |
274 |
,85 |
157 |
,17 |
196 |
,47 |
| Verona |
braccio |
296 |
,40 |
145 |
,75 |
182 |
,18 |
| Vicenza |
braccio |
323 |
,45 |
133 |
,56 |
166 |
,95 |
| Vienna |
elle |
367 |
, |
117 |
,71 |
147 |
,14 |
| Waldenburg |
elle |
272 |
, |
158 |
,82 |
198 |
,53 |
| Warendorf |
elle |
276 |
,25 |
156 |
,38 |
195 |
,47 |
| Warsaw |
elle |
291 |
,40 |
148 |
,25 |
185 |
,32 |
| Windesheim |
elle |
311 |
,50 |
138 |
,68 |
173 |
,35 |
| Wirtemburg |
elle |
318 |
, |
135 |
,85 |
169 |
,81 |
| Wismar |
elle |
275 |
,30 |
156 |
,92 |
196 |
,15 |
| Wurtzburg |
elle |
274 |
,10 |
157 |
,60 |
197 |
, |
| Xativa |
vara |
420 |
,50 |
102 |
,73 |
128 |
,42 |
| Ypres |
aune |
330 |
,25 |
130 |
,81 |
163 |
,51 |
| Zell |
elle |
274 |
,85 |
157 |
,17 |
196 |
,47 |
| Zittau |
elle |
269 |
,10 |
160 |
,54 |
200 |
,67 |
| Zurich |
elle |
283 |
,40 |
152 |
,43 |
190 |
,54 |
The following examples will shew in
what manner the proportion between the
measures of any two given countries may
be ascertained.
Examples.
Let it be required to reduce 100 archines
of Russia into varas of Spain.
The archine measuring 336 English
lines, and the vara 395,25, according to
the table prefixed, I state the following
equation:
| |
100 |
archines = x |
| 1 |
|
archine |
= |
336 |
lines |
| 395 |
,25 |
lines |
= |
1 |
vara |
| Result 85,01 varas. |
Reduce 100 varas into archines.
| |
100 |
|
varas = x |
| 1 |
vara |
= |
395 |
,25 |
lines |
| 336 |
lines |
= |
1 |
|
archine |
| Result 117,63 archines. |
English Long Measure.
| inch |
|
| 3 |
|
palm |
|
| 9 |
|
3 |
|
span |
|
| 12 |
|
4 |
|
1 |
¹⁄₄ |
foot |
|
| 18 |
|
6 |
|
2 |
|
1 |
¹⁄₂ |
cubit |
|
| 36 |
|
12 |
|
4 |
|
3 |
|
2 |
|
yard |
|
| 45 |
|
15 |
|
5 |
|
3 |
³⁄₄ |
2 |
¹⁄₂ |
1 |
¹⁄₄ |
ell |
|
| 60 |
|
20 |
|
6 |
²⁄₃ |
5 |
|
3 |
¹⁄₂ |
1 |
³⁄₄ |
1 |
¹⁄₄ |
pace |
fath- om |
|
| 72 |
|
24 |
|
8 |
|
6 |
|
4 |
|
2 |
|
1 |
³⁄₄ |
1 |
¹⁄₅ |
|
| 198 |
|
66 |
|
22 |
|
16 |
¹⁄₂ |
11 |
|
5 |
¹⁄₂ |
4 |
|
3 |
¹⁄₁₀ |
2 |
³⁄₄ |
pole |
fur- long |
|
| 7920 |
|
2640 |
|
880 |
|
660 |
|
440 |
|
220 |
|
176 |
|
132 |
|
110 |
|
40 |
|
|
| 63360 |
|
21120 |
|
7040 |
|
5280 |
|
3520 |
|
1760 |
|
1408 |
|
1056 |
|
880 |
|
320 |
|
8 |
|
mile |
Jewish Long or Itinerary Measure.
| |
Eng. |
| miles. |
paces. |
feet.dec. |
| cubit |
0 |
0 |
1 |
.824 |
| 400 |
stadium |
0 |
145 |
4 |
.6 |
| 2000 |
5 |
Sab. day’s journey |
0 |
729 |
3 |
.0 |
| 4000 |
10 |
2 |
eastern mile |
1 |
403 |
1 |
.0 |
| 12000 |
30 |
6 |
3 |
parasang |
4 |
153 |
3 |
.0 |
| 96000 |
240 |
48 |
24 |
8 |
a day’s journey |
33 |
172 |
4 |
.0 |
Roman long Measure, reduced to English.
| |
Eng. |
| paces. |
ft. |
dec. inch |
| digitus transversus |
0 |
0 |
0 |
.725¹⁄₄ |
| 1 |
³⁄₄ |
uncia |
0 |
0 |
0 |
.967 |
| 4 |
|
3 |
|
palmus minor |
0 |
0 |
2 |
.901 |
| 16 |
|
12 |
|
4 |
|
pes |
0 |
0 |
11 |
.604 |
| 20 |
|
15 |
|
5 |
|
1 |
¹⁄₄ |
palmipes |
0 |
1 |
2 |
.505 |
| 24 |
|
18 |
|
6 |
|
1 |
¹⁄₂ |
1 |
¹⁄₅ |
cubitus |
0 |
1 |
5 |
.406 |
| 40 |
|
30 |
|
10 |
|
2 |
¹⁄₂ |
2 |
|
1 |
²⁄₃ |
gradus |
0 |
1 |
5 |
.01 |
| 80 |
|
60 |
|
20 |
|
5 |
|
4 |
|
3 |
¹⁄₂ |
2 |
|
passus |
0 |
4 |
10 |
.02 |
| 10000 |
|
7500 |
|
2500 |
|
625 |
|
500 |
|
416 |
²⁄₃ |
250 |
|
215 |
|
stadium |
120 |
4 |
4 |
.5 |
| 80000 |
|
60000 |
|
20000 |
|
5000 |
|
4000 |
|
3333 |
¹⁄₃ |
2000 |
|
1000 |
|
8 |
|
milliare |
967 |
0 |
0 |
|
English square or superficial Measures,
are raised from the yard of 36 inches multiplied
into itself; and this producing
1296 square inches in the square yard, the
divisions of this are square feet and inches,
and the multipliers, poles, roods, and acres.
English square Measure.
| inches |
| 144 |
|
feet |
| 1296 |
|
9 |
|
yards |
| 3600 |
|
25 |
|
2 |
|
paces |
| 39204 |
|
272 |
¹⁄₄ |
30 |
¹⁄₄ |
10 |
,89 |
poles |
| 1568160 |
|
10890 |
|
1210 |
|
435 |
,6 |
40 |
|
roods |
| 6272640 |
|
43560 |
|
4840 |
|
1743 |
,6 |
160 |
|
4 |
|
acres |
Long Measure.
| 12 |
|
Inches |
make |
1 |
Foot. |
| 3 |
|
Feet |
—— |
1 |
Yard. |
| 5 |
¹⁄₂ |
Yards |
—— |
1 |
Pole, or perch. |
| 40 |
|
Poles |
—— |
1 |
Furlong. |
| 8 |
|
Furlongs |
—— |
1 |
Mile. |
| 4 |
|
Inches |
—— |
1 |
Hand. |
| 6 |
|
Feet |
—— |
1 |
Fathom, or toise. |
| 3 |
|
Miles |
—— |
1 |
League. |
| 60 |
|
Nautical, or geographical miles, or 69¹⁄₂ statute miles |
—— |
1 |
Degree. |
Square Measure.
| 144 |
|
Square inches |
make |
1 |
Square foot. |
| 9 |
|
Square feet |
—— |
1 |
Square yard. |
| 30 |
¹⁄₄ |
Square yards |
—— |
1 |
Square pole. |
| 40 |
|
Square poles |
—— |
1 |
Square rood. |
| 4 |
|
Square roods |
—— |
1 |
Square acre. |
Solid, or Cubic Measure.
| 1728 |
|
Cubic in. |
make |
1 |
Cubic foot. |
| 27 |
|
Cubic feet |
—— |
1 |
Cubic yard. |
| 251 |
|
Cubic in. |
—— |
1 |
Gal. wine measure. |
| 281 |
|
do. |
—— |
1 |
Gal. beer measure. |
| 168 |
³⁄₅ |
do. |
—— |
1 |
Gal. dry measure. |
Dry Measure.
| 8 |
Pints |
make |
1 |
Gallon. |
| 2 |
Gallons |
—— |
1 |
Peck. |
| 4 |
Pecks |
—— |
1 |
Bushel. |
| 4 |
Bushels |
—— |
1 |
Coom. |
| 2 |
Cooms |
—— |
1 |
Quarter. |
| 5 |
Quarters |
—— |
1 |
Wey. |
| 2 |
Weys |
—— |
1 |
Last. |
Avoirdupois Weight.
| 16 |
Drams |
make |
1 |
Ounce. |
| 16 |
Ounces |
—— |
1 |
Pound. |
| 28 |
Pounds |
—— |
¹⁄₄ |
of a Hundred. |
| 4 |
Quarters |
—— |
1 |
Hundred. |
| 20 |
Hundred |
—— |
1 |
Ton. |
| 14 |
Pounds |
—— |
1 |
Stone. |
French square Measures, are regulated
by 12 square lines in the inch square, 12
inches in the foot, 22 feet in the perch, and
100 perches in the arpent or acre.
French liquid Measures. At Paris,
and in a great part of the kingdom, the
smallest measure is the possou, which
contains six cubic inches; 2 possous
make the demi-septier; 2 demi-septiers
the chopine; 2 chopines a pint; 2 pints a
quart or pot; 4 quarts the gallon, or
septier of estimation; 36 septiers the
muid; which is subdivided into 2 demi-muids,
4 quarter muids, and 8 half quarter
muids. The queue in Orleans, Blois,
&c. contains a Paris muid and a half.
The tun used at Bayonne and Bourdeaux,
consists of 4 bariques, and equal to 3
Paris muids; at Orleans to 2: so that the
first tun contains 864 pint, and the second
576. The demi-queue in Champagne, 96
quarts; the pipe in Anjou and Poictou,
2 bussards, equal to a demi-queues of
Orleans, &c. or a muid and a half of
Paris. The millerolle used in Provence,
contains 66 Paris pints; and the poincon
at Nantz, in Touraine, and the Blessois,
equal to half the Orleans tun. The poincou
at Paris is the same with the demi-queue.
French Weights and Measures.
The toise is commonly used in France
for military purposes, and is divided into
6 feet: each foot 12 inches; each inch
12 lines; each line 12 points. The
pace is usually reckoned at 2¹⁄₂ feet.
Poids de Marc, ou de Paris.
| 24 |
Grains |
make |
1 |
Den’r. |
| 3 |
Den’rs. |
—— |
1 |
Gros. |
| 8 |
Gros |
—— |
1 |
Ounce. |
| 8 |
Ounces |
—— |
1 |
Marc. |
| 2 |
Marcs |
—— |
1 |
Pound. |
The French have lately formed an entire
new system of weights and measures:
the following short account of them, and
their proportion to the old weights and
measures of France, and those of English
standard, is extracted from Nicholson’s
Natural Philosophy.
| Proportions of the measures of each species to its principal measure or unity. |
First part of the name which indicates the proportion to the principal measure or unity. |
PRINCIPAL MEASURES, OR UNITIES. |
| Length. |
Capacity. |
Weight. |
Agrarian. |
For Firewood. |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| 10,000 |
|
Myria |
|
- |
Metre. |
Litre. |
Gramme. |
Are. |
Stere. |
| 1,000 |
|
Kilo |
| 100 |
|
Hecto |
| 10 |
|
Deca |
| 0 |
|
—— |
| 0 |
.1 |
Deci |
| 0 |
.01 |
Centi |
| 0 |
.001 |
Milli |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Proportion of the principal measures between themselves, and the length of the Meridian. |
10,000,000th part of the dist. from the Pole to the Equator. |
A Decimetre cube. |
Weight of a centimetre cube of distilled Water. |
100 square metres. |
One cubic metre. |
| Value of the principal measures in the ancient French measures. |
3 feet 11 lines and ¹⁄₂ nearly. |
1 pint and ¹⁄₂₀ or 1 litron and ¹⁄₄ nearly. |
18 grains and 841,000 parts. |
Two square perches des eaux et foret. |
1 demi voie or ¹⁄₄ of a cord des eaux et foret. |
| Value in English measures. |
Inches 39·383. |
61.083 inch, which is more than the wine and less than the beer quart. |
22·966 grains. |
11·968 square yards. |
|
By the new metrical system of the
French, the geometrical circle used in astronomical,
geographical, and topographical
calculations, is divided instead of 360,
into 400 equal parts, which are called
grades: each grade is divided into 100
equal parts which are called minutes of
grades: and each minute into 100 seconds,
of grades. The proportion of the new to
the old degree is 0.9; and the next proportion
or minute is 54′ of the old division;
and the new second is 32″.4 of the
ancient.
Reduction of the old French Weights and measures
to English; and the contrary.
| 1st. To reduce English Avoirdupois to Paris weight: |
| The avoirdupois pound of 16 ounces, or 7000 troy grains |
= |
8538 |
|
- |
Paris grains |
| The ounce |
= |
533.6250 |
| 2d. To reduce Paris running feet or inches into English, multiply by |
|
- |
1.065977 |
| —— English running feet or inches into Paris divide by |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| 3d. To reduce Paris cubic feet or inches into English, multiply by |
|
- |
1.211278 |
| —— English cubic feet or inches into Paris, divide by |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| 4th. To reduce the Paris pint to the English, multiply by |
|
- |
2.0171082 |
| —— To reduce the English pint to the Paris, divide by |
German Measures. The Rhinland
rood is the measure commonly used in
Germany and Holland, and in most of the
northern states, for all military purposes.
It is divided into 12 feet. The Rhinland
rood is sometimes divided into tenths,
or decimal feet, and the pace is made equal
to 2 decimal feet, or ²⁄₁₀ of a rood.
Proportions between the English Weights
and Measures, and those of the principal
Places in Europe.
| Places. |
Foot in Parts. |
Pound in Parts. |
| London |
1000 |
100 |
| Paris |
1068 |
108 |
| Amsterdam |
942 |
93 |
| Rhinland |
1033 |
96 |
| Antwerp |
946 |
98 |
| Lovaine |
958 |
98 |
| Middleburgh |
991 |
98 |
| Strasburgh |
920 |
93 |
| Bremen |
964 |
94 |
| Cologne |
954 |
97 |
| Frankfort |
948 |
93 |
| Leipsig |
— |
117 |
| Hamburg |
— |
95 |
| Venice |
1153 |
151 |
| Prague |
1026 |
106 |
| Copenhagen |
965 |
94 |
| Nuremburgh |
1006 |
94 |
| Bavaria |
954 |
40 |
| Vienna |
1053 |
83 |
| Madrid |
1001 |
99 |
| Toledo |
899 |
100 |
| Bologne |
1204 |
127 |
| Naples |
861 |
— |
| Florence |
— |
123 |
| Genoa |
— |
142 |
| Mantua |
1569 |
143 |
| Turin |
1062 |
— |
| Dantzig |
944 |
119 |
Cubical Measures, or measures of
capacity for liquors. English liquid
measures were originally raised from troy
weight, it being ordained that pounds troy
of wheat, gathered from the middle of the
ear, and well dried, should weigh a gallon
of wine measure; yet a new weight, viz.
the avoirdupois weight, had been introduced,
to which a second standard gallon
was adjusted, exceeding the former in the
proportion of the avoirdupois weight to
the troy weight. From this latter standard
were raised two measures, the one for
ale, the other for beer.
The sealed gallon at Guildhall, London,
which is the English standard for wine,
spirits, oil, &c. is supposed to contain 231
cubic inches; yet by actual experiment
made in 1688, before the lord mayor and
commissioners of excise, it only contains
224 cubic inches. It was however agreed
to continue the common supposed contents
of 231: hence, as 12 : 231 ∷ 14¹²⁄₂₀ :
281¹⁄₂ the cubic inches in an ale gallon;
but in effect, the ale quart contains 70¹⁄₂
cubic inches; on which principles the ale
and beer gallon will be 282 cubic inches.
Dry Measure, is different from both
the ale and wine measure, being nearly a
mean between both.
According to a British act of parliament,
passed in 1697, every round bushel
with a plain and even bottom, being 18¹⁄₂
inches throughout, and eight inches deep,
is to be accounted a legal Winchester
bushel, according to the standard in the
exchequer; consequently a corn gallon
will contain 268.8 inches, as in the following
table.
| inches |
| 2688 |
|
gallons |
| 5376 |
|
2 |
|
pecks |
| 21504 |
|
8 |
|
4 |
¹⁄₂ |
bushels |
| 172032 |
|
64 |
|
32 |
|
8 |
|
quarters |
Winchester Measure.
| 2 |
Pints |
make |
1 |
Quart. |
| 4 |
Quarts |
—— |
1 |
Gallon. |
| 9 |
Gallons |
—— |
1 |
Firkin. |
| 2 |
Firkins, or 18 Gallon |
—— |
1 |
Kilderkin. |
| 2 |
Kilderkins, or 36 Gallons |
—— |
1 |
Barrel. |
| 1 |
Barrel and half, or 54 Gallons |
—— |
1 |
Hogshead. |
| 2 |
Hogsheads or 3 barrels, or 108 Gallons |
—— |
1 |
Butt. |
| 2 |
Butts, or 216 Gallons |
—— |
1 |
Tun. |
Table Cloth Measure.
| 2 |
Inches and a Quarter |
make |
1 |
Nail. |
| 4 |
Nails |
—— |
¹⁄₄ |
of a Yard. |
| 4 |
Quarters |
—— |
1 |
Yard. |
| ³⁄₄ |
of a Yard |
—— |
1 |
Ell Flemish. |
| 5 |
Quarters, or 1 Yard 1 Quarter |
—— |
1 |
Ell English. |
| 6 |
Quarters |
—— |
1 |
French Ell. |
Measure of wood for firing, is the cord,
being four feet high, as many broad, and
the length of the wood is as by law established,
it is divided into two half cords.
Measure for horses, is the hand, which
by statute contains 4 inches.
Powder Measures, made of copper,
holding from an ounce to 12 pounds, are
very convenient in a siege, when guns or
mortars are to be loaded with loose powder,
especially in ricochet-firing, &c.
The French recommend measures that
are made of block tin, such as are used for
measuring out salt, viz. 1 ounce, 2, 3, 4,
8, which make the half pound; and lastly,
of 16, which make the pound. These
quantities answer every sort of ordnance.
Diameters and Heights of Cylindric Powder Measures,
holding from 1 to 15 Ounces.
| Ounces |
0 |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
| 0 |
0 |
1·256 |
1·583 |
1·811 |
1·994 |
2·148 |
| 1 |
2·706 |
2·793 |
2·876 |
2·953 |
3·027 |
3·098 |
Diameters and Heights of Cylindric Powder Measures,
holding from 1 to 15 Pounds.
| Pounds |
0 |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
| 0 |
0 |
3·165 |
3·988 |
4·565 |
5·024 |
5·412 |
| 1 |
6·890 |
7·039 |
7·245 |
7·442 |
7·628 |
7·805 |
The above are in inches and decimals.
Measure-angle, a brass instrument
to measure angles, either saliant or rentrant,
for exactly ascertaining the number
of degrees and minutes, to delineate
them on paper.
| MEASURING, |
|
- |
| MENSURATION, |
in military mathematics,
the assuming
any certain quantity, and expressing
the proportion of other similar quantities
to the same; or the determining,
by a certain known measure, the precise
extent, quantity, or capacity of any thing.
Measuring, in general, constitutes
the practical part of geometry; and from
the various subjects which it embraces, it
acquires various names, and constitutes
various arts, viz.
Longimetry,
Altimetry,
Levelling,
Geodesia, or
Surveying,
Stereometry,
Superficies, and
Solids,
&c. which see.
Measuring. See Chain.
MECHANICS, a mixed mathematical
science, which considers motion and
moving powers, their nature and laws,
with the effects thereof, in machines,
&c. The word is derived from the Greek.
That part which considers motion arising
from gravity, is sometimes called statics,
in contradistinction from that part which
considers the mechanical powers and their
application, properly called mechanics:
it is, in fine, the geometry of motion.
Mechanics. The whole momentum
or quantity of force of a moving body, is
the result of the quantity of matter,
multiplied by the velocity with which
it is moved; and when the product arising
from the multiplication of the particular
quantities of matter in any two
bodies, by their respective velocities are
equal, their momentum will be so too.
Upon this easy principle depends the
whole of mechanics; and it holds universally
true, that when two bodies are suspended
on any machine, so as to act contrary
to each other; if the machine be
put in motion, and the perpendicular ascent
of one body multiplied into its
weight, be equal to the perpendicular descent
of the other, multiplied into its
weight, those bodies, how unequal soever
in their weights, will balance each other in
all situations: for, as the whole ascent
of the one is performed in the same time
as the whole descent of the other, their
respective velocities must be as the spaces
they move through; and the excess of
weight in one is compensated by the excess
of velocity in the other. Upon this
principle it is easy to compute the power
of any engine, either simple or compound;
for it is only finding how much swifter
the power moves than the weight does,
(i. e. how much further in the same time,)
and just so much is the power increased
by the help of the engine.
The simple machines usually called
mechanic powers, are six in number, viz.
the lever, the wheel and axle, the pulley,
the inclined plane, the wedge, and the screw.
There are four kinds of levers: 1st,
where the prop is placed between the
weight and the power. 2d, where the
prop is at one end of the lever, the power
at the other, and the weight between
them. 3d, where the prop is at one end,
the weight at the other, and the power applied
between them. 4th, the bended
lever, which differs from the first in
form, but not in property.
In the first and 2d kind, the advantage
gained by the lever, is as the distance of
the power from the prop, to the distance
of the weight from the prop. In the 3d
kind, that there may be a balance between
the power and the weight, the intensity of
the power must exceed the intensity of
the weight, just as much as the distance
of the weight from the prop exceeds the
distance of the power from the prop. As
this kind of lever is disadvantageous to the
moving power, it is seldom used.
Wheel and axle. Here the velocity of
the power is to the velocity of the weight,
as the circumference of the wheel is to the
circumference of the axle.
Pulley. A single pulley, that only
turns on its axis, and does not move out of
its place, serves only to change the direction
of the power, but gives no mechanical
advantage. The advantage gained in this
machine, is always as twice the number
of moveable pullies; without taking any
notice of the fixed pullies necessary to
compose the system of pullies.
Inclined plane. The advantage gained
by the inclined plane, is as great as its
length exceeds its perpendicular height.
The force wherewith a rolling body descends
upon an inclined plane, is to the
force of its absolute gravity, as the height
of the plane is to its length.
Wedge. This may be considered as two
equally inclined planes, joined together at
their bases. When the wood does not
cleave at any distance before the wedge,
there will be an equilibrium between the
power impelling the wedge, and the resistance
of the wood acting against its two
sides; when the power is to the resistance,
as half the thickness of the wedge at the
back, is to the length of either of its sides;
because the resistance then acts perpendicular
to the sides of the wedge: but
when the resistance on both sides acts
parallel to the back, the power that balances
the resistance on both sides will be,
as the length of the whole back of the
wedge is to double its perpendicular
height. When the wood cleaves at any
distance before the wedge, (as it generally
does) the power impelling the wedge will
be to the resistance of the wood, as half
the length of the back is to the length of
either of the sides of the cleft, estimated
from the top, or acting part of the wedge.
Screw. Here the advantage gained is as
much as the circumference of a circle described
by the handle of the winch, exceeds
the interval or distance between the spirals
of the screw.
There are few compound engines, but
what, on account of the friction of parts
against one another, will require a third
part more power to work them when
loaded, than what is required to constitute
a balance between the power and the
weight.
MECHANICAL, something relating
to mechanics.
Mechanical philosophy, that which
explains the phenomena of nature, and
the operations of corporeal things, on the
principles of mechanics; namely, the
motion, gravity, figure, arrangement, &c.
of the parts which compose natural bodies.
Mechanical powers. When two
heavy bodies or weights are made by any
contrivance to act against each other, so as
mutually to prevent each other, from
being put into motion by gravity, they are
said to be in equilibrio. The same expression
is used with respect to other forces,
which mutually prevent each other from
producing motion.
Any force may be compared with gravity,
considered as a standard. Weight is
the action of gravity on a given mass.
Whatever therefore is proved concerning
the weights of bodies will be true in like
circumstances of other forces.
Weights are supposed to act in lines of
direction parallel to each other. In fact,
these lines are directed to the centre of the
earth, but the angle formed between any
two of them within the space occupied by
a mechanical engine is so small, that the
largest and most accurate astronomical
instruments are scarcely capable of exhibiting
it.
The simplest of those instruments, by
means of which weights or forces are
made to act in opposition to each other,
are usually termed mechanical powers.
Their names are, the lever, the axis or
axle, and wheel, the pully or tackle, the inclined
plane, the wedge, and the screw.
Of the Lever.
The lever is defined to be a moveable
and inflexible line, acted upon by three
forces, the middle one of which is contrary
in direction to the other two.
One of these forces is usually produced
by the re-action of a fixed body, called
the fulcrum.
If two contrary forces be applied to a
lever at unequal distances from the fulcrum,
they will equiponderate when the
forces are to each other in the reciprocal
proportion of their distances. For, by
the resolution of force it appears, that if
two contrary forces be applied to a straight
lever, at distances from the fulcrum in the
reciprocal proportion of their quantities,
and in directions always parallel to each
other, the lever will remain at rest in any
position.
Since of the three forces which act on
the lever, the two which are applied at
the extremes, are always in a contrary direction
to that which is applied in the
space between them: this last force will
sustain the effects of the other two; or, in
other words, if the fulcrum be placed
between the weights, it will be acted
upon by their difference.
On the principle of the lever are made,
scales for weighing different quantities
of various kinds of things; the steelyard,
which answers the same purpose by a
single weight, removed to different distances
from the fulcrum on a graduated
arm, according as the body to be weighed is
more or less in quantity; and the bent
lever balance, which, by the revolution
of a fixed weight, increasing in power as it
ascends in the arc of a circle, indicates the
weight of the counterpoise.
On this principle also, depend the
motions of animals; the overcoming or
lifting great weights by means of iron
levers, called crows; the action of nutcrackers,
pincers, and many other instruments
of the same nature.
Of the Axis or Axle, and Wheel, and of the
Pulley or Tackle.
The axis and wheel may be considered
as a lever, one of the forces being applied
at the circumference of the axis, and the
other at the circumference of the wheel,
the central line of the axis being as it were
the fulcrum.
For if the semidiameter of the axis, be
to the semidiameter of the wheel, reciprocally
as the power of A is to the power
B, the first of which is applied in the direction
of a tangent of the axis, and the
other in the direction of the tangent of the
wheel, they will be in equilibrium.
To this power may be referred the capstan
or crane, by which weights are raised;
the winch and barrel, for drawing
water, and numberless other machines on
the same principle.
The pully is likewise explained on the
same principle of the lever. Suppose the
line A. C. to be a lever, whose arms
A. B. and B. C. are equidistant from the
fulcrum B. consequently the two equal
powers E. and F. applied in the directions
of the tangents to the circle in which
the extremities are moveable, will be in
equilibrium, and the fulcrum B. will sustain
both forces.
But, suppose the fulcrum is at C. then
a given force at E. will sustain in equilibrium
a double force at F. for in that
proportion reciprocally are their distances
from the fulcrum. Whence it appears,
that considering E. as a force, and F. as a
weight to be raised, no increase of power
is gained, when the pulley is fixed, but
that a double increase of power is gained,
when the pulley moves with the weight.
A combination of pullies is called a
tackle, and a box containing one or more
pullies, is called a block.
This is a tackle composed of four pullies,
two of which are in the fixed block
A. and the other two in the block B.
that moves with the weight F. Now,
because the rope is equally stretched
throughout, each lower pulley will be acted
upon by an equal part of the weight; and
because in each pully that moves with
the weight a double increase of power is
gained; the force by which F. may be
sustained will be equal to half the weight
divided by the number of lower pullies:
that is, as twice the number of lower pullies
is to one, so is the weight suspending
force.
But if the extremity of the rope C. be
affixed to the lower block, it will sustain
half as much as a pulley; consequently
the analogy will then be, as twice the
number of lower pullies, more 2 is to 1,
so is the weight suspended to the suspending
force.
The pulley or tackle is of such general
utility, that it would seem unnecessary
to point out any particular instance.
Of the inclined Plane, and of the Wedge.
The inclined plane has in its effects a
near analogy to the lever; and the forces
by which the same weight tends downwards
in the directions of various planes,
will be as the sines of their inclinations.
The wedge is composed of two inclined
planes joined together at their common
bases, in the direction of which the power
is impressed.
This instrument is generally used in
splitting wood, and was formerly applied
in engines for stamping watch plates.
The force impressed is commonly a blow,
which is found to be much more effectual
than a weight or pressure. This may be
accounted for on the principles which
obtain when resisting bodies are penetrated,
as if the mass and velocity vary, the
depths to which the impinging body
penetrates will be in the compound
ratio of the masses and the squares of the
velocities.
All cutting instruments may be referred
to the wedge. A chizel, or an axe, is
a simple wedge; a saw is a number of
chizels fixed in a line: a knife may be
considered as a simple wedge, when employed
in splitting; but if attention be
paid to the edge, it is found to be a fine
saw, as is evident from the much greater
effect all knives produce by a drawing
stroke, than what would have followed
from a direct action of the edge.
Of the Screw, and of mechanical Engines,
in general.
The screw is composed of two parts,
one of which is called the screw, and consists
of a spiral protuberance, called the
thread, which is wound round a cylinder;
and the other called the nut, is perforated
to the dimensions of the cylinder, and in
the internal cavity is cut a spiral groove
adapted to receive the thread.
It would be difficult to enumerate the
very many uses to which the screw is applied.
It is extremely serviceable in compressing
bodies together, as paper, linen,
&c. It is the principal organ in all stamping
instruments for striking coins, or
making impressions on paper, linen, or
cards, and is of vast utility to the philosopher,
by affording an easy method of
measuring or subdividing small spaces.
A very ordinary screw will divide an inch
into 5,000 parts; but the fine hardened
steel screws, that are applied to astronomical
instruments, will go much farther.
It is easy to conceive, that when forces
applied to mechanical instruments are in
equilibrium, if the least addition be made
to one of them, it will preponderate and
overcome the effort. But the want of a
perfect polish or smoothness in the parts
of all instruments, and the rigidity of all
ropes, which increases with the tension,
are great impediments to motion, and in
compounded engines are found to diminish
about one fourth of the effect of the power.
The properties of all the mechanical
powers depending on the laws of motion,
and the action or tendency to produce
motion of each of the two forces, being
applied in directions contrary to each
other, the following general rule for finding
the proportion of the forces in equilibrium
on any machine will require no proof.
If two weights applied to the extremes
of any mechanical engine, be to each
other in the reciprocal proportion of the
velocities resolved into a perpendicular
direction, (rejecting the other part) which
would be acquired by each when put in
motion for the same indefinitely small
time, they will be in equilibrio.
Whence it may be observed, that in all
contrivances by which power is gained,
a proportional loss is suffered in respect
of time. If one man by means of a tackle,
can raise as much weight, as ten men
could by their unassisted strength, he
will be ten times as long about it.
It is convenience alone, and not any
actual increase of force, which we obtain
from mechanics. As may be illustrated
by the following example:
Suppose a man at the top of a house
draws up ten weights, one at a time, by
a single rope, in ten minutes: let him
then have a tackle of five lower pullies,
and he will draw up the whole ten at
once with the same ease as he before raised
up one; but in ten times the time, that
is, in ten minutes. Thus we see the
same work is performed in the same time,
whether the tackle be used or not: but
the convenience is, that if the whole ten
weights be joined into one, they may be
raised with the tackle, though it would
be impossible to move them by the unassisted
strength of one man; or suppose,
instead of ten weights, a man draws ten
buckets of water from the hold of a ship
in ten minutes, and that the ship being
leaky, admits an equal quantity in the
same time. It is proposed that by means
of a tackle, he shall raise a bucket ten
times as capacious. With this assistance
he performs it, but in as long a time as he
required to draw the ten, and therefore is as
far from gaining on the water in this latter
case as in the former.
Since then no real gain of force is acquired
from mechanical contrivances,
there is the greatest reason to conclude,
that a perpetual motion is not to be obtained.
For in all instruments the friction
of their parts, and other resistances,
destroy a part of the moving force, and at
last put an end to the motion.
Mechanical, in mathematics, denotes
a construction of some problem, by the
assistance of instruments, as the duplicature
of the cube, and quadrature of the
circle, in contradistinction to that which
is done in an accurate and geometrical
manner.
MECHE, Fr. See Match.
MEDECIN, Fr. Physician.
MEDIATOR. Any state or power
which interferes to adjust a quarrel between
any two or more powers, is called a
mediator.
MEDICINE-CHEST, is composed of
all sorts of medicines necessary for a campaign,
together with such chirurgical instruments
as are useful, fitted up in
chests, and portable. The army and navy
are supplied with these at the expence of
government.
Specific regulations have been issued by
the war and navy offices, respecting the
quantity and quality of the different medicines.
MEDIUM GUARD, a preparatory
guard of the broad sword or sabre, which
consists in presenting the sword in a perpendicular
line with the centre of the opposed
object, having the point upwards,
the ward iron, and the cutting edge next
the object.
MEER BUKSHY, Ind. Chief paymaster.
MEER TOZUK, Ind. A marshal
whose business is to preserve order in a
procession or line of march, and to report
absentees.
MEGGHETERIARQUE, Fr. The
commanding officer of a body of men, who
formerly did duty at Constantinople, and
were called Héteriennes, being composed of
soldiers that were enlisted in the allied
nations.
MELEE, Fr. a military term, which
is used among the French to express the
hurry and confusion of a battle; thus,
Un Général habile conserve sa tranquillité
au milieu du combat, et dans l’horreur de la
mêlée:—An able general preserves his presence
of mind in the thickest of the battle,
and remains calm during the whole of the
conflict. Mêlée corresponds with the
English expression thick of the fight.
MEMOIRS, in military literature, a
species of history, written by persons who
had some share in the transactions they
relate, answering, in some measure, to
what the Romans call commentarii, i. e.
commentaries. Hence Cæsar’s Commentaries,
or the Memoirs of his Campaigns.
Memoir is the title given by military
officers to those plans which they offer to
their government or commanders on subjects
relating to war or military economy.
MEMORIAL, an address to the government
on any matter of public service.
BATTALION-MEN. All the soldiers
belonging to the different companies
of an infantry regiment are so called,
except those of the two flank companies.
Camp-Color MEN. Soldiers under the
immediate command and direction of the
quarter-master of a regiment. Their business
is to assist in marking out the lines
of an encampment, &c. to carry the camp
colors to the field on days of exercise, and
fix them occasionally for the purpose of
enabling the troops to take up correct
points in marching, &c. So that in this
respect they frequently, indeed almost
always, act as guides, or what the French
call Jalonneurs. They are likewise employed
in the trenches, and in all fatigue duties.
Drag-rope MEN. In the old artillery
exercise, the men attached to light or heavy
pieces of ordnance, for the purpose of advancing
or retreating in action, were so
called; the drag rope being exploded for
the bricole, the term is preserved merely
for explanation. The French servans à la
prolonge are of this description.
MENACE, an hostile threat. Any
officer or soldier using menacing words or
gestures in presence of a court-martial, or
to a superior officer, is punishable for the
same.—See the Articles of War.
MENSURATION, in general, denotes
the act or art of measuring lines, superficies,
and solids.
Mensuration, in military mathematics,
is the art or science which treats of the
measure of extension, or the magnitude of
figures; and it is, next to arithmetic, a
subject of the greatest use and importance,
both in affairs that are absolutely necessary
in human life, and in every branch
of mathematics: a subject by which
sciences are established, and commerce is
conducted; by whose aid we manage our
business, and inform ourselves of the
wonderful operations in nature; by which
we measure the heavens and the earth,
estimate the capacities of all vessels and
bulks of all bodies, gauge our liquors,
build edifices, measure our lands and the
works of artificers, buy and sell an infinite
variety of things necessary in life,
and are supplied with the means of making
the calculations which are necessary
for the construction of almost all machines.
It is evident that the close connection
of this subject with the affairs of men
would very early evince its importance to
them; and accordingly the greatest
among them have paid the utmost attention
to it; and the chief and most essential
discoveries in geometry in all ages,
have been made in consequence of their
efforts in this subject. Socrates thought
that the prime use of geometry was to
measure the ground, and indeed this business
gave name to the subject; and most
of the ancients seem to have had no other
end besides mensuration in view in all
their labored geometrical disquisitions.
Euclid’s elements are almost entirely devoted
to it; and although there be contained
in them many properties of geometrical
figures, which may be applied to
other purposes, and indeed of which the
moderns have made the most material uses
in various disquisitions of exceedingly
different kinds; notwithstanding this,
Euclid himself seems to have adapted
them entirely to this purpose: for, if it
be considered that his elements contain a
continued chain of reasoning, and of
truths, of which the former are successively
applied to the discovery of the latter,
one proposition depending on another,
and the succeeding propositions still approximating
towards some particular
object near the end of each book;
and when at the last we find that object
to be the quality, proportion or relation
between the magnitudes of figures both
plane and solid; it is scarcely possible
to avoid allowing this to have been
Euclid’s grand object. And accordingly
he determined the chief properties in the
mensuration of rectilineal plane and solid
figures; and squared all such planes,
and cubed all such solids. The only curve
figures which he attempted besides, are
the circle and sphere; and when he could
not accurately determine their measures,
he gave an excellent method of approximating
to them, by shewing how in a
circle to inscribe a regular polygon which
should not touch another circle, concentric
with the former, although their circumferences
should be ever so near together;
and, in like manner, between any
two concentric spheres to describe a polyhedron
which should not any where touch
the inner one: and approximations to
their measures are all that have hitherto
been given. But although he could not
square the circle, nor cube the sphere,
he determined the proportion of one circle
to another, and of one sphere to another,
as well as the proportions of all rectilineal
similar figures to one another.
Archimedes took up mensuration where
Euclid left it, and carried it a great length.
He was the first who squared a curvilineal
space, unless Hypocrates must be excepted
on account of his lunes. In his
times the conic sections were admitted in
geometry, and he applied himself closely
to the measuring of them as well as other
figures. Accordingly he determined the
relations of spheres, spheroids, and conoids,
to cylinders and cones; and the
relations of parabolas to rectilineal planes
whose quadratures had long before been
determined by Euclid. He hath left us
also his attempts upon the circle: he
proved that a circle is equal to a right angled
triangle, whose base is equal to the
circumference, and its altitude equal to
the radius; and consequently that its area
is found by drawing the radius into half
the circumference; and so reduced the
quadrature of the circle to the determination
of the ratio of the diameter to the
circumference; but which however hath
not yet been done. Being disappointed of
the exact quadrature of the circle, for
want of the rectification of its circumference,
which all his methods would not
effect, he proceeded to assign an useful
approximation to it: this he effected by
the numerical calculation of the perimeters
of the inscribed and circumscribed
polygons; from which calculations it appears,
that the perimeter of the circumscribed
regular polygon of 192 sides is to
the diameter in a less ratio than that of
3¹⁄₇ (3¹⁰⁄₇₀) to 1, and that the inscribed
polygon of 96 sides is to the diameter
in a greater ratio than that of 3¹⁰⁄₇₁ to
1; and consequently much more than the
circumference of the circle is to the diameter
in a less ratio than that of 3¹⁄₇ to 1,
but greater than that of 3¹⁰⁄₇₁ to 1: the
first ratio of 3¹⁄₇ to 1, reduced to whole
numbers, gives that of 22 to 7, for 3¹⁄₇ : 1 ∷ 22 : 7,
which therefore will be nearly
the ratio of the circumference to the
diameter. From this ratio of the circumference
to the diameter he computed the
approximate area of the circle, and found
it to be to the square of the diameter as
11 to 14. He likewise determined the relation
between the circle and elipsis, with
that of their similar parts. The hyperbola
too in all probability he attempted;
but it is not to be supposed, that he met
with any success, since approximations to
its area are all that can be given by all the
methods that have since been invented.
Besides these figures, he hath left us a
treatise on the spiral described by a point
moving uniformly along a right line, which
at the same time moves with an uniform
angular motion; and determined the proportion
of its area to that of its circumscribed
circle, as also the proportion of
their sectors.
Throughout the whole works of this
great man, which are chiefly on mensuration,
he every where discovers the deepest
design and finest invention; and seems to
have been (with Euclid) exceedingly careful
of admitting into his demonstrations
nothing but principles perfectly geometrical
and unexceptionable: and although
his most general method of demonstrating
the relations of curved figures to straight
ones, be by inscribing polygons in them,
yet to determine those relations, he does
not increase the number and diminish the
magnitude of the sides of the polygon ad
infinitum; but from this plain fundamental
principle, allowed in Euclid’s elements,
viz. that any quantity may be so often
multiplied, or added to itself, as that the
result shall exceed any proposed finite
quantity of the same kind, he proves that
to deny his figures to have the proposed
relations, would involve an absurdity.
He demonstrated also many properties,
particularly in the parabola, by means of
certain numerical progressions, whose
terms are similar to the inscribed figures:
but without considering such series to be
continued ad infinitum, and then summing
up the terms of such infinite series.
He had another very curious and singular
contrivance for determining the measures
of figures, in which he proceeds, as
it were, mechanically by weighing them.
Several other eminent men among the
ancients wrote upon this subject, both
before and after Euclid and Archimedes;
but their attempts were usually upon
particular parts of it, and according to
methods not essentially different from
theirs. Among these are to be reckoned
Thales, Anaxagoras, Pythagoras, Bryson,
Antiphon, Hypocrates of Chios, Plato,
Apollonius, Philo, and Ptolomy; most
of whom wrote of the quadrature of the
circle, and those after Archimedes, by his
method, usually extended the approximation
to a greater degree of accuracy.
Many of the moderns have also prosecuted
the same problem of the quadrature
of the circle, after the same methods, to
greater lengths: such are Viera, and Metius,
whose proportion between the diameter
and circumference is that of 113
to 355, which is within about ³⁄₁₀₀₀₀₀₀₀ of
the true ratio; but above all, Ludolph
van Ceulen, who with an amazing degree
of industry and patience, by the same
methods extended the ratio to 20 places
of figures, making it that of 1 to 3.14159265358979323846+.
The first material deviation from the
principles used by the ancients in geometrical
demonstrations was made by Cavalerius:
the sides of their inscribed and
circumscribed figures they always supposed
of a finite and assignable number
and length; he introduced the doctrine
of indivisibles, a method which was very
general and extensive, and which with
great ease and expedition served to measure
and compare geometrical figures. Very
little new matter however was added to
geometry by this method, its facility being
its chief advantage. But there was great
danger in using it, and it soon led the way
to infinitely small elements, and infinitesimals
of endless orders; methods which
were very useful in solving difficult problems,
and in investigating or demonstrating
theories that are general and extensive;
but sometimes led their incautious followers
into errors and mistakes, which
occasioned disputes and animosities among
them. There were now, however, many
excellent things performed in this subject;
not only many new things were effected
concerning the old figures, but new curves
were measured; and for many things
which could not be exactly squared or
cubed, general and infinite approximating
series were assigned, of which the laws of
their continuation were manifest, and of
some of which the terms were independent
on each other. Mr. Wallis, Mr. Huygens,
and Mr. James Gregory, performed
wonders. Huygens in particular must be
admired for his solid, accurate, and very
masterly works.
During the preceding state of things
several men, whose vanity seemed to have
overcome their regard for truth, asserted
that they had discovered the quadrature
of the circle, and published their attempts
in the form of strict geometrical demonstrations,
with such assurance and ambiguity
as staggered and misled many who
could not so well judge for themselves,
and perceive the fallacy of their principles
and arguments. Among those were Longomontanus,
and the celebrated Hobbes,
who obstinately refused all conviction of
his errors.
The use of infinites was however disliked
by several people, particularly by
sir Isaac Newton, who among his numerous
and great discoveries hath given us
that of the method of fluxions; a discovery
of the greatest importance both in philosophy
and mathematics; it being a method
so general and extensive, as to include all
investigations concerning magnitude, distance,
motion, velocity, time, &c. with
wonderful ease and brevity; a method
established by its great author upon true
and incontestible principles; principles
perfectly consistent with those of the ancients,
and which were free from the imperfections
and absurdities attending some
that had lately been introduced by the
moderns; he rejected no quantities as infinitely
small, nor supposed any parts of
curves to coincide with right lines; but
proposed it in such a form as admits of a
strict geometrical demonstration. Upon
the introduction of this method most
sciences assumed a different appearance,
and the most abstruse problems became
easy and familiar to every one; things
which before seemed to be insuperable,
became easy examples or particular cases
of theories still more general and extensive;
rectifications, quadratures, cubatures,
tangencies, cases de maximis & minimis,
and many other subjects, became
general problems, and delivered in the
form of general theories which included
all particular cases: thus, in quadratures,
an expression would be investigated
which defined the areas of all possible
curves whatever, both known and unknown,
and which, by proper substitutions,
brought out the area for any particular
case, either in finite terms, or infinite
series, of which any term, or any
number of terms could be easily assigned;
and the like in other things. And although
no curve, whose quadrature was
unsuccessfully attempted by the ancients,
became by this method perfectly quadrable,
there were assigned many general
methods of approximating to their areas,
of which in all probability the ancients
had not the least idea or hope; and innumerable
curves were squared which were
utterly unknown to them.
The excellency of this method revived
some hopes of squaring the circle, and its
quadrature was attempted with eagerness.
The quadrature of a space was now reduced
to the finding of the fluent of a given
fluxion; but this problem however was
found to be incapable of a general solution
in finite terms; the fluxion of every
fluent was always assignable, but the reverse
of this problem could be effected
only in particular cases; among the exceptions,
to the great grief of the geometers,
was included the case of the circle,
with regard to all the forms of fluxions
attending it. Another method of obtaining
the area was tried: of the quantity
expressing the fluxion of any area, in general,
could be assigned the fluent in the
form of an infinite series, which series
therefore defined all areas in general, and
which, on substituting for particular
cases, was often found to break off and
terminate, and so afford an area in finite
terms; but here again the case of the circle
failed, its area still coming out an infinite
series. All hopes of the quadrature of the
circle being now at an end, the geometricians
employed themselves, in discovering
and selecting the best forms of infinite
series for determining its area, among
which it is evident, that those were to be
preferred which were simple, and which
would converge quickly; but it generally
happened, that these two properties were
divided, the same series very rarely including
them both: the mathematicians in
most parts of Europe were now busy,
and many series were assigned on all hands,
some admired for their simplicity, and
others for their rate of convergency; those
which converged the quickest, and were
at the same time simplest, which therefore
were most useful in computing the
area of the circle in numbers, were
those in which, besides the radius, the
tangent of some certain arc of the circle,
was the quantity by whose powers the
series converged; and from some of these
series the area hath been computed to a
very great extent of figures: Mr. Edmund
Hally gave a remarkable one from the
tangent of 30 degrees, which was rendered
famous by the very industrious Mr.
Abraham Sharp, who by means of it extended
the area of the circle to 72 places
of figures, as may be seen in Sherwin’s
book of logarithms; but even this was
afterwards outdone by Mr. John Machin,
who, by means described in professor
Hutton’s Mensuration, composed a series
so simple, and which converged so quickly,
that by it, in a very little time, he
extended the quadrature of the circle to
100 places of figures; from which it appears,
that if the diameter be 1, the circumference
will be 3.1415926535, 8979323846,
2643383279, 5028841971,
6939937510,
5820974944, 5923078164,
0628620899,
8628034825, 3421170679+, and consequently
the area will be .7853981633,
9744830961, 5660849819,
857210492, 9234984377,
6455243736, 1480769541,
0157155224,
9657008706, 3355292669+.
From hence it appears, that all or most
of the material improvements or inventions
in the principles or method of treating
of geometry, have been made especially
for the improvement of this chief part of
it, mensuration, which abundantly shows,
what we at first undertook to declare, the
dignity of this subject; a subject which,
as Dr. Barrow says, after mentioning
some other things, “deserves to be more
curiously weighed, because from hence a
name is imposed upon that mother and
mistress of the rest of the mathematical
sciences, which is employed about magnitudes,
and which is wont to be called
geometry (a word taken from ancient use,
because it was first applied only to measuring
the earth, and fixing the limits of
possessions) though the name seemed
very ridiculous to Plato, who substitutes
in its place that more extensive name of
Metrics or Mensuration; and others after
him gave it the title of Pantometry, because
it teaches the method of measuring
all kinds of magnitudes.” See Surveying,
Levelling, and Geometry.
MERHAU, Ind. A deduction or abatement
is so called in India.
MERIT. Desert, excellence, deserving
honor or reward.
MERIT, Order of, a military distinction
given to officers or soldiers, for some
signal service: the badge of which is generally
expressive of the service. Such
was the medal, or order of merit, presented
by the Austrian emperor to the officers
of the 15th British light dragoons, for their
bravery in the affair of Villers en Couché, in
1794.
MERKIN. A mop to clean cannon.
MERLIN. Handspike.
MERLON. See Fortification.
MESS. It is usual and advantageous
to discipline that the officers of a camp or
garrison form one or more messes.
MESSENGERS of state in England,
are officers under the direction of the secretaries
of state, of whom there were 20 always
in waiting, who were relieved
monthly, and distributed in the following
manner: four at court, five at each secretary’s
office, two at the third office for
North Britain, three at the council office,
and one at the lord chamberlain’s office,
who attended that office always in
readiness to be sent with dispatches,
either domestic or foreign; either to
apprehend persons accused or suspected
of high treason, or other offences against
the state, being empowered by warrant
from the secretaries; for the safe keeping
of which, their houses are made a sort of
confinement or prison; and for the maintenance
of the prisoners they have a certain
allowance from government. The
number has been increased with the system
of espionage since 1794.
Military Messengers. Confidential
persons that are sent to and from head
quarters, &c.
MESTRE de CAMP, Fr. The commanding
officer of a regiment of cavalry
was so called in the old French service.
He was distinguished by this appellation
on account of there being a colonel-general
in the cavalry. The duty of a mestre
de camp was principally confined to the
following heads:—To see that the troops
or companies were kept complete, that
the arms were in good state and condition,
the horses of a proper size, sound, and well
trained. He had likewise the direction of
the different guards, &c.
Mestre de Camp général, Fr. The
next officer in rank, in the old French
cavalry service, to the colonel-general.
This appointment was created under
Henry II. in 1552.
Mestre de Camp général des dragons,
Fr. An appointment which first took
place under Louis the XIVth. in 1684.
MESURES à poudre, Fr. Tin cases
or vessels used in the artillery, to measure
out gunpowder, according to the size and
calibre of each piece of ordnance. See
Powder Measures.
Over-METAL, (in gunnery,) when
the mouth of a piece of ordnance, in disparting
it, lies higher than the breech, it is
then said to be laid over metal.
Under-Metal, (in gunnery) is when
the mouth of a piece of ordnance lies lower
than her breech.
Right with Metal, (in gunnery.)
When a piece of ordnance lies truly level,
point blank, or right with the mark, she
is said to lie right with her metal.
Superficies of Metals, (in gunnery.)
The surface or outside of a gun.
METIER, Fr. Means, literally, any
calling or business. In a military sense,
it is peculiarly applicable to those nations
which keep up large standing armies,
and make war their principal object and
pursuit. In speaking of military matters,
it is common among the French to say—Guerre
sur terre est notre métier; Guerre sur
mer est le métier des Anglois—The land service
is our peculiar business or calling;
the sea service is the peculiar business or
calling of the English; meaning thereby
to express their reciprocal superiority.
Chevalier Folard gives the following
definition relative to the question which
is often discussed on the subject of war,
namely, whether war be a trade or a
science? The English call it a profession.
Folard, however, distinguishes it in this
manner:—La guerre est un métier pour les
ignorans, et une science pour les habiles gens.
War in the apprehension, and under the
management of ignorant persons, is certainly
a mere trade or business, but among
able men, it becomes an important branch
of science.
METTRE à la main, Fr. To grasp
or take hold of any thing.
Mettre l’épée à la main, Fr. To draw
swords. Ils mirent l’épée à la main, a figurative
expression, signifying, they took
their ground, and stood prepared to fight.
Mettre les armes à la main de quelqu’un,
Fr. To teach a person the first
rudiments of war, or lead him for the first
time into action. C’est lui qui m’a mis les
armes à la main. He first taught me how
to fight, or I fought the first campaign
under his orders.
Mettre aux arrêts, Fr. To put under
arrest.
Mettre sur pied, Fr. To arm, to
equip, to put troops upon an established
footing.
MEURTRIERES, Fr. Small loop
holes, sufficiently large to admit the barrel
of a rifle gun or musquet, through
which soldiers may fire, under cover,
against an enemy. They likewise mean
the cavities that are made in the walls of a
fortified town or place. See Murdresses.
MICHE. See Malingerer.
MICROMETER, (Micromêtre, Fr.)
an instrument contrived to measure small
spaces, as in the divisions of the worm of
a screw.
MIDI, Fr. the South.
MILE, in geography, a long measure,
whereby the English, &c. express the
distance between places: it is of different
extent in different countries. The geometrical
mile contains 1000 geometrical
paces, or mille passus, from whence miles
are denominated.
We shall here give a table of the miles
in use among the principal nations of
Europe, in geometrical paces, 60,000 of
which, according to the English Military
Dictionary, make a degree of the equator.
| |
Geometrical paces. |
| Mile of |
Russia |
750 |
| |
Italy |
1000 |
| |
England |
1200 |
| |
Scotland and Ireland |
1500 |
| The old league of France |
1500 |
| The small ditto |
2000 |
| The great ditto |
3000 |
| Mile of |
Poland |
3000 |
| |
Spain and Portugal |
3428 |
| |
Germany |
4000 |
| |
Sweden |
5000 |
| |
Denmark |
5010 |
| |
Hungary |
6000 |
| |
Holland |
3500 |
Mile. Comparison of the different
miles, in geometric paces, each of which
is equal to 5 feet French royal, 5·6719
feet Rhinland, or 6·1012 English feet.
| |
Geometric paces. |
| The mile of Sweden |
5761 |
| The mile of Switzerland |
4512 |
| The mile of Denmark |
4071 |
| Common, of Germany |
4000 |
| Common, of Holland |
3158 |
| League of France |
2400 |
| League of Spain |
2286 |
| League of Scotland |
1500 |
| Mile of Italy |
1000 |
| Mile of England |
868 |
| Werste of Russia |
575 |
MILICE, Fr. soldiery, but more particularly
the militia or trained bands.
Milices gardes-côtes, Fr. A militia,
somewhat similar to our sea fencibles,
which existed during the old French government,
and whose services were confined
to the coast. Every province, contiguous
to the sea, was obliged to furnish
a certain proportion of its male inhabitants,
from 16 to 60 years old. This militia was
exempted from the regulations which
governed the land militia. It was under
the admiralty.
MILITANT, the state of warfare, or
business of war.
something belonging
to the soldiery or militia, &c.
Military architecture, the same with
fortification. See Fortification.
Military ways, the large Roman
roads which Agrippa procured to be
made through the empire in the reign of
Augustus for the marching of troops and
conveying of carriages. They were paved
from the gates of Rome to the utmost
limits of the empire. The British have
constructed a military road throughout
India; with wells and other accommodations
at certain distances.
Military discipline. Next to the
forming of troops, military discipline is
the first object that presents itself to our
notice: it is the soul of all armies; and
unless it be established amongst them
with great prudence, and supported with
unshaken resolution, soldiers become a
contemptible rabble, and are more dangerous
to the very state that maintains them,
than even its declared enemies. See Discipline.
Military execution, the ravaging or
destroying of a country or town that refuses
to pay the contribution inflicted
upon them. Also the punishment inflicted
by the sentence of a court-martial.
Military first principles, is the bodily
training for a soldier, to make him hardy,
robust, and capable of preserving health
amidst fatigue, bad weather, and change
of climate; to march at such possible
pace, and for such length of time, and
with such burden, as, without training,
he would not be able to do.
MILITARY REGULATIONS.
The rules and regulations, by which the
discipline, formations, field exercise, and
movements of the whole army, are directed
to be observed in one uniform system.
The American military system is scarcely
entitled to the name of a system; and as to
regulation that requires yet to be established,
the worst of all is that there does not appear
to be a suspicion in congress that any
regulation is required. See Regulations.
MILITIA. A force whose services,
in general, do not exceed the boundaries of
the nation, but which may volunteer beyond
them. The American militia has
no coherent system, every state has
power to regulate its own, and the effect is,
that there is either no regulation at all, or
what is worst, an imbecile mockery, the
only use of which is the preservation on
the statute book that there is a power
though there is not a will to regulate the
militia. The militia among the Romans
was frequently called Agrarian soldiers.
The system of our revolution though it
was not complete in general was the most
effectual ever established; the French
system of conscription was borrowed
from America, who borrowed it from the
Romans.
MILL, properly denotes a machine for
grinding corn, &c. but more generally all
such machines whose action depends
upon a circular motion. There are various
kinds, though foreign to this work.
Gunpowder Mill, is that used for
pounding and beating together the ingredients
of which gunpowder is composed.
These ingredients being duly proportioned,
and put into the mortars of the
mills, which are hollow pieces of wood,
each capable of holding 20 pounds of
paste, are incorporated by means of the
pestle and spindle. There are 24 mortars
in each mill, where are made each
day 480 pounds of gunpowder, care being
taken to sprinkle the ingredients in the
mortars with water, from time to time,
lest they should take fire. The pestle
is a piece of wood 10 feet high, and 4¹⁄₂
inches broad, armed at bottom with a
round piece of metal. It weighs about
60 pounds.
MIM BASHY, Ind. A commander of
one thousand horse.
MINE, in a military sense, implies a
subterraneous passage dug under the wall
or rampart of a fortification, for the purpose
of blowing it up by gunpowder.
The excavation formed by the blowing
up of a mine is found by experiment
to be nearly a paraboloid. It was
formerly supposed that the diameter of
the entonnoir, or excavation, was always
equal to only double the line of least resistance;
but experiments have proved,
that the diameter of the excavation may
be increased to six times the line of least
resistance; and that the diameter of the
globe of compression may be increased to
eight times that line; this is called the
maximum of a mine, or the greatest effect
that can be produced by a globe of compression.
In any mine intended to produce
an effect within this extent, the effects
will be nearly as the charges.
The globes are to each other as the cubes
of their radii. Their radii are the hypothenuse
of rightangled triangles, of
which the line of least resistance, and the
semi-diameter of the excavation, are the
other two sides. Therefore, to find the
charge to produce any required diameter
of the excavation, the following will be
the rule, the radius being found as above:
As the cube of the radius of the globe of
compression in the following table,
(having the same line of least resistance
as the required globe,)
Is to the cube of the radius of the required
globe;
So is the charge corresponding in the following
table,
To the charge required.
Table for the Charges of Mines, according
to Valliere.
Line of least Resistance. |
Charge for the Mine. |
Line of least Resistance. |
Charge for the Mine. |
| Feet. |
lbs. |
oz. |
Feet. |
lbs. |
oz. |
| 1 |
0 |
2 |
21 |
868 |
3 |
| 2 |
0 |
12 |
22 |
998 |
4 |
| 3 |
2 |
8 |
23 |
1140 |
10 |
| 4 |
6 |
— |
24 |
1296 |
— |
| 5 |
11 |
11 |
25 |
1558 |
9 |
| 6 |
20 |
4 |
26 |
1647 |
12 |
| 7 |
32 |
2 |
27 |
1815 |
4 |
| 8 |
48 |
— |
28 |
2053 |
— |
| 9 |
68 |
5 |
29 |
2286 |
7 |
| 10 |
93 |
12 |
30 |
2530 |
4 |
| 11 |
124 |
12 |
31 |
2792 |
4 |
| 12 |
162 |
— |
32 |
3072 |
— |
| 13 |
205 |
15 |
33 |
3369 |
1 |
| 14 |
257 |
4 |
34 |
3680 |
12 |
| 15 |
316 |
4 |
35 |
4019 |
8 |
| 16 |
384 |
— |
36 |
4374 |
— |
| 17 |
460 |
9 |
37 |
4748 |
11 |
| 18 |
546 |
12 |
38 |
5144 |
4 |
| 19 |
643 |
— |
39 |
5561 |
2 |
| 20 |
750 |
— |
40 |
6000 |
— |
This table is calculated upon a supposition
that the excavation of the mine is a
paraboloid, having a base double the line
of resistance; and that 10 lbs. 10 oz. of
powder is sufficient for raising one cubic
fathom of earth. By the rule above
given may be found the charge for any
mine, that shall only shake the ground,
without making any excavation, by
making the line of least resistance of the
required globe only equal to the radius of
the globe of compression.
The charges thus found by means of
this table, being only for one nature of
soil; viz., light earth and sand, (that for
which the table is calculated) must be
augmented according to the following
table of Vauban’s, by one, four, five,
seven, or nine elevenths of the charge
found.
Table of the quantity of powder required to
raise a cubic fathom, according to the soil.
| 1 |
Light earth, mixed with sand |
11 |
pounds. |
| 2 |
Common earth |
12 |
| 3 |
Strong sand |
15 |
| 4 |
Clay, or fat earth |
16 |
| 5 |
Old and good masonry |
18 |
| 9 |
Rock |
20 |
The following rule is however laid down
by Belidor, and generally adopted, if it be
intended that the mine shall produce its
maximum or greatest effect: multiply
the line of least resistance, expressed in
feet, by 300, the product will be the
charge in pounds.
In making mines of any kind, the following
remarks may be of service.
The best form for the chamber would
be spherical; but from the difficulty of
its construction, it is always made a cube,
of one inch larger dimensions than the box
to contain the powder.
The chamber must not be made in the
prolongation of the branch of the mine,
but at one side, and lower than the level
of the branch, if the soil be dry; but
higher if it be wet.
One cubic foot will contain 75 lbs of
powder; upon which principle the size
of the case to contain the powder must be
regulated. The auget is generally one
inch square interior dimensions, and the
end of it must reach the centre of the
chamber; where the saucisson must be
fastened, to prevent its being easily pulled
out.
The branch of the mine to be sprung
must be closed in the strongest manner by
doors well secured by props, and must be
stopped with earth or rubbish to a distance,
taken in a straight line, equal to
1¹⁄₂ times the line of least resistance.
In proportioning the length of saucisson,
in order that any number of mines
may be fired at the same instant, a return
of a right angle is generally reckoned
equal to 4 inches in a right line.
The first step in making a mine, whether
for attack or defence, is to sink a
shaft to the depth of the bottom of the
gallery, having two of its sides in the direction
of the sides of the gallery. These
shafts should be where the galleries are to
cross each other, or in the centre of the
length of gallery to be made. These
shafts should never be further apart than
40 or 50 fathoms; for it is found, that the
air is not fit for respiration in the larger
galleries at a greater distance from the
shaft than 25 fathoms; at 20 fathoms in
those of medium dimensions; and at 15
in the smallest.
The rectangular frames used in sinking
a shaft are commonly placed 4 feet asunder;
and in the galleries they are only
3 feet. A gallery intended to be lined
with masonry, must be 7 feet high
and 6 feet wide, in order that it may be
when finished, 6 feet high and 3 feet
wide.
Temporary galleries are only made 4¹⁄₂
feet high, and 2¹⁄₂ or 3 feet wide.
The branches, at the ends of which the
chambers are to be placed, are only made
2¹⁄₂ or 3 feet high, and 2 feet, or 2 feet
3 inches wide.
The first of these is dug on the knees;
the second sitting or lying.
The miners are divided into squads of
4 each; and the rate of the work for each
squad is 3 feet of the temporary gallery
in 4 hours. The first squad is relieved
by a second, after having worked 4 hours,
or laid one frame; which second squad
is again relieved by the first, at the expiration
of the same time.
In the most easy ground to work, a
miner may be heard to the distance of 14
or 15 fathoms under ground; and the noise
made by fixing the frames of the galleries
may often be heard as far as 20 or
25 fathoms. A drum braced, standing on
the ground, with a few peas or other
round substances on the head, will be
very sensibly affected by an approaching
miner.
It is of the most essential consequence
to place the entrances to the countermines
beyond the reach of any surprise from the
enemy.
To prevent an enemy gaining possession
of the galleries of the countermines they
should be well secured by strong doors, at
every 15 fathoms. These should be musquet
proof.
A glacis, properly countermined, and
every advantage taken of it to retard the
besiegers, may, with proper management,
prolong a siege at least 2 months; and if
the rest of the works are also countermined,
and properly defended, they may add
another month to the siege. Every system
of countermines must depend upon the
system of fortification to which they are
to be adapted; the general principle for
their regulation is, that the galleries should
occupy situations, from which branches
can be most readily run out under the
most probable points of the besieger’s
batteries and approaches. The general
system of countermines commonly used
in a place prepared before hand, is as follows:
the principal or magistral gallery
runs all round the work, under the banquette
of the covert way, and across the
places of arms, having the entrances at the
re-entering places of arms. Nearly parallel
to this at 20, 25 or 30 fathoms distance
is another gallery, called the envellope.
These two galleries are connected by galleries
of communication, under the gutters
of the re-entering parts of the glacis, and
under the ridges of the salient parts.
From the envellope are run out about 15
or 16 fathoms, galleries in directions parallel
to the capitals of the works, and at
23 fathoms distance from each other.
These are called listeners.
Sometimes, shafts are sunk from the
end of these listeners, and by connecting
these shafts, a second envellope formed.
Behind the escarps of the different works,
galleries are likewise made, about the
level of the bottom of the ditch; from
whence branches may be run out into or
under the foundations of the walls; and
if the ditch be dry, galleries of communication
may be made from these to the
magistral gallery; and from which communications
branches may be run out for
chambers to annoy the besiegers in their
passage of the ditch. The entrances to
the escarp galleries are by means of posterns,
which descend from behind the interior
slope of the rampart.
If a place be not countermined before
hand, a great deal may be done even after
the investment of the place, to prolong
the siege by countermines. In this case,
the first thing to be done immediately
that the place is invested, is to sink a shaft
in each of the places of arms of the covert
way; one in each branch of the covert
way opposite that part of the bastion
where the breach will most probably be
made; and one in the flanked angle of
each bastion. Those on the covert way
will be on the banquette, and sunk to
about 18 inches below the bottom of the
ditch. Those in the bastions to about 12
feet below the bottom of the ditch. Thus
prepared, the moment the side on which
the attack is to be made can be ascertained,
galleries must be carried on from these
shafts on the side attacked along the capitals,
in the form of trefles, or double T;
and advanced as far into the country as the
time will admit. Communication galleries
may likewise be driven between these
different works on the covert way, and
from them to the work in the bastion;
which will prevent the enemy gaining
possession of their entrances. All these
works may be carried on after the investment
of the place; and be in sufficient
forwardness by the time the enemy gains
the third parallel.
The following rules are given by Vauban
for fougasses, or small mines, having
the diameter of the excavation equal to
double the line of least resistance. The
side of the chamber must be exactly a
sixth part of the depth of the shaft. The
side of the box to hold the powder exactly
a ninth part of the depth of the shaft.
These remarks respecting mines are principally
extracted from the General Essay
on Fortification before mentioned, written
in French and published at Berlin, 1799.
Counter-Mines, are those made by the
besieged, whereas mines are generally
made by the besiegers. Both mines and
counter-mines are made in the same manner,
and for the like purposes, viz. to
blow up their enemies and their works;
only the principal galleries and mines of
the besieged, are usually made before the
town is besieged, and frequently at the
same time the fortification is built, to save
expence.
Eventer la Mine, Fr. to spring a mine.
When used figuratively, this expression
signifies to discover a plot, or make it
known. It is likewise used to express
the failure of any expedition or undertaking.
Definitions of Mines. A mine is a subterraneous
cavity made according to the
rules of art, in which a certain quantity
of powder is lodged, which by its explosion
blows up the earth above it.
It has been found by experiments, that
the figure produced by the explosion is a
paraboloid, and that the centre of the powder,
or charge, occupies the focus.
The place where the powder is lodged
is called the chamber of the mine, or fourneau.
The passage leading to the powder is
called the gallery.
The line drawn from the centre of the
chamber, perpendicular to the nearest
surface of the ground, is called the line of
least resistance.
The pit or hole, made by springing the
mine, is called the excavation.
The fire is communicated to the mines
by a pipe or hose, made of coarse cloth,
whose diameter is about one and a half
inch, called a saucisson, (for the filling of
which near half a pound of powder is allowed
to every foot) extending from the
chamber to the entrance of the gallery, to
the end of which is fixed a match, that
the miner who sets fire to it may have
time to retire, before it reaches the chamber.
To prevent the powder from contracting
any dampness, the saucisson is laid in a
small trough, called an auget made of
boards, three and a half inch broad, joined
together, lengthwise, with straw in it,
and round the saucisson, with a wooden
cover nailed upon it.
Foyer, Fr. Focus or centre of the chamber,
some authors call the end of the saucisson
that comes within the work, and which is
to be set fire to, the foyer, or focus: but
by most people, this is generally understood
to be the centre of the chamber.
Galleries and chambers of Mines. Galleries
made within the fortification, before
the place is attacked, and from which
several branches are carried to different
places, are generally 4 or 4¹⁄₂ feet wide,
and 5 or 5¹⁄₂ feet high. The earth is
supported from falling in by arches and
walls, as they are to remain for a considerable
time; but when mines are made
to be used in a short time, then the galleries
are but 3 or 3¹⁄₂ feet wide, and 5 feet
high, and the earth is supported by wooden
frames or props.
The gallery being carried on to the place
where the powder is to be lodged, the
miners make the chamber. This is generally
of a cubical form, large enough to
hold the wooden box, which contains the
powder necessary for the charge: the box
is lined with straw and sand-bags, to prevent
the powder from contracting dampness.
The chamber is sunk something lower
than the gallery, if the soil permits; but
where water is to be apprehended, it must
be made higher than the gallery; otherwise
the besieged will let in the water,
and spoil the mine.
Quantities of powder to charge, Mines.
Before any calculation can be made of the
proper charge for a mine, the density and
tenacity of the soil in which it is to be made,
must be ascertained, either by experiment,
or otherwise; for, in soils of the
same density, that which has the greatest
tenacity, will require the greatest force to
separate its parts. The density is determined
by weighing a cubic foot (or any
certain quantity) of the soil; but the tenacity
can only be determined by making a
mine. The following table contains experiments
in 6 different soils, which may
be of some assistance to form a judgment
of the nature of the soil, when an actual
experiment cannot be had.
| Nature of the soil. |
Density. |
Tenacity. |
Weight of 1 cubic foot. |
Quantity of power to raise 1 cubic fathom. |
| 1. |
Loose earth or sand |
95 |
pds. |
8 |
|
pds. |
| 2. |
Common light soil |
124 |
|
10 |
|
| 3. |
Loam, or strong soil |
127 |
|
12 |
¹⁄₄ |
|
| 4. |
Potter’s clay, or stiff soil |
135 |
|
13 |
¹⁄₂ |
|
| 5. |
Clay, mixed with stones |
160 |
|
16 |
|
| 6. |
Masonry |
205 |
|
21 |
¹⁄₂ |
|
All the requisites in mining may be determined
by the following problems,
which admit of 4 cases; for any 3 of the
articles below being given, the 4th may
thence be found.
1. The nature of the soil,
2. The diameter of the excavation,
3. The line of least resistance,
4. The charge.
Problem. I.
Given the nature of the soil, the diameter
of the excavation, and the line of least
resistance, to find the charge.
Rules.
1. To the square of the diameter of
the excavation, add the square of double
the line of least resistance, and reserve the
said sum.
2. Multiply the square root of the reserved
sum by double the line of least resistance,
and subtract the product from
the same sum.
3. Multiply half the remainder by the
line of least resistance, and 1.57 times the
product, will give the solidity of the excavation.
4. The charge will then be determined
from the nature of the soil, as in the following
example.
Example I.
It is required to make a mine in the
second sort of soil, mentioned in the foregoing
experiments, which shall have a
line of least resistance of 10 feet, and the
diameter of its excavation 20 feet; what
will be the proper charge?
The nature of this soil, by the table,
requires 10 pounds of powder to 216 cubic
feet.
Calculation.
| 1. The diameter of the excavation is 20, and its square |
400 |
| Double the line of least resistance is 20, and its square |
400 |
| Therefore the sum to be reserved is |
800 |
| 2. The square root of 800 is 28.3 Double the line of least resistance is 20 |
566 |
| Which leaves the remainder |
234 |
| 3. Half the remainder is |
117 |
| Which multiplied by the line of least resistance, |
10 |
| Gives the product |
1170 |
| Which multiplied by |
1.57 |
| Gives the solidity of the excavation
feet |
1836.9 |
4. If feet.216 :
lb.10 ∷
feet.1836.9 :
lb.85
which is the charge required.
By Logarithms.
| 1. Diam. of excavation is = 20 |
1.301030 |
|
| Diameter squared is |
2.602060 |
400 |
| Double the line of least resistance is = 20 and its square |
400 |
| The sum to be reserved is |
2.903090 |
800 |
| 2. Square root of sum is 28.3 |
1.451545 |
|
| Double the line of least resistance is = 20 |
1.301030 |
|
| Product to be subtracted is |
2.752575 |
566 |
| Remainder is |
2.369216 |
234 |
| Line of least resist. = 10 |
1.000000 |
|
| 10 pounds of powder |
1.000000 |
|
| To 216 cubic feet, compl. arith. |
7.665546 |
|
| To which add the const. log. |
9.894870 |
|
And the sum is the logarithm
charge required 1.929632 = 85 lb.
Problem II.
Given the nature of the soil, the line of
least resistance, and the charge, to find
the diameter of the excavation.
Rules.
1. Find the solidity of the earth to be
raised, by a proportion from the nature of
the soil, and multiply it by 1.27.—Divide
the product by the line of least resistance,
and to the quotient add the square
of the line of least resistance: reserve the
sum.
2. Multiply the square root of the sum
reserved by twice the line of least resistance,
and add the product to the said sum,
and from the result subtract 3 times the
square of the line of least resistance; so
will the square root of the remainder be
the diameter of the required excavation.
Example I.
Let a mine be charged with 100 pounds
of powder in a soil which requires 11
pounds of powder to raise 216 cubic feet,
and let its line of least resistance be 10
feet: what will be the diameter of the
excavation?
By the nature of the soil 11lb. : 216
feet ∷ 100lb. : 1964 feet, which is the
solidity of the earth to be raised.
| 1. Therefore multiply |
1964 |
| By |
1.27 |
| The product is |
2494.28 |
| Which divided by the line of least resistance, 10, is |
249.428 |
| To which add the square of the line of least resistance |
100.000 |
| And the sum to be reserved is |
349.428 |
| 2. The square root of 349.428 is 18.7, which multiplied
by twice the line of least resistance, 20, gives |
374. |
| This added to the sum reserved gives |
723.428 |
| From which subtract 3 times the square of least resistance |
300. |
| And there will remain |
423.428 |
The square root of which is, 20.5 feet,
being the required diameter of the excavation.
By Logarithms.
| |
Numb. |
|
Logar. |
Numb. |
| Cubic feet = |
216 |
|
2.334454 |
|
| Powder 11lb. co. ar. |
8.958607 |
|
| Charge = |
100 |
|
2.000000 |
|
| Line of least resist. 10 co. ar. |
9.000000 |
|
| Constant logarithm |
0.103804 |
|
| |
2.396865 |
249.4 |
| To which add the square of line of least resistance |
|
100.0 |
| Sum to be reserved is |
2.543323 |
349.4 |
| Half of which logar. |
1.271661 |
|
| Twice line of least resistance, 20, |
1.301030 |
|
| Product to be added is |
2.572691 |
373.8 |
| The result is |
|
723.2 |
| From which subtract thrice the square of the line of least resistance |
|
300.0 |
| And there remains |
2.626546 |
423.2 |
Half of which logar. is 1.313273 20.57 feet,
the diameter of the excavation required.
Loading and stopping of Mines. The
gallery and chamber being ready to be
loaded, a strong box of wood is made of
the size and figure of the chamber, being
about ¹⁄₃d or ¹⁄₄th bigger than is required
for containing the necessary quantity of
powder: against the sides and bottom of
the box is put some straw; and this straw
is covered over with empty sand bags, to
prevent the powder from contracting any
dampness: a hole is made in the side next
the gallery, near the bottom for the
saucisson to pass through, which is fixed
to the middle of the bottom, by means of
a wooden peg, to prevent its loosening
from the powder: or that, if the enemy
should get to the entrance, he may not be
able to tear it out. This done, the powder
is brought in sand bags, and thrown loose
in the box, and covered also with straw
and sand bags; upon this is put the cover
of the box, pressed down very tight with
strong props; and, to render them more
secure, planks are also put above them,
against the earth, and wedged in as fast as
possible.
This done the vacant space between the
props are filled up with stones and dung,
and rammed in the strongest manner: the
least neglect in this work will considerably
alter the effect of the mine.
Then the auget is laid from the chamber
to the entrance of the gallery, with
some straw at the bottom; and the saucisson
laid in it, with straw over it: lastly,
it must be shut with a wooden cover
nailed upon it. Great care must be taken,
in stopping up the gallery, not to press
too hard upon the auget, for fear of spoiling
the saucisson, which may hinder the
powder from taking fire, and so prevent
the mine from springing. The gallery is
stopped up with stones, earth, and dung,
well rammed, 6 or 7 feet further from the
chamber than the length of the line of least
resistance.
Globe of compression in Mines, from Belidor.
If you imagine a large globe of
earth homogeneous in all its parts, and,
a certain quantity of powder lodged in its
centre, so as to produce a proper effect
without bursting the globe; by setting
fire to the powder, it is evident, that the
explosion will act all round, to overcome
the obstacles which oppose its motion;
and as the particles of the earth are porous,
they will compress each other in proportion
as the flame increases, and the capacity
of the chamber increases likewise;
but the particles of earth next to the
chamber will communicate a part of their
motion to those next to them, and those
to their neighbors; and this communication
will thus continue in a decreasing
proportion, till the whole force of explosion
is entirely spent; and the particles of
earth beyond this term, will remain in
the same state as they were at first. The
particles of earth that have been acted
upon by the force of explosion will compose
a globe, which Mr. Belidor calls the
globe of compression.
MINERS, in a military sense, are generally
soldiers: most of the European regiments
of artillery have each a company of
miners, commanded by a captain and two
lieutenants. When the miners are at
work in the mines, they wear a kind of
hood, to keep the earth that falls out of
their eyes. In the English service the
artificers are ordered for that purpose.
Miners tools, consist in several sorts of
spades, wheel-barrows, axes, hand-levers,
chissels, sounding-augres, sledge-hammers,
masons’ hammers, mattocks,
augets, plummets, miner’s rule, and miner’s
dial, &c.
Different sorts of Mines, are as follows:
Fougasses, are a sort of small mines,
frequently made before the weakest parts
of a fortification, as the salient angles and
faces, not defended by a cross fire.
Treffle Mines, are mines with two
chambers only.
T-Mines, so called from their great
resemblance to that letter. They are
double mines, having four lodgments.
Double T-Mines, have eight lodgments,
and four doors.
Triple T-Mines, have twelve lodgments,
and six doors.
Double Treffle Mines, have four lodgments,
and eight doors.
Triple Treffle-Mines, have six lodgments,
and twelve doors.
MINING, in the art of war, is become
one of the most essential parts of
the attack and defence of places; so much
artillery is used, that nothing above
ground can withstand its effects; the
most substantial ramparts and parapets
can resist but a short time; the outworks,
though numerous serve only to retard
for a time the surrender of the place.
History informs us, that mines were
made long before the invention of gun
powder; for the ancients made galleries
or underground passages, much in the
same way as the moderns, from without,
under the walls of the places, which they
cut off from the foundation, and supported
them with strong props; then they
filled the intervals with all manner of
combustibles, which being set on fire
burnt their props and the wall being no
longer supported, fell, whereby a breach
was made.
The besieged also made under-ground
passages from the town under the besieger’s
machines, by which they battered
the walls, to destroy them; which
proves necessity to have been the inventress
of mines, as well as of other arts.
The first mines, since the invention of
gunpowder, were made in 1487, by the
Genoese, at the attack of Serezanella, a
town in Florence; but these failing, they
were for some time neglected, till Peter
Navarro, being then engineer to the Genoese,
and afterwards to the Spaniards in
1503, against the French, at the siege of
the castle del Ovo, at Naples, made a
mine under the wall, and blew it up. In
consequence of which the castle was
taken by storm.
M. Valliere relates the same story, but
differs in the name of the engineer; he
says it was Francis George, an Italian,
who, serving at Naples in quality of
architect, proposed to Peter Navarro, the
Spanish governor to take this castle by
mines.
Names of every thing used in Mining.
Auget, a kind of small trough, made of
strong inch boards, about 4 inches square,
in which the saucisson is laid in straw, to
prevent the powder from contracting any
dampness.
Chamber, the place where the powder
is lodged, being first put in cubical
boxes made for that purpose.
the pit or hole made by a
mine when sprung.
Focus, the centre of the chamber where
the powder is lodged.
Fougas, a kind of small mine.
Fourneau, See Chamber.
Miners’ Tools, are augers of several sorts,
levers of different sorts, needles for working
in rocks, rakes, spades, shovels,
sledge-hammers, masons’ hammers, pick-axes,
picks, mattocks, chissels, plummets,
rules, a miner’s dial, &c.
Line of least resistance, is a line drawn
from the centre of the space containing
the powder, perpendicular to the nearest
surface.
Gallery, the passage leading to the powder.
Saucisson, is a pipe or hose made of
coarse cloth, whose diameter is about an
inch, and filled with gunpowder; then
laid in a trough or auget, which extends
from the chamber to the entrance of the
gallery, that the miner who sets fire to it,
may have time to retire before it reaches to
the chamber.
MINING, in military affairs, is the
art of blowing up any part of a fortification,
building, &c. by gunpowder. The
art of mining requires a perfect knowlege
both of fortification and geometry; and by
these previous helps, the engineer may be
qualified to ascertain correctly the nature
of all manner of heights, depths, breadths,
and thicknesses; to judge perfectly of
slopes and perpendiculars, whether they
be such as are parallel to the horizon, or
such as are visual; together with the
true levels of all kinds of earth. To which
must be added, a consummate skill in the
quality of rocks, earths, masonry, and
sands; the whole accompanied with a
thorough knowlege of the strength of all
sorts of gunpowder
MINION, a piece of ordnance, of
which there are two kinds, the large and
ordinary: the large minion has its bore 3¹⁄₄
inches diameter, and is 1000 pounds
weight; its load is 3¹⁄₄ pounds of powder;
its shot three inches in diameter, and 3³⁄₄
pounds weight; its length is eight feet,
and its level range 125 paces. The ordinary
minion is three inches diameter in the
bore, and weighs about 800 pounds
weight: it is seven feet long, its load 2¹⁄₂
pounds of powder, its shot near three
inches in diameter, and weighs three
pounds four ounces, and shoots point
blank 120 paces.
MINISTER, according to Johnson, is
one who acts not by any inherent authority
of his own, but under another. Thus
in England all ministers act under a supreme
authority, which is vested in the
king, lords, and commons, to whom they
are responsible. In military matters,
there is not only a war minister, but a
secretary at war, who likewise acts conjointly
with the secretary of state. All
dispatches and papers of consequence relating
to the army must first pass through
the secretary of state, and the war minister,
before they are laid before parliament,
or otherwise acted upon by the secretary
at war. The common arrangements of
corps, directions with respect to marching,
&c. are transmitted to the secretary at
war, and to the quarter-master general’s
office, without previously passing through
the secretary of state, or war minister.
Ministre de la guerre, Fr. Minister
of the war department. The appointment
of minister and secretary at war,
among the French, first took place in the
reign of Henry the II. in 1549. See War.
MINUTE, a hasty sketch taken of any
thing in writing. Hence minutes of a
general or regimental court-martial.
Minutes of council in the military department.
The notification of orders and
regulations, which are directed to be observed
by the British army in India, is so
called. These minutes receive the sanction
of the governor-general in council,
and are the result of previous communications
from the court of directors in
Europe. They answer to the French
word Résultat, which was prefixed to
all orders and regulations that were occasionally
issued by the military boards, or
conseils de guerre, for the government of
the army. The term, jugement d’un conseil
de guerre, corresponded with our
minutes of a general or regimental court-martial,
and expressed not only the
minutes but the sentence of the court.
MINUTE, the 60th part of each degree
of a circle; and, in computation of
time, the 60th part of an hour: it also denotes
a short memoir or hasty sketch
taken of any thing in writing. See Measure.
La Minute, Fr. The original of a
sentence or decree.
To MISBEHAVE, in a military sense,
to act in any manner unbecoming the
character of an officer or soldier.
To Misbehave before the enemy, to
abandon the colors, or shamefully give
way in action, &c. See War.
MIQUELETS, Fr. A banditti that
infest the Pyrenean mountains, and are
extremely obnoxious to travellers.
MIQUELETTI. A small body of
mountain fusileers, belonging to the Neapolitan
army.
MIRE, Fr. In the French artillery,
a piece of wood about four inches thick,
one foot high, and two feet and a half
long, which is used in pointing cannon.
Coins de Mire, Fr. Wedges made of
wood, which serve to raise or depress
any piece of ordnance. They are likewise
used for the same purpose in mortars.
MIRZA, Ind. Sir, lord, master.
MISCELLANEOUS, an item or
charge in the estimates of the British
army, so distinguished as miscellaneous
services; the same as our contingent expenditures.
MISERICORDE, Fr. a short dagger,
which the cavalry formerly used, for
the purpose of dispatching an enemy who
would not ask quarter or mercy.
any weapon which is
either thrown by the
hand, or which strikes at a distance from
the moving power.
MITRAILLE, Fr. small pieces of old
iron, such as heads of nails, &c. with
which pieces of ordnance are frequently
loaded.
Tirer à Mitraille, Fr. To fire with
grape shot. This term is frequently used
by the French, to express the bribery
which is practised in war time by one
nation upon another, for the purpose of
fomenting civil insurrections. Hence tirer
à mitraille d’or.
a mode of joining two
boards, or other pieces of
wood together at right angles.
MOAT, A wet or dry ditch, dug
round the walls of a town, or fortified
place. When an enemy attacks a town,
which has dry moats round it, the rampart
must be approached by galleries under
ground, which galleries are run beneath
the moat; when the place is attempted
through wet moats, your approaches
must be made by galleries above
ground, that is to say, by galleries raised
above the surface of the water. The
brink of the moat next the rampart is called
the scarp, and the opposite one the
counterscarp.
Dry-Moat, that which has no water.
It should invariably be deeper than the
one that is full of water.
Flat bottomed Moat, that which hath
no sloping, its corners being somewhat
rounded.
Lined Moat, that whose scarp and
counterscarp are cased with a wall of mason
work made aslope.
MODEL, a mould; also a diminutive
representation of any thing. Thus models
of warlike instruments, fortifications,
&c. &c. are preserved in the British laboratory
at Woolwich.
MODERN, something of our own
times, in opposition to what is antique or
ancient.
Modern Tactics, and Modern Art of
War, That system of manœuvre and
evolution, which has been adopted since
the invention of gunpowder, and particularly
the system improved by the French
within twenty years. See Am. Mil. Lib.
Ancient Tactics, and ancient art of War.
The system which was pursued by the
Greeks and Romans, &c. before the invention
of gunpowder and fire arms.
MOGNIONS, from the French Maignon,
signifying the stump of a limb. A
sort of armor for the shoulders.
MOGUL, the emperor of India, from
whom the nabobs (properly Naib, a deputy,)
originally received their appointments,
as governors and superintendants
of provinces.
Mogul Tartars, a nation so called that
made considerable conquests in India.
MOHUR, Ind. A golden coin, of
which there are several values, but generally
goes for fifteen or sixteen rupees; a
rupee half our dollar.
MOIENNE, Fr. A piece of ordnance,
which is now called a four pounder, and
which is ten feet long, was formerly so
called.
MOINEAU, a French term for a little
flat bastion, raised upon a re-entering angle,
before a curtain which is too long, between
two other bastions. It is commonly
joined to the curtain, but sometimes
separated by a fosse, and then called
a detached bastion. They are not raised
so high as the works of the place.
Mois Romains, Fr. a term used in Germany,
to signify a particular tax or contribution,
which the emperors had a right
to demand on urgent occasions. This tax
grew out of an old custom which originally
prevailed when the emperors went to
Rome to be crowned, and which served
to defray their expences thither. Thus
when the tax was required, it was called
for as a contribution of so many Roman
months; implying a certain sum for so many.
MOISSON, Fr. Harvest. This word
is used in various senses by the French,
particularly in two of a poetical and figurative
kind, viz. Il a vu cinquante moissons;
he has lived fifty years, literally, has
seen fifty harvests.
Moisson de lauriers, Fr. a succession of
victories, &c. literally a harvest of laurels.
Moisson de gloire, is taken in the same
sense.
MOISSONNER des lauriers, Fr. To
reap laurels.
Moissonner les hommes, Fr. To kill
off, &c. To mow down men.
MOLLER, Fr. Literally means to
wax soft. It is used figuratively among
the French to signify, in a military sense,
the yielding or giving way of armed men,
viz. les troupes mollisent, the troops gave
way.
MOLLESSE, Fr. in a figurative sense,
signifies want of firmness or resolution.
Je crains la mollesse de vos conseils; I mistrust
the pliant tendency of your advice
or counsel.
MONDE, Fr. in a military sense,
means men or soldiers, viz.
Ce capitaine n’avoit que la moitié de son
monde; such a captain had only half his
complement of men.
On a perdue beaucoup de monde, Fr.
They lost a considerable number of men.
Il a un monde d’ennemis sur les bras,
Fr. he is assailed by a multiplicity of foes.
Aller à l’autre monde, Fr. This expression
bears the same import in English
that it does in French, viz. to die—literally,
to go into the other world.
Le Nouveau Monde, Fr. This term is
frequently used to denote America.
Hence L’Ancien et le Nouveau Monde,
means the two continents.
MONEY-matters. An expression in
familiar use to express all pecuniary concerns.
It cannot be too strongly recommended
to every responsible military man
to be scrupulously correct on this head.
More than half the breaches of friendship
and common acquaintance that occur
in life, may be traced to irregularity:
but in no instance are its effects so fatal,
as when the soldier is wronged, or is induced
to think so by the omissions, &c. of
officers or serjeants.
Of the Monies, Weights, and Measures, of
Foreign Nations respectively with those of
England.
In order to the attainment of a just
comparison of foreign monies with our
own, the following tables are subjoined.
The first table contains the denominations
of the principal foreign monies of
account, and their intrinsic value in
English money, calculated upon the existing
proportion between gold and silver
in the respective countries.
The second table shews the names of
the principal foreign coins in gold, their
weight, their fineness, their pure contents,
and the intrinsic value of each in
relation to the gold coins of Great Britain.
The third table relates to silver coins,
upon similar principles to those of the
second.
The comparison of the weights and
measures of foreign nations with those of
England is established by the following
tables.
The fourth table bespeaks the names of
the weights used for precious metals, the
quantity which each contains in grains
troy-weight, and the relation of the several
foreign weights to 100 pounds troy-weight.
The fifth table denotes the names of
the weights used in the sale of merchandize,
the quantity which each contains in
troy-weight, and the relation of foreign
weights to 100 and to 112 pounds avoirdupois-weight.
The sixth table relates to the measures
used in the sale of corn, to the number of
English cubic inches of the internal
measurement of each, and to the relation
of foreign measures to 10 quarters Winchester
measure.
The seventh table comprises the measures
for liquids, the quantity of English
cubic inches which each contains internally,
and the relation of foreign measures
to 100 gallons English.
The eighth table relates to cloth measures,
to the length of each in lines, and
to the relation of foreign measures to 100
yards and to 100 ells.
The ninth table is descriptive of measures
of length for measuring masts,
timber, and other solid bodies, of the
number of lines contained in each, and of
the proportion between foreign measures
of a similar description and 100 feet
English.
The tenth table refers to land measures,
to the quantity of English square feet
which each contains, and to the proportion
between foreign measures of this description
and 100 acres.
The eleventh and last table is founded
upon itinerary measures, the length of
each in feet, and the proportion between
the measures severally adopted in different
countries and a degree of the equator.
Independently of the facility which
will be afforded by these tables in the
comparison of the monies, weights, and
measures of foreign nations with those of
England, it will not be difficult to find
the relation of the monies, weights, and
measures of foreign countries, in respect
to each other, by the guidance of the explanations
at the foot of each of the tables
in question.
It will be observed, that in order to
avoid the multiplicity of the denominators
of fractions, and to give to the several
calculations a greater degree of exactitude,
the unit has constantly been divided,
in the following tables, into 100
parts.
Table, which shews the intrinsic Value
of the monies of account of Foreign Nations
expressed in pence sterling.
Monies of Account.
| |
Pence |
100 |
| Aix la Chapelle, |
the specie rixdollar |
42, |
75 |
| the current rixdollar |
32, |
25 |
| Amsterdam, |
the pound Flemish banco |
132, |
48 |
| the florin banco |
22, |
08 |
| the pound Flemish current |
126, |
36 |
| the florin current |
21, |
06 |
| Arragon, |
the libra jaquesa |
47, |
80 |
| Augsburgh, |
the gulden exchange money |
32, |
51 |
| the gulden currency |
25, |
60 |
| the gulden white money |
21, |
33 |
| Barcelona, |
the libra catalana |
27, |
32 |
| Basil, |
the rixdollar of exchange |
48, |
25 |
| the current rixdollar |
43, |
40 |
| the current livre |
14, |
46 |
| Bengal, |
the current rupee |
21, |
|
| the sicca rupee |
30, |
|
| Bergamo, |
the lira |
5, |
13 |
| Berlin, |
the rixdollar gold currency |
39, |
66 |
| the rixdollar silver currency |
35, |
97 |
| the pound banco |
48, |
75 |
| Bern, |
the current livre |
14, |
67 |
| Bologna, |
the scudo di cambio |
48, |
09 |
| the lira di cambio |
11, |
31 |
| the current livre |
11, |
05 |
| Bolzano, |
the gulden exchange money |
35, |
|
| the gulden current money |
25, |
66 |
| Bombay, |
the current rupee |
23, |
63 |
| Bremen, |
the rixdollar |
38, |
40 |
| Breslaw, |
the rixdollar gold currency |
39, |
66 |
| the rixdollar silver currency |
35, |
97 |
| the pound banco |
48, |
75 |
| Brunswick, |
the current thaler |
38, |
40 |
| Bussorah, |
the mamudi |
5, |
50 |
| Calcutta, |
the sicca rupee |
30, |
|
| the current rupee |
21, |
|
| the arcot rupee |
24, |
|
| Canary Islands, |
the current real |
5, |
82 |
| Cassel, |
the thaler |
38, |
40 |
| China, |
the tale |
80, |
|
| Cologne, |
the specie rixdollar |
31, |
71 |
| the current rixdollar |
30, |
92 |
| Copenhagen, |
the specie reichsthaler |
55, |
85 |
| the current reichsthaler |
45, |
46 |
| Curacoa, |
the dollar |
43, |
09 |
| Dantzic, |
the florin |
9, |
14 |
| Dublin, |
the pound Irish |
221, |
54 |
| Elsinore, |
the specie rixdollar |
34, |
75 |
| the crown rixdollar |
32, |
18 |
| the current rixdollar |
30, |
92 |
| England, |
the pound sterling |
240, |
|
| Flanders, |
the florin or exchange |
20, |
25 |
| the current florin |
17, |
37 |
| Florence, |
the scudo d’oro |
62, |
45 |
| the ducato |
58, |
29 |
| the pezza of 8 reals |
47, |
88 |
| the lira moneta buona |
8, |
32 |
| France, |
the livre tournois |
9, |
49 |
| the franc |
9, |
61 |
| Francfort, |
the thaler |
38, |
40 |
| the gulden |
25, |
60 |
| Geneva, |
the current crown |
49, |
20 |
| the current livre |
40, |
16 |
| the florin |
4, |
68 |
| Genoa, |
the scudo d’oro marche |
89, |
50 |
| the scudo d’argento |
73, |
13 |
| the pezza fuori di banco |
48, |
12 |
| the scudo di cambio |
38, |
50 |
| the lira fuori di banco |
8, |
37 |
| Germany, |
the reichsthaler constitution money |
56, |
84 |
| the thaler ditto |
42, |
63 |
| the gulden ditto |
28, |
42 |
| the reichsthaler convention money |
51, |
20 |
| the thaler ditto |
38, |
40 |
| the gulden ditto |
25, |
60 |
| Hamburgh, |
the pound Flemish banco |
138, |
37 |
| the rixdollar banco |
55, |
35 |
| the marc banco |
18, |
45 |
| the rixdollar currency |
45, |
|
| the marc currency |
15, |
|
| Hanover, |
the current thaler |
42, |
63 |
| Konigsberg, |
the gulden |
12, |
17 |
| Leghorn, |
the pezza of 8 reals |
47, |
88 |
| the lira moneta buona |
8, |
32 |
| the lira moneta lunga |
7, |
97 |
| Leipsic, |
the current thaler |
38, |
40 |
| Liege, |
the gulden |
12, |
96 |
| Lubec, |
the reichsthaler |
45, |
21 |
| the marc |
15, |
07 |
| Lucca, |
the scudo d’oro |
56, |
32 |
| the lira |
7, |
51 |
| Madras, |
the pagoda of 36 fanams |
94, |
75 |
| the Carnatic rupee of 10 fanams |
26, |
32 |
| Malta, |
the silver crown |
40, |
26 |
| the copper crown |
26, |
84 |
| Martinique, |
the livre currency |
7, |
12 |
| Mexico, |
the dollar |
52, |
60 |
| Milan, |
the scudo imperiale |
64, |
14 |
| the current scudo |
45, |
33 |
| the lira currency |
7, |
88 |
| Modena, |
the lira |
3, |
81 |
| Morocco, |
the ducat |
105, |
|
| Munich, |
the current thaler |
32, |
04 |
| the current gulden |
21, |
36 |
| Naples, |
the ducato di regno |
42, |
50 |
| Navarre, |
the ducado of 10⁸⁄₉ reals |
53, |
95 |
| the libra of 60 maravedis |
8, |
25 |
| the real of 36 ditto |
4, |
95 |
| Nuremberg, |
the current thaler |
38, |
40 |
| the thaler gold money |
38, |
95 |
| the thaler white money |
31, |
97 |
| Pegu, |
the silver tical |
33, |
70 |
| Persia, |
the toman |
289, |
65 |
| Poland, |
the florin of Great Poland |
7, |
10 |
| Poland, |
the florin of Little Poland |
14, |
20 |
| Pondicherry, |
the pagoda |
93, |
50 |
| the current rupee |
24, |
20 |
| Portugal, |
the milreis |
67, |
50 |
| Prague, |
the current gulden |
25, |
60 |
| Ratisbon, |
the gulden white money |
25, |
60 |
| Riga, |
the albertus rixdollar |
53, |
29 |
| Rome, |
the scudo di stampa d’oro |
80, |
92 |
| the scudo moneta |
53, |
16 |
| Rostock, |
the thaler |
45, |
20 |
| the zweydrittel |
30, |
13 |
| Russia, |
the ruble |
33, |
58 |
| St. Eustatia, |
the dollar |
38, |
25 |
| St. Gall, |
the gulden exchange money |
27, |
90 |
| the gulden currency |
24, |
|
| Sardinia, |
the lira |
11, |
50 |
| Siam, |
the gold tical |
465, |
50 |
| the silver tical |
39, |
25 |
| Sicily, |
the onza |
130, |
77 |
| Smyrna, |
the piastre |
13, |
50 |
| Spain, |
the pistole of exchange |
153, |
|
| the ducat of exchange |
52, |
73 |
| the dollar of exchange |
38, |
25 |
| the real of plate |
4, |
78 |
| the real of vellon |
2, |
54 |
| Sweden, |
the riksdahler |
55, |
35 |
| Surat, |
the rupee |
25, |
|
| Surinam, |
the florin |
25, |
25 |
| Trieste, |
the gulden of 60 kreitzers |
25, |
60 |
| the florin of 5 lire |
24, |
20 |
| Turin, |
the scudo of 6 lire |
69, |
84 |
| the lira |
11, |
64 |
| Turkey, |
the piastre |
13, |
50 |
| United States, |
the dollar at par |
54, |
|
| Valencia, |
the libra of 20 sueldos |
38, |
25 |
| Venice, |
the lira piccoli inclusive of the agio on the zecchins |
5, |
12 |
| Vienna, |
the current thaler |
38, |
40 |
| the current gulden |
25, |
60 |
| Zante, |
the real of 10 lire |
41, |
15 |
| Zurich, |
the gulden exchange money |
27, |
50 |
| the gulden currency |
25, |
|
The following example will shew in
what manner the relation between the
monies of account of any two given countries
may be ascertained.
Example.
Let it be required to express, in pence
Irish, the value of a marc banco of Hamburgh.
The marc being worth 18,45 pence sterling,
and the pound Irish 221,54, according
to the table prefixed, I state the following
equation:
| |
1 |
|
marc banco = x |
| 1 |
|
marc ban. |
= |
18 |
,45 |
pence sterling |
| 221 |
,54 |
pence ster. |
= |
1 |
|
pound Irish |
| 1 |
|
pound Irish |
= |
240 |
|
pence Irish |
| Result 19,99 pence Irish. |
Table, which shews the Weight, Fineness, and pure Contents of the principal Gold Coin
of foreign Nations, as well as their intrinsic Value, expressed in English Money.
Gold Coins.
| |
Weight —— |
Fineness —— |
Pure contents —— |
Value —— |
| Grs.100 |
Car. |
grs. |
Grs.100 |
s. |
d.100 |
| Bavaria, |
the carl |
150 |
,32 |
18 |
2 |
⁵⁄₆ |
117 |
,18 |
20 |
8 |
,87 |
| the max |
100 |
,21 |
18 |
2 |
²⁄₃ |
77 |
,94 |
13 |
9 |
,54 |
| Bengal, |
the gold mohur |
176 |
,50 |
23 |
3 |
|
174 |
,66 |
30 |
10 |
,95 |
| Brunswick, |
the carl |
102 |
,36 |
21 |
3 |
|
92 |
,76 |
16 |
5 |
,02 |
| Denmark, |
the ducat of 12 marcs |
48 |
,21 |
21 |
0 |
²⁄₃ |
42 |
,52 |
7 |
6 |
,30 |
| England, |
the guinea |
129 |
,44 |
22 |
|
118 |
,65 |
21 |
|
| the half guinea |
64 |
,72 |
22 |
|
59 |
,33 |
10 |
6 |
, |
| the 7s piece |
43 |
,13 |
22 |
|
39 |
,55 |
7 |
|
| Flanders, |
the double souverain |
171 |
,50 |
22 |
|
157 |
,20 |
27 |
9 |
,79 |
| the souverain |
85 |
,75 |
22 |
|
78 |
,60 |
13 |
10 |
,89 |
| France, |
the louis of 1726 |
122 |
,90 |
21 |
2 |
²⁄₃ |
110 |
,95 |
19 |
7 |
,65 |
| the louis of 1785 |
117 |
,83 |
21 |
2 |
²⁄₃ |
106 |
,37 |
18 |
9 |
,93 |
| the 40 franc piece |
199 |
,25 |
21 |
2 |
²⁄₅ |
179 |
,32 |
31 |
8 |
,85 |
| the 20 franc piece |
99 |
,62 |
21 |
2 |
²⁄₅ |
89 |
,66 |
15 |
10 |
,42 |
| Geneva, |
the pistole of 1752 |
87 |
,13 |
22 |
|
79 |
,87 |
14 |
1 |
,63 |
| Genoa, |
the zecchino |
53 |
,80 |
23 |
3 |
¹⁄₂ |
53 |
,52 |
9 |
5 |
,67 |
| Germany, |
the ducat |
53 |
,85 |
23 |
2 |
²⁄₃ |
53 |
,10 |
9 |
4 |
,78 |
| Hamburgh, |
the ducat |
53 |
,85 |
23 |
2 |
|
52 |
,73 |
9 |
4 |
, |
| Hanover, |
the georges |
103 |
,03 |
21 |
3 |
|
93 |
,37 |
16 |
6 |
,31 |
| the gold gulden |
50 |
,06 |
19 |
0 |
¹⁄₃ |
39 |
,80 |
7 |
0 |
,54 |
| Holland, |
the ryder |
153 |
,54 |
22 |
|
14 |
,74 |
24 |
10 |
,92 |
| the ducat |
53 |
,85 |
23 |
2 |
|
52 |
,73 |
9 |
4 |
, |
| Hungary, |
the ducat of Kremnitz |
53 |
,85 |
23 |
3 |
|
53 |
,29 |
9 |
5 |
,18 |
| Madras, |
the star pagoda |
52 |
,75 |
19 |
2 |
|
42 |
,86 |
7 |
7 |
,05 |
| Naples, |
the onza |
68 |
,10 |
21 |
|
59 |
,59 |
10 |
6 |
,56 |
| Piedmont, |
the zecchino |
54 |
, |
23 |
3 |
¹⁄₂ |
53 |
,72 |
9 |
6 |
,09 |
| the pistole of 1741 |
110 |
,10 |
21 |
3 |
|
99 |
,78 |
17 |
7 |
,92 |
| the doppia of 1755 |
148 |
,50 |
21 |
3 |
|
134 |
,58 |
23 |
9 |
,83 |
| Portugal, |
the joanese |
221 |
,87 |
22 |
|
203 |
,39 |
36 |
|
| the moidore |
166 |
, |
21 |
3 |
³⁄₄ |
151 |
,30 |
26 |
9 |
,35 |
| Prussia, |
the frederick |
103 |
,03 |
21 |
3 |
|
93 |
,37 |
16 |
6 |
,31 |
| Rome, |
the zecchino |
53 |
,55 |
23 |
2 |
|
52 |
,43 |
9 |
3 |
,36 |
| Russia, |
the imperial of 1755 |
255 |
,53 |
22 |
|
234 |
,23 |
41 |
5 |
,49 |
| the imperial of 1763 |
202 |
,18 |
22 |
|
185 |
,33 |
32 |
9 |
,62 |
| the imperial of 1801 |
202 |
,18 |
23 |
2 |
¹⁄₂ |
199 |
,90 |
35 |
2 |
,70 |
| Saxony, |
the august |
102 |
, |
21 |
2 |
²⁄₃ |
92 |
,08 |
16 |
3 |
,57 |
| Siam, |
the tical |
281 |
,88 |
19 |
0 |
¹⁄₃ |
224 |
,13 |
39 |
8 |
,04 |
| Sicily, |
the onza |
67 |
,94 |
21 |
3 |
|
61 |
,57 |
10 |
10 |
,77 |
| Spain, |
the doubloon before 1772 |
416 |
,65 |
21 |
3 |
³⁄₄ |
380 |
,85 |
67 |
4 |
,87 |
| the doubloon of 1772 |
416 |
,65 |
21 |
2 |
²⁄₃ |
376 |
,14 |
66 |
6 |
,88 |
| the doubloon of 1785 |
416 |
,65 |
21 |
2 |
|
373 |
,25 |
66 |
0 |
,74 |
| Sweden, |
the adolphus |
102 |
,95 |
15 |
1 |
¹⁄₂ |
65 |
,77 |
11 |
7 |
,70 |
| Tuscany, |
the ruopono |
161 |
,33 |
23 |
3 |
²⁄₃ |
160 |
,77 |
28 |
5 |
,45 |
| United States |
the eagle |
268 |
,66 |
22 |
|
246 |
,27 |
43 |
7 |
,05 |
| Venice, |
the zecchino |
54 |
, |
23 |
3 |
¹⁄₂ |
53 |
,72 |
9 |
6 |
,09 |
| Wirtemberg, |
the carl |
150 |
,32 |
18 |
2 |
⁵⁄₆ |
117 |
,18 |
20 |
8 |
,87 |
In the first column of this table is
shewn the weight of each foreign coin in
grains troy-weight; in the second column,
the degree of the fineness in carats and
grains of a carat; in the third column,
the contents of fine gold in grains troy-weight;
and in the fourth, the intrinsic
value expressed in shillings and pence
sterling.
The following example will be of guidance
to ascertain the value of foreign coin
in other money also foreign.
Example.
It is required to express the value of a
louis d’or of France coined since 1785 in
the money of Portugal.
As it is seen by the prefixed table that
the louis of 24 livres tournois contains
106,37 grains of fine gold, and that the
joanese of 6400 reis contains 203,39 grains
of fine gold, I state the following equation:
| |
1 |
|
louis = x |
| 1 |
|
louis |
= |
106 |
,37 |
grains |
| 203 |
,39 |
grains |
= |
1 |
|
joanese |
| 1 |
|
joanese |
= |
6400 |
|
reis |
| Result 3347 reis. |
Table, which shews the Weight, Fineness and pure Contents of the principal Silver Coins
of foreign Nations, as well as their intrinsic Value, expressed in English Money.
Silver Coins.
| |
Weight —— |
Fineness —— |
Pure contents —— |
Value —— |
| Grs.100 |
Oz. |
dwt. |
Grs.100 |
d.100 |
| Aix la Chapelle, |
the rathspræsentger |
95 |
,68 |
7 |
1 |
|
56 |
,21 |
7 |
,85 |
| Arabia, |
the larin |
74 |
,17 |
10 |
17 |
¹⁄₂ |
56 |
,84 |
7 |
,93 |
| Basil, |
the reichsthaler |
436 |
,89 |
10 |
10 |
|
382 |
,28 |
53 |
,38 |
| Bengal, |
the sicca rupee |
179 |
,55 |
11 |
18 |
¹⁄₂ |
178 |
,43 |
24 |
,92 |
| Bern, |
the patagon |
417 |
,63 |
10 |
|
348, |
|
48 |
,59 |
| Bombay, |
the rupee |
178 |
,31 |
11 |
15 |
|
174 |
,60 |
24 |
,38 |
| Denmark, |
the riksdahler |
449 |
,87 |
10 |
10 |
|
393 |
,64 |
54 |
,97 |
| the krohn |
344 |
, |
8 |
1 |
|
230 |
,77 |
32 |
,23 |
| England, |
the crown |
464 |
,52 |
11 |
2 |
|
429 |
,68 |
60 |
,00 |
| the shilling |
92 |
,90 |
11 |
2 |
|
85 |
,94 |
12 |
, |
| Flanders, |
the ducaton |
513 |
,29 |
10 |
8 |
³⁄₄ |
446 |
,46 |
62 |
,34 |
| the croon |
456 |
,91 |
10 |
8 |
¹⁄₂ |
395 |
,71 |
55 |
,26 |
| the patagon |
433 |
, |
10 |
10 |
|
378 |
,88 |
52 |
,91 |
| France, |
the ecu of 1726 |
452 |
,50 |
10 |
18 |
|
411 |
,03 |
57 |
,40 |
| the 5 franc piece |
386 |
,14 |
10 |
16 |
|
347 |
,52 |
48 |
,53 |
| Geneva, |
the patagon |
416 |
,87 |
10 |
|
347 |
,38 |
48 |
,51 |
| Genoa, |
the genovina |
593 |
,10 |
11 |
9 |
|
565 |
,93 |
79 |
,03 |
| the St. Gianbatista |
321 |
,66 |
11 |
|
294 |
,85 |
41 |
,17 |
| the giorgino |
91 |
,25 |
10 |
6 |
²⁄₃ |
78 |
,58 |
10 |
,97 |
| the double madonina |
140 |
,19 |
10 |
1 |
²⁄₃ |
117 |
,80 |
16 |
,45 |
| Germany, |
the reichsthaler constitution money |
450 |
,97 |
10 |
13 |
¹⁄₃ |
400 |
,87 |
55 |
,98 |
| the gulden ditto |
225 |
,48 |
10 |
13 |
¹⁄₃ |
200 |
,43 |
27 |
,99 |
| the reichsthaler convention money |
432 |
,93 |
10 |
|
360 |
,78 |
50 |
,38 |
| the gulden ditto |
216 |
,46 |
10 |
|
180 |
,39 |
25 |
,19 |
| the old zweydrittel |
|
|
229 |
,05 |
31 |
,98 |
| the new zweydrittel |
|
|
200 |
,42 |
27 |
,98 |
| Hamburgh, |
the rixdollar banco |
450 |
,52 |
10 |
13 |
¹⁄₂ |
400 |
,47 |
55 |
,92 |
| the marc banco |
150 |
,17 |
10 |
13 |
¹⁄₃ |
133 |
,49 |
18 |
,64 |
| the rix dollar lubs |
124 |
,41 |
9 |
|
318 |
,30 |
44 |
,43 |
| the marc lubs |
141 |
,47 |
9 |
|
106 |
,10 |
14 |
,81 |
| Holland, |
the ducatoon |
503 |
,50 |
11 |
5 |
|
472 |
,03 |
65 |
,91 |
| the three florin piece |
488 |
, |
11 |
|
447 |
,33 |
62 |
,46 |
| the rixdaler |
433 |
,17 |
10 |
10 |
|
379 |
,03 |
52 |
,93 |
| the leeuwendaler |
422 |
, |
8 |
18 |
|
312 |
,98 |
43 |
,70 |
| the gold florin |
307 |
, |
7 |
7 |
|
188 |
,04 |
26 |
,26 |
| the current florin |
162 |
,70 |
10 |
19 |
|
148 |
,46 |
20 |
,73 |
| Madras, |
the rupee |
178 |
,88 |
11 |
16 |
¹⁄₂ |
176 |
,28 |
24 |
,61 |
| Milan, |
the philip |
430 |
,21 |
11 |
8 |
¹⁄₂ |
409 |
,30 |
57 |
,15 |
| Naples, |
the ducat |
336 |
, |
10 |
19 |
|
306 |
,60 |
42 |
,81 |
| Piedmont, |
the ducatoon |
491 |
,03 |
11 |
8 |
¹⁄₃ |
467 |
,17 |
65 |
,23 |
| the scudo of 1733 |
459 |
,88 |
10 |
19 |
¹⁄₆ |
419 |
,96 |
58 |
,64 |
| the scudo of 1755 |
542 |
,95 |
10 |
17 |
¹⁄₂ |
492 |
,05 |
68 |
,71 |
| Pondicherry, |
the rupee |
177 |
,27 |
11 |
11 |
|
170 |
,63 |
23 |
,83 |
| Poland, |
the tympfe |
89 |
,75 |
6 |
3 |
¹⁄₂ |
46 |
,12 |
6 |
,44 |
| Portugal, |
the cruzade |
265 |
,65 |
10 |
15 |
¹⁄₂ |
238 |
,54 |
33 |
,31 |
| Prussia, |
the current rixdollar |
343 |
,42 |
9 |
|
257 |
,57 |
35 |
,97 |
| Rome, |
the scudo moneta |
408 |
,70 |
11 |
|
374 |
,64 |
52 |
,31 |
| the testono |
130 |
,54 |
11 |
|
119 |
,67 |
16 |
,71 |
| the papeta |
81 |
,59 |
11 |
|
74 |
,79 |
10 |
,44 |
| Russia, |
the ruble of 1755 |
402 |
,76 |
9 |
10 |
|
318 |
,85 |
44 |
,52 |
| the ruble of 1763 |
369 |
,88 |
9 |
|
277 |
,41 |
38 |
,74 |
| the ruble of 1801 |
77 |
,48 |
10 |
8 |
|
240 |
,48 |
33 |
,58 |
| the livonina of 1757 |
411 |
,66 |
9 |
1 |
¹⁄₄ |
310 |
,99 |
43 |
,41 |
| the rixdollar albertus |
433 |
,17 |
10 |
10 |
|
379 |
,03 |
52 |
,93 |
| Saxony, |
the old reichsthaler |
450 |
,97 |
10 |
13 |
¹⁄₃ |
400 |
,87 |
55 |
,98 |
| the new reichsthaler |
432 |
,93 |
10 |
|
360 |
,78 |
50 |
,38 |
| the zweydrittelstucke |
212 |
,14 |
11 |
6 |
²⁄₃ |
200 |
,35 |
27 |
,98 |
| Spain, |
the hard dollar before 1772 |
416 |
,40 |
10 |
18 |
¹⁄₃ |
378 |
,81 |
52 |
,90 |
| the hard dollar since 1772 |
416 |
,40 |
10 |
15 |
|
373 |
,03 |
52 |
,09 |
| Sweden, |
the reichsthaler of 1764 |
451 |
,56 |
10 |
10 |
⁵⁄₆ |
396 |
,69 |
55 |
,39 |
| the ducatoon |
484 |
, |
11 |
1 |
¹⁄₄ |
446 |
,18 |
62 |
,30 |
| the carolin |
160 |
,51 |
8 |
6 |
²⁄₃ |
111 |
,47 |
15 |
,56 |
| the ten oere silver piece |
108 |
,30 |
5 |
6 |
²⁄₃ |
48 |
,13 |
6 |
,72 |
| Tuscany, |
the francescono |
422 |
,75 |
11 |
|
|
387 |
,52 |
54 |
,11 |
| the lanternina |
420 |
, |
11 |
1 |
|
386 |
,75 |
54 |
, |
| the livornina |
402 |
, |
11 |
1 |
|
370 |
,18 |
51 |
,69 |
| United States, |
the dollar |
409 |
,79 |
11 |
|
375 |
,64 |
52 |
,45 |
| Venice, |
the ducat |
350 |
,83 |
9 |
18 |
|
289 |
,44 |
40 |
,42 |
| the scudo |
489 |
,54 |
11 |
|
448 |
,75 |
62 |
,66 |
| the giustina |
433 |
,17 |
11 |
|
397 |
,07 |
55 |
,45 |
In the first column of this table is
shewn the weight of each foreign coin in
grains troy-weight; in the second column,
the degree of fineness in carats and grains
of a carat; in the third column, the contents
of fine silver in grains troy-weight;
and in the fourth, the intrinsic value expressed
in pence sterling.
The following example will shew in
what manner the value of a foreign coin in
other money also foreign may be ascertained.
Example.
It is required to express the value of a
Spanish hard dollar in the money of France.
As it is seen by the prefixed table that
the hard dollar contains 373,03 grains of
fine silver, and that the piece of 5 francs
contains 347,52 grains of fine silver, I
state the following equation:
| |
1 |
|
hard dollar = x |
| 1 |
|
hard dol. |
= |
373 |
,03 |
grains |
| 347 |
,52 |
grains |
= |
5 |
|
franc piece |
| Result 5 francs 37 cents |
MONIES, in a military sense, are such
sums as are issued for public service, and
are more specifically distinguished by the
appellation of army estimates. It is usual
for the secretary at war to move for the
estimates of the army. The following
sums shew the amount of the British
military establishment on the 17th of February,
1801:—
1,615,878l. for guards and garrisons.
1,743,773l. for maintenance of troops
abroad.
17,232l. for land forces for Ireland.
355,000l. for recruiting in Great Britain.
319,479l. for ditto in Ireland.
86,523l. for generals and staff officers in
Great Britain.
48,197l. for ditto in Ireland.
973,433l. for militia in Great Britain.
1,338,000l. for ditto in Ireland.
57,000l. for fencibles in Great Britain.
34,451l. for contingencies in Ireland.
25,876l. for supernumerary officers.
11,628l. for officers’ clerks, &c. in
Great Britain.
6,416l. for ditto in Ireland.
255,000l. for increased rates for subsistence
to inn-keepers in Great Britain.
115,384l. allowance for beer.
138,979l. for reduced officers in Great
Britain.
148,382l. for the in and out pensioners
of Chelsea.
35,923l. for ditto of hospital at Kilmainham,
near Dublin.
455,000l. for volunteer cavalry in Great
Britain.
425,139l. for ditto in Ireland.
33,394l. for foreign troops in British
pay.
456,000l. for the augmentation of
10,000 in Great Britain.
21,332l. for contingencies in Ireland.
To be added, 1,033,750l. for the ordnance
of the current year.
30,937l. for extraordinaries not provided
for in 1799.
58,756l. for ditto not provided for in
1800.
Regimental Monies. All sums issued
to paymasters for the subsistence, &c. of
the men belonging to a regiment, are so
called; for the regular distribution of
which the paymasters and captains of
companies are responsible. La comptabilité,
among the French, corresponds with
this explanation.
Ley-Money. The money which is
paid for recruiting the army, is so called.
Smart Money. The money which was
paid by the person who has taken the
enlisting money, in order to get released
from an engagement entered into previous
to a regular enlistment.
Bounty Money.—See Recruiting.
MONOMACHY, (Monomachie, Fr.)
a single combat, or the fighting of two,
hand to hand. It is derived from the
Greek. A duel may be properly called
Monomachy.
MONSON ou MOUSON, Fr. a word
derived from the Arabic, signifying the
wind of any particular season, or one that
blows regularly. See Monsoons.
MONSOONS. In India the year is
divided into two seasons. From the
month of October to March, the winds
blow from the north-western, and during
the rest of the year from the south-eastern
points of the compass: these seasons
are by mariners called monsoons; the
change from the one to the other is generally
preceded by an interval of about
twenty days, in which calms, or light and
uncertain winds prevail: the setting in of
the northern monsoons generally falls out
some time in the month of September, as
that of the southern in the month of April.
On the coast of Coromandel the northern
monsoon sometimes begins with a violent
tempest or hurricane; and if the monsoon
sets in with moderation, it is often productive
of tempestuous weather at different
intervals, until the middle of December,
and sometimes later; so that it is held
dangerous for any vessels to remain on the
coast after the 15th of October, or to
return to it before the 20th of December.
MONTAGNES, Fr. Hills, mountains,
&c. In a military sense, the term
is peculiarly applicable to that species of
warfare which is carried on in a mountainous
and intersected country. We
have already given a general outline of this
species of warfare under the head Guerre
de Montagne: nevertheless the following
observations may not appear superfluous
or irrelevant in this place. The chevalier
Folard has written largely, and with no
inconsiderable degree of method, on that
part of a war among hills, &c. where an
army might run the risk of being surrounded,
or shut up. He observes, that
a body of men may be drawn into snares
by the well concerted movements of an
able and active enemy, most especially in
a country which is intersected by rivers,
and occasionally broken with hills and
eminences. Although disasters of this
sort are manifest proofs of a want of ability
in the person who holds the chief
command, they become infinitely more
disgraceful when a general runs headlong
into a snare, as Euripidas did, without
having sufficient courage to attempt a daring
enterprize; for it certainly remains
with ourselves to determine, whether we
chuse to move into an impracticable
country; and it equally rests with us to
avoid stratagems and snares.
All this, however, depends upon a
knowlege of the country into which the
war is carried; and as it is impossible to be
in possession of the requisite information
without some extraneous means, every
general ought to lay it down as a maxim,
not to advance into a mountainous country
without having a good number of intelligent
and faithful guides. These, in
addition to some able topographers, will
prevent the possibility of being surprised,
and make him thoroughly master of all
the passes, &c.
It is not, however, sufficient to be in
possession of the heights that immediately
command a valley into which an army
has moved; in proportion as you advance,
you must be certain, that the enemy who
retreats before, is not insensibly winding
round a second range of hills, to get upon
your flanks, or ultimately fall upon your
rear.
It moreover frequently happens, that
some vallies have not any outlets, and that
others become so narrow, that an army is
under the necessity of marching by single
files, in order to reach a more open piece
of ground, or to get at some important
pass for the purpose of intercepting or obstructing
the march of an enemy.
When it is found necessary to retreat, or
to march over a country, as Hannibal did
over the Alps, it is of little consequence
what steps or measures you take, with regard
to those parts which you are abandoning;
but when you advance against
an enemy, and are determined to dispute
his march through a valley or hollow
way, you must adopt every precaution to
secure your rear and flanks, lest, as we
have already observed, your antagonist
should take advantage of the various
passes and intricate bye-ways, which always
exists in a mountainous country;
and it must always be remembered, that
many coups de main, and daring enterprises,
may be undertaken by four or five
hundred active partisans, which an army
would find impracticable.
An able general cannot have a better, or
more favorable field to exercise his military
genius in, than that which is afforded
by a mountainous country. All the
chicane and stratagem of war may be resorted
to; and however weak an army
might be, yet such are the manifold resources
of this peculiar kind of contest,
that there is scarcely any thing which
may not be attempted, provided the officer,
who commands, has a thorough
knowlege of the country, is fertile in expedients,
and has a calm determined mind.
Many instances might be adduced to illustrate
these observations; we shall be
satisfied with stating, that the prince of
Conti, in the campaign of 1744, which he
so ably conducted, owes a considerable
part of his reputation to the scope afforded
to his talents by the locality of Piedmont.
This country, indeed, as well as
Switzerland, seems to have been cut out
as the peculiar theatre of great military
talents. But neither the prince of Conti,
nor the first consul of France, Bonaparte,
would have succeeded in the brilliant
manner, which they most unquestionably
have done, had not the science of topography
seconded the natural advantages
of that mountainous part of Europe.
Massena, Lecourbe, Ney, Lefebvre, Soult,
and Macdonald have immortalized themselves
in mountain warfare.
MONTE, Fr. This word is used
among the French to express what we
mean by carry; as, un vaisseau monté de
cinquante pièces de canon: a ship that carries
fifty guns, or a fifty gun ship.
Monter la tranchée, Fr. See To
Mount the Trenches.
Monter un Vaisseau, Fr. To embark
on board a ship.
Monter, Fr. This word likewise
means to rise from one rank to another,
in the way of promotion, as from cornet
or ensign to become lieutenant, from
lieutenant to become captain, or from
having the command of the youngest
company to be promoted to that of the
oldest.
MONTH, considered as a military
period, in the British service, consists alternately
of 30 and 31 days, commencing
on the 24th, and ending on the 25th day
(inclusive) of each month, properly so
called.
Monthly Abstract. See Pay.
Monthly Return. See Return.
Monthly Report. See Report.
Monthly Inspection. See Regimental
Inspection.
MONT-joie, Saint Denis, Fr. a national
exclamation, adopted by the French in
the reign of Louis, sirnamed Le Gros.
See Cri des armes.
Mont-Pagnote ou Poste des invulnérables,
Fr. an expression which is derived
from Pagnote, a coward, a poltroon; and
signifies any eminence or place from
whence the operations of a siege, or the
actual conflict of two armies, may be seen
without personal danger to the curious
observer. It is a term of reproach, C’est
un Général qui voit le combat du Mont-Pagnote;
he is one of those generals that
look on whilst others fight. During the
American war a particular body of refugees
or tories who seemed to side with the
British, were called invulnerables.
Mont-Pagnote, in fortification, an eminence
where persons post themselves out
of the reach of cannon, to see a camp,
siege, battle, &c. without being exposed
to danger. It is also called the post of the
invulnerables.
MONTRE, Fr. The review, or muster
of the men. Le régiment a fait montre
devant le commissaire. The regiment has
passed muster before the commissary.
Les officiers mirent leur valets dans les rangs,
et les firent passer à la montre. The officers
put their servants in the ranks, and made
them pass muster.
Montre likewise signified, in the old
French service, the money which was paid
to soldiers every month, when they passed
muster. Il a reçu sa montre; he has received
his monthly pay.
Monture, Fr. The complement of men,
and number of cannon, on board a French
ship of war.
Monture d’un fusil, d’un pistolet, Fr.
the stock of a gun or pistol.
MONUMENT, (Monument, Fr.) In
a military sense, any public edifice, pillar,
or mark of distinction, which is exhibited
to perpetuate the memory of some illustrious
character.
MOOTIANA, Ind. Soldiers employed
to collect the revenue.
MOQUA, MUCK, a frenzical riot of
some mahomedans, who have returned
from Mecca, against those who have not
professed mahomedanism. This horrid
custom has been lately practised by the
Malays, both at the island of Ceylon, and
at the Cape of Good Hope. In the latter
place indeed, the fanaticism of one of these
blind enthusiasts went so far, that he
stabbed a soldier who stood centinel at the
governor’s gate. His intention was to
have destroyed the governor. He that
runs the moqua, or muck, gets intoxicated
with bang, or opium, loosens his hair,
(which is generally bound up under a
handkerchief) then takes a dagger (called
a kreese) in his hand, whose blade is usually
half poisoned, and in the handle of
which there is some of his mother’s or
father’s hair preserved, and running about
the streets kills all those he meets, who
are not mahomedans, till he is killed himself;
pretending to believe, that he serves
God and Mahomed by destroying their
enemies. When one of these madmen is
slain, all the mahomedan rabble run to
him, and bury him like a saint, every one
contributing his mite towards making a
noble burial.
MORAILLE, Fr. Barnacles. An
instrument made commonly of iron for
the use of farriers, to hold a horse by the
nose, to hinder him from struggling when
an incision is made.
Le MORAL, Fr. This word is frequently
used among the French, as a substantive
of the masculine gender, to express
the moral condition of man. It
likewise means the prepossession or assurance
which we feel in conscious superiority,
viz. Quand les Anglois se battent sur
mer, ils ont le moral pour eux, les Francois
l’ont sur terre.
MORASS, in military drawings, denotes
moor, marshy, or fenny low grounds,
on which waters are lodged.
MORATTOES, Mahrattahs, a considerable
Hindoo tribe in Hindustan. Their
army is chiefly composed of cavalry and
they excel in the management of their
horses. The weapon principally used by
them in war is a sabre, extremely well
tempered, and carefully chosen. Their
dress, when accoutred for action, consists
of a quilted jacket of cotton cloth, which
descends half way down their thighs,
and of a thin linen vest, which is fitted
close to the body, and is always worn
under the jacket. They wear upon their
head a broad turban, which is made to
reach the shoulders, for the double purpose
of covering the neck from the heat of
the sun, and of shielding it against the
enemy’s sabre. Their thighs and legs are
covered with a loose kind of trowsers, or
cotton overhose. They are extremely temperate,
and pay the most minute attention
to their horses.
It is now more than a century that the
Mahrattahs first made a figure, as the
most enterprising soldiers of Hindustan;
as the only nation of Indians, which
seems to make war an occupation by
choice; for the Rajpouts are Hindus,
soldiers by birth. The strength of their
armies consist in their numerous cavalry,
which is more capable of resisting fatigue
than any in India; large bodies of them
having been known to march fifty miles
in a day. They avoid general engagements,
and seem to have no other idea in
making war, but that of doing as much
mischief as possible to the enemy’s country.
MOREAU, Fr. A species of bag
which the drivers of mules use to carry
their hay. It is likewise the name of a
celebrated French general, who by his
able retreat out of Germany, during the
most disastrous period of the French revolution,
acquired a reputation, as a general,
superior to Xenophon.
MORGLAY, a deadly weapon.
MORTIER, Fr. See Mortar.
MORION, Fr. Donner sur le morion.
This was a species of punishment which
was formerly inflicted upon French soldiers
for crimes that were not capital.
They were shut up in a guard-house, and
received a certain number of strokes with
a halbert. The gantelope was substituted
in its stead; but neither one or the
other are practised in the present French
army.
MORISON. See Helmet,
Casque,
&c.
MORT d’Eau, Fr. Low water.
MORTARS, are a kind of short cannon,
of a large bore, with chambers:
they are made of stone, brass, or iron.
Their use is to throw hollow shells, filled
with powder; which, falling on any
building, or into the works of a fortification,
burst, and their fragments destroy
every thing within reach. Carcasses are
also thrown out of them. These are a
sort of shells, with 5 holes, filled with
pitch and other combustibles, in order to
set buildings on fire; and sometimes baskets
full of stones, the size of a man’s
fist, are thrown out of them upon an enemy,
placed in the covert-way during a
siege. The very ingenious general Desaguliers
contrived to throw bags, filled
with grape-shot, containing in each bag,
from 400 to 600 shot of different dimensions,
out of mortars; the effect of which
is extremely awful and tremendous to
troops forming the line of battle, passing
a defile, or landing, &c. pouring down
shot, not unlike a shower of hail, on a
circumference of above 300 feet. They
are distinguished chiefly by the diameter
of the bore. For example, a 13-inch
mortar is that, the diameter of whose bore
is 13 inches. There are some of 10 and
8-inch diameters; and some of a smaller
sort, as cohorns of 4.6 inches, and
royals of 5.8 inches.
Weight and Dimensions of English Mortars.
| Kind. |
Weight. |
Length. |
[13]Powder contained in Chamber. |
Range at 45°. |
| |
Ct. |
qr. |
lbs. |
Ft. |
In. |
lbs. |
oz. |
Yds. |
| 13 |
- |
|
Brass |
|
- |
Sea S. |
- |
|
|
82 |
— |
8 |
5 |
3 |
|
32 |
— |
4100 |
| Iron |
82 |
1 |
— |
|
20 |
— |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| Brass |
|
- |
Land. |
- |
|
|
25 |
— |
10 |
3 |
7 |
¹⁄₂ |
9 |
12 |
|
2100 |
| Iron |
36 |
2 |
12 |
|
9 |
8 |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| 10 |
- |
|
Brass |
|
- |
Sea S. |
- |
|
|
33 |
— |
— |
4 |
8 |
|
12 |
8 |
|
3800 |
| Iron |
41 |
— |
— |
|
10 |
— |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| Brass |
|
- |
Land. |
- |
|
|
10 |
1 |
25 |
2 |
9 |
|
4 |
10 |
|
1900 |
| Iron |
16 |
— |
6 |
|
4 |
8 |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| 8 |
- |
|
Brass |
|
- |
Land. |
- |
|
|
4 |
1 |
8 |
2 |
1 |
³⁄₄ |
2 |
— |
1600 |
| Iron |
8 |
— |
11 |
|
2 |
4 |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| 5 |
¹⁄₂ |
Brass |
— |
Land. |
- |
|
|
1 |
— |
20 |
1 |
4 |
¹⁄₄ |
— |
9 |
|
1200 |
| 4 |
²⁄₅ |
Brass |
— |
Land. |
— |
3 |
11 |
1 |
1 |
¹⁄₂ |
— |
4 |
¹⁄₂ |
1040 |
| |
|
|
|
|
Ranges with French Mortars, at 45 Degrees, in French Weights and Measures.
| 12 Inch. |
10 Inch, long Ranges. |
10 Inch, short Ranges. |
8 Inch. |
| Charge. |
Range. |
Charge. |
Range. |
Charge. |
Range. |
Charge. |
Range. |
| lbs. |
oz. |
Yards. |
lbs. |
oz. |
Yards. |
lbs. |
oz. |
Yards. |
lbs. |
oz. |
Yards. |
| 1 |
— |
388 |
1 |
— |
450 |
1 |
— |
618 |
— |
5 |
316 |
| 1 |
8 |
632 |
2 |
— |
1080 |
1 |
8 |
|
964 |
— |
10 |
794 |
| 2 |
— |
862 |
3 |
— |
1536 |
2 |
— |
1280 |
— |
15 |
1112 |
| 2 |
8 |
954 |
4 |
— |
2070 |
2 |
8 |
|
1428 |
1 |
4 |
1280 |
| 3 |
— |
1292 |
5 |
— |
2206 |
3 |
— |
1432 |
|
|
| 3 |
8 |
1390 |
6 |
2 |
¹⁄₂ |
2304 |
3 |
10 |
¹⁄₄ |
1920 |
|
|
Ranges with a 10 Inch Sea Mortar, at 21 Degrees,
on a Horizontal Plane.
Weight of Mortar. |
Weight of Shell. |
Charge. |
Eleva- tion. |
Flight. |
Range. |
| ct. |
qrs. |
lbs. |
|
lbs. |
oz. |
|
lbs. |
oz. |
Deg. |
|
Sec. |
Yards. |
| 34 |
2 |
14 |
- |
|
|
86 |
— |
|
|
- |
5 |
8 |
21 |
- |
|
|
14 |
³⁄₄ |
2335 |
| 87 |
— |
16 |
|
2510 |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Ranges with Sea Service, Iron Mortars, at 45 Degrees,
upon a Horizontal Plane. 1798.
| 13 Inch. |
10 Inch. |
| Charge. |
Flight. |
Range. |
Charge. |
Flight. |
Range. |
| lbs. |
oz. |
Sec. |
Yards. |
lbs. |
oz. |
Sec. |
Yards. |
| 2 |
— |
13 |
|
690 |
1 |
— |
13 |
|
680 |
| 4 |
— |
18 |
|
1400 |
2 |
— |
18 |
|
1340 |
| 6 |
— |
21 |
|
1900 |
3 |
— |
21 |
|
1900 |
| 8 |
— |
24 |
¹⁄₂ |
2575 |
4 |
— |
24 |
¹⁄₂ |
2500 |
| 10 |
— |
26 |
- |
2975 |
5 |
— |
26 |
|
2800 |
| 12 |
— |
29 |
|
3500 |
6 |
— |
27 |
|
3200 |
| 14 |
— |
29 |
- |
3660 |
7 |
— |
29 |
|
3500 |
| 16 |
— |
30 |
|
3900 |
8 |
— |
30 |
|
3800 |
| 18 |
— |
30 |
- |
4200 |
9 |
— |
30 |
¹⁄₄ |
3900 |
| 20 |
— |
31 |
|
4400 |
9 |
8 |
30 |
¹⁄₂ |
4000 |
French Mortars, in their own Weights and Measures.
| |
lbs. |
|
|
|
| 12 |
Inches |
2060 |
|
3 |
7 |
|
2400 |
| 10 |
for long Ranges |
2000 |
|
7 |
4 |
|
2800 |
| 10 |
for short do. |
1560 |
|
4 |
— |
2200 |
| 8 |
for short do. |
595 |
|
1 |
4 |
³⁄₄ |
1160 |
| Stone Mortars.[14] |
1100 |
|
2 |
8 |
|
|
| 12 |
Inch |
|
- |
Gomers |
2750 |
|
12 |
— |
2700 |
| 10 |
Inch |
2000 |
|
6 |
8 |
|
2800 |
| 8 |
Inch |
600 |
|
2 |
— |
1400 |
| |
|
|
|
|
Medium Ranges with Land Service Iron
Mortars, at 45 Degrees, 1798.
| 13 Inch. |
10 Inch. |
8 Inch. |
5¹⁄₂ Inch, Brass. |
| Ch’ge. |
Flig’t. |
Range. |
Ch’ge. |
Flig’t. |
Range. |
Ch’ge. |
Flig’t. |
Range. |
Ch’ge. |
Flig’t. |
Range. |
| lbs. |
oz. |
Sec. |
Yds. |
lb. |
oz. |
Sec. |
Yds. |
lbs. |
oz. |
Sec. |
Yds. |
oz. |
dr. |
Sec. |
Yds. |
| — |
14 |
6 |
¹⁄₂ |
245 |
— |
8 |
6 |
¹⁄₂ |
235 |
— |
5 |
6 |
|
225 |
1 |
8 |
5 |
¹⁄₂ |
155 |
| 1 |
— |
7 |
- |
318 |
— |
10 |
8 |
|
358 |
— |
6 |
7 |
¹⁄₂ |
328 |
1 |
12 |
6 |
|
198 |
| 1 |
4 |
8 |
- |
412 |
— |
12 |
9 |
|
464 |
— |
7 |
8 |
|
428 |
2 |
— |
6 |
- |
255 |
| 1 |
8 |
9 |
- |
523 |
— |
14 |
10 |
|
534 |
— |
8 |
9 |
- |
474 |
2 |
4 |
7 |
- |
316 |
| 1 |
12 |
10 |
- |
613 |
1 |
— |
10 |
- |
638 |
— |
9 |
10 |
|
560 |
2 |
8 |
8 |
|
380 |
| 2 |
— |
11 |
|
697 |
1 |
2 |
11 |
- |
749 |
— |
10 |
11 |
|
664 |
2 |
12 |
8 |
- |
426 |
| 2 |
4 |
12 |
- |
840 |
1 |
4 |
13 |
|
873 |
— |
11 |
12 |
|
762 |
3 |
— |
9 |
- |
470 |
| 2 |
8 |
13 |
|
906 |
1 |
6 |
13 |
- |
956 |
— |
12 |
12 |
- |
801 |
3 |
4 |
10 |
|
540 |
| 2 |
12 |
14 |
|
1054 |
1 |
8 |
14 |
|
1028 |
— |
13 |
13 |
- |
859 |
3 |
8 |
10 |
- |
590 |
| 3 |
— |
15 |
|
1132 |
1 |
10 |
15 |
|
1123 |
— |
14 |
14 |
|
960 |
3 |
12 |
11 |
|
630 |
| 3 |
4 |
16 |
|
1244 |
1 |
12 |
15 |
|
1226 |
— |
15 |
14 |
- |
1011 |
4 |
— |
11 |
- |
725 |
| 3 |
8 |
16 |
- |
1317 |
1 |
14 |
16 |
|
1325 |
1 |
0 |
14 |
- |
1119 |
4 |
4 |
12 |
|
746 |
| 3 |
12 |
17 |
|
1424 |
2 |
— |
16 |
- |
1357 |
1 |
1 |
15 |
|
1156 |
4 |
8 |
12 |
- |
800 |
| 4 |
— |
17 |
|
1490 |
2 |
2 |
17 |
|
1480 |
1 |
2 |
16 |
|
1262 |
4 |
12 |
13 |
- |
910 |
| 4 |
4 |
17 |
- |
1580 |
2 |
4 |
17 |
- |
1532 |
1 |
3 |
16 |
- |
1320 |
5 |
— |
13 |
- |
935 |
| 4 |
8 |
18 |
- |
1656 |
2 |
6 |
17 |
- |
1571 |
1 |
4 |
17 |
|
1380 |
5 |
4 |
14 |
|
1016 |
| 4 |
12 |
19 |
|
1744 |
2 |
8 |
18 |
- |
1700 |
1 |
5 |
17 |
- |
1446 |
5 |
8 |
— |
— |
| 5 |
— |
19 |
- |
1824 |
2 |
10 |
19 |
|
1780 |
1 |
6 |
18 |
|
1530 |
5 |
12 |
— |
— |
| 5 |
4 |
19 |
- |
1900 |
2 |
12 |
19 |
- |
1825 |
1 |
7 |
18 |
- |
1600 |
6 |
— |
15 |
|
1175 |
| 5 |
8 |
20 |
|
1950 |
2 |
14 |
20 |
|
1880 |
1 |
8 |
19 |
|
1660 |
|
|
|
| 5 |
12 |
20 |
- |
2062 |
3 |
— |
20 |
|
1916 |
1 |
9 |
19 |
- |
1720 |
|
|
|
| 6 |
— |
21 |
|
2095 |
4 |
— |
25 |
|
2485 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| 7 |
— |
24 |
|
2510 |
4 |
8 |
26 |
|
2536 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| 8 |
— |
25 |
|
2706 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medium Ranges with Brass Mortars, at 45
Degrees. 1780.
| 13 Inch.[15] |
10 Inch. |
8 Inch. |
| Ch’ge. |
Range. |
Ch’ge. |
Range. |
Ch’ge. |
Range. |
| lb. |
oz. |
Y’ds. |
lb. |
oz. |
Y’ds. |
oz. |
dr. |
Y’ds. |
| 2 |
12 |
862 |
1 |
10 |
823 |
10 |
8 |
580 |
| 2 |
14 |
939 |
1 |
11 |
852 |
11 |
— |
635 |
| 3 |
— |
998 |
1 |
12 |
783 |
11 |
8 |
711 |
| 3 |
2 |
1003 |
1 |
13 |
758 |
12 |
— |
708 |
| 3 |
4 |
1090 |
1 |
14 |
823 |
12 |
8 |
701 |
| 3 |
6 |
1139 |
1 |
15 |
888 |
13 |
— |
777 |
| 3 |
8 |
1165 |
2 |
— |
892 |
13 |
8 |
825 |
| 3 |
10 |
1209 |
2 |
1 |
940 |
14 |
— |
870 |
| 3 |
12 |
1270 |
2 |
2 |
941 |
14 |
8 |
853 |
| 3 |
14 |
1322 |
2 |
3 |
1041 |
15 |
— |
860 |
| 4 |
— |
1309 |
2 |
4 |
1128 |
15 |
8 |
899 |
| 4 |
2 |
1331 |
2 |
5 |
1103 |
16 |
— |
921 |
| 4 |
4 |
1391 |
2 |
6 |
1221 |
16 |
8 |
987 |
| 4 |
6 |
1363 |
2 |
7 |
1258 |
17 |
— |
987 |
| 4 |
8 |
1324 |
2 |
8 |
1215 |
17 |
8 |
1062 |
Ranges with a 5¹⁄₂ Inch Brass Mortar, at
15 Degrees.
| Charge. |
Flight. |
First Graze. |
Rolled to. |
| oz. |
dr. |
Sec. |
Yards. |
Yards. |
| 2 |
8 |
3 |
|
209 |
303 |
| 3 |
— |
3 |
¹⁄₂ |
256 |
330 |
| 3 |
8 |
4 |
|
375 |
443 |
| 4 |
— |
4 |
- |
457 |
501 |
| 4 |
8 |
5 |
|
530 |
600 |
| 5 |
— |
5 |
- |
561 |
627 |
| 5 |
8 |
6 |
- |
667 |
715 |
| 6 |
— |
7 |
|
709 |
780 |
Medium Ranges with Land Service Iron
Mortars, at 10 Degrees Elevation....Powder
in Cartridges.
| 10 Inch. |
8 Inch. |
| Flight. |
Charge. |
First Graze. |
Extreme Range. |
Flight. |
Charge. |
First Graze. |
Extreme Range. |
| Sec. |
lb. |
oz. |
Yds. |
Yds. |
Sec. |
lb. |
oz. |
Yds. |
Yds. |
| 3 |
|
— |
12 |
198 |
415 |
3 |
|
— |
8 |
202 |
403 |
| 3 |
¹⁄₂ |
1 |
— |
278 |
458 |
3 |
|
— |
10 |
266 |
461 |
| 4 |
|
1 |
4 |
366 |
564 |
3 |
¹⁄₄ |
— |
12 |
351 |
614 |
| 4 |
¹⁄₂ |
1 |
8 |
451 |
685 |
4 |
|
— |
14 |
413 |
630 |
| 4 |
|
1 |
12 |
432 |
686 |
4 |
³⁄₄ |
1 |
— |
468 |
754 |
| 4 |
³⁄₄ |
2 |
— |
559 |
938 |
5 |
|
1 |
2 |
562 |
811 |
| 5 |
|
2 |
4 |
602 |
798 |
6 |
|
1 |
4 |
664 |
950 |
| 4 |
³⁄₄ |
2 |
8 |
597 |
976 |
6 |
¹⁄₂ |
1 |
6 |
700 |
1028 |
| 5 |
|
2 |
12 |
664 |
1121 |
6 |
|
1 |
8 |
768 |
1064 |
| 5 |
¹⁄₄ |
3 |
— |
764 |
1169 |
|
|
|
|
Medium Ranges with the above Mortars, at
15 Degrees.
| 10 Inch. |
8 Inch. |
| Ch’ge. |
Flig’t. |
Range. |
Ch’ge. |
Flig’t. |
Range. |
| lb. |
oz. |
Sec. |
Yards. |
lb. |
oz. |
Sec. |
Y’ds. |
| 1 |
4 |
5 |
|
464 |
— |
11 |
4 |
¹⁄₂ |
427 |
| 1 |
6 |
5 |
¹⁄₂ |
543 |
— |
12 |
4 |
- |
485 |
| 1 |
8 |
6 |
|
590 |
— |
13 |
5 |
|
513 |
| 1 |
12 |
6 |
³⁄₄ |
685 |
— |
14 |
5 |
- |
559 |
| 1 |
14 |
7 |
|
765 |
1 |
— |
6 |
- |
690 |
| 2 |
— |
7 |
|
805 |
1 |
2 |
7 |
|
822 |
| 2 |
4 |
7 |
¹⁄₂ |
884 |
1 |
4 |
7 |
|
827 |
| 2 |
8 |
7 |
³⁄₄ |
960 |
1 |
6 |
7 |
³⁄₄ |
1004 |
| 2 |
12 |
8 |
|
1070 |
1 |
8 |
8 |
¹⁄₂ |
1012 |
| 3 |
— |
8 |
¹⁄₂ |
1154 |
1 |
10 |
8 |
|
1196 |
| |
|
|
1 |
11 |
9 |
|
1337 |
All English mortars are erroneously fixed to
an angle of 45 degrees, and custom has
prevailed to lash them strongly with
ropes to that elevation. In a siege, shells
should never be thrown with an angle of
45 degrees, excepting in one case only;
that is, when the battery is so far off that
they cannot otherwise reach the works:
for when shells are thrown out of the
trenches into the works of a fortification,
or from the town into the trenches, they
should have as little elevation as possible,
in order to roll along and not bury themselves;
whereby the injury they do, and
the terror they cause to the troops, is much
greater than if they sink into the ground.
On the contrary, when shells are thrown
upon magazines, or any other buildings,
with an intention to destroy them, the
mortars should be elevated as high as
possible, that the shells may acquire a
greater force in their fall, and consequently
do more execution. The British are the
only nation that fix mortars to an elevation
of 45 degrees, the proper range is
from 32¹⁄₂ to 35 degrees.
The use of mortars is thought to be
older than that of cannon; for they were
employed in the wars of Italy to throw
balls of red-hot iron, and stones, long before
the invention of shells. It is generally
believed, that the Germans were the
first inventors, and that they were actually
used at the siege of Naples, in the reign
of Charles the VIII., in 1435. History
informs us, with more certainty, that
shells were thrown out of mortars at the
siege of Wachtendonk, in Guelderland, in
1588, by the earl of Mansfield. Shells
were first invented by a citizen of Venlo,
who, on a festival, celebrated in honor of
the duke of Cleves, threw a certain number,
one of which fell on a house, and set
fire to it; by which misfortune the greatest
part of the city was reduced to ashes.
Mr. Malter, an English engineer, first
taught the French the art of throwing
shells, which they practised at the siege of
Motte, in 1634. The method of throwing
red-hot balls out of mortars, was first
put in practice, with certainty, at the
siege of Stralsund, in 1675, by the elector
of Brandenburg; though some say in
1653, at the siege of Bremen.
Land-Mortars, are those used in
sieges, and of late in battles, mounted on
beds; and both mortar and bed are transported
on block-carriages. There is also
a kind of land-mortars, mounted on travelling
carriages, invented by count
Buckeburg, which may be elevated to
any degree; whereas the British as we have
already stated, are fixed to an angle of 45
degrees, and are firmly lashed with ropes.
Partridge Mortar, is a common mortar,
surrounded by 13 other little mortars,
bored round its circumference in the body
of its metal. The centre one is loaded
with a shell, and the others with grenades.
The vent of the large mortar
being fired, communicates its fire to the
small ones; so that both shell and grenades
go off at once. The French used
them in the war of 1701, and more especially
at the siege of Lisle, in 1708, and
at the defence of Bouchain in 1702.
Hand-Mortars, were frequently used
before the invention of cohorns. They
were fixed at the end of a staff of 4¹⁄₂
feet long, the other end being shod with
iron to stick in the ground: while the
bombardier, with one hand, elevated it at
pleasure, he with the other hand fired.
Firelock-Mortars, Bombards, are
small mortars, fixed at the end of a firelock
they are loaded as all common
firelocks are; and the grenade, placed in
the mortar at the end of the barrel, is discharged
by a flint-lock; and, to prevent
the recoil hurting the bombardier, the
bombard rests on a kind of halberd, made
for that purpose. They were first invented
by major-general Siebach, a German,
about the year 1710.
Names of the several parts of a Mortar.
Grand divisions exterior, viz.—The
whole length, of the mortar, muzzle,
chace, reinforce, breech, trunnions.
Small divisions exterior. The vent,
dolphins, vent astragal and fillets, breech
ring and ogee, reinforce ring and ogee,
reinforce astragal and fillets, muzzle astragal
and fillets, muzzle ring and ogee,
muzzle moulding, shoulders.
Interior parts. Chamber, bore, mouth,
vent.
Chamber in Mortars, is the place
where the powder is lodged. There are
different sorts, and made variously by different
nations. The Spaniards use chiefly
the spheric; the French, Germans, and
Dutch, the conic, cylindric, and the concave
or bottled; the Portuguese at present,
the parabolic; and the English
make them in the form of a frustrum of a
cone. Each nation has its reasons, good
or bad, to prefer their make before that of
others: among which the English say the
concave and cylindric chambers are the
best; the French say the frustrum of a
cone.
Sea-Mortars; are those which are
fixed in the bomb-vessels, for bombarding
places by sea: they are made somewhat
longer, and much heavier than the
land-mortars.
Land-Mortar-Beds, are made of
very solid timber, and placed upon very
strong timber frames, fixed in the bomb
ketch; to which a pintle is attached in
such a manner, that the bed may turn
round. The fore part of these beds is an
arc of a circle, described from the same
centre as the pintle-hole. Land-mortar-beds
are now made of cast iron.
Stone-Mortars, serve to throw stones
into the enemy’s works, when near at
hand; such as from the town into the
trenches in the covert-way, or upon the
glacis; and from these trenches into the
town. The bore is terminated by two
quadrants of a circle, terminated by the
reinforce and lines drawn from the ends
of the cylinder, made to lodge the tompions
parallel to the axis of the mortar.
The bottom of the conic chamber is terminated
by an arc of 60 degrees, and the
round part of the outside is a semi-circle.
Chambers in Mortars, are of different
sorts and dimensions. Mr. Belidor
mentions four; namely, the cylindric,
the spheric, the conic, and the concave
or bottled; to which a fifth may be added,
the parabolic, invented by count de
Lippe Buckeburg.
Cylindric chambers. Experience demonstrates,
that concave chambers will throw
the shell farthest of any with the same
charge, yet, in this case, where but little
powder is required, in the entrance
would become too narrow, and consequently
inconvenient to clean; whereas,
when they are cylindric, the difference
between the advantages of the one and the
other will be but little, and not attended
with any inconveniences.
Conic chambers, are generally made in a
circular form at the bottom, so that the
sides produced, meet the extremities of
the diameter at the mouth.
Spheric chambers, are much inferior to the
cylindric or concave; for it is well known
by the properties of geometry, that when
a cylinder and a frustrum of a cone occupy
equal spaces, the surface of the cone is
always greater than that of the cylinder.
Hence, if the entrance of these chambers
be not made very narrow, contrary to
practice, as demonstrated by Mr. Muller,
in his second edition of Artillery, page 38,
of the introduction, and the examples
that follow, we conclude that these and
the conic chambers are the worst.
Concave chambers. The advantage of
these kinds of chambers consist in this,
that their entrance may be made narrower
than that of any other form; and practice
has sufficiently proved it. Yet,
when the entrance is so small as not to
admit a man’s hand, they are not easily
cleaned: for which reason it is supposed
that all 13 and 10-inch mortars should
have concave chambers, and the others
cylindric ones.
Parabolic chambers. These chambers,
being the widest of any, may therefore
be included among the worst; as it is not
the inward figure of the chamber, but its
entrance, which produces the effect; because
the smaller it is, the nearer it reduces
the effect into the direction of the
shell. It has however one advantage,
namely that the shells will have no windage.
Mortar, in military architecture, a
composition of lime, sand, &c. mixed up
with water, that serves as a cement to
bind the stones, &c. of any building.
Mine sand makes weak mortar, and the
rounder the sand, the stronger the mortar;
and if the sand is washed before it is
mixed, so much the better.
The proportion of lime and sand for
making mortar is extremely variable.
Some use three parts of pit-sand, and two
of river-sand, to one of lime; others, a
proportion of sand to quick-lime as 36
to 35. It should be well mixed, and
beat every 24 hours for a week together,
letting it then lie for a week more; and
when it is used, must be beat and mixed
again. By this means it will make good
mortar, though the lime is but indifferent.
Mortar for water-courses, cisterns, &c.
is made of lime and hog’s lard; sometimes
mixed with the juice of figs, and
sometimes with liquid pitch, which is first
slaked with wine; and, after application,
it is washed over with linseed oil.
Mortar furnaces, &c. is made with
red clay wrought in water wherein horse
dung and chimney-soot have been steeped;
by which a salt is communicated to the
water, that binds the clay, and makes it
fit to endure the fire. The clay must
not be too fat, lest it should be subject to
chinks: nor too lean or sandy, lest it
should not bind enough.
Mortar, made of terras, puzolana,
tile-dust, or cinders, is mixed and prepared
in the same manner as common mortar;
only these ingredients are mixed
with lime instead of sand in a due proportion,
which is to be in equal quantities.
As this mortar is to be used in
aquatic buildings, the lime should be the
very best.
In fortifications, docks, or piers of harbors,
lay all the works under water with
terras-mortar, and the rest of the facings,
both within and without, with cinder or
tile-dust mortar, for about two feet deep.
The East India Mortar for building and
plaistering, is made with shell lime, brick
dust pulverized, (called soorkee) washed
sand, and the raw juice of the sugar cane,
(called jaggeree.) The proportions of different
kinds of work are different; but well
made and mixed, surpasses all others; the
roofs of houses, as well as the floors of
their chambers, and the walls are covered
with this composition, which, skilfully
executed, bears a polish and smoothness
like marble.
Mortes-Payes, Fr. Soldiers that were
paid for the constant duty of a town or
fortified place, both in the time of peace
and war. Infantry regiments, which
were occasionally stationed in citadels and
garrisoned towns, took the right of the
mortes-payes, and had the precedence in
chusing lodgings.
MORTISE, a hole cut in wood, so
that another piece may be fitted into it.
MORTS, Fr. The dead on a field of
battle are so called.
MOT, Fr. Parole, watchword.—This
word bears the same import in
French that it does in English. See
Parole.
Donner le MOT, Fr. To give the parole,
or watch-word.
Aller prendre le MOT, Fr. To go for
the parole or watch-word.
On l’envoya porter le MOT, Fr. he was
sent with the parole or watch-word.
In the French service parole and countersign
are frequently comprehended under
the word mot, viz. Le mot qu’on avoit
donné le jour du combat, étoit Saint Louis et
Paris; which according to the English
method of giving out orders would have
stood thus:—Parole St. Louis, countersign
Paris.
Mot de ralliement, Fr. Rallying word.
MOTHIR al moolk. In Indian fortification,
barricadoes, intrenchments, or
breastworks, are so called.
MOTION, is defined to be the continued
and successive change of place.—There
are three general laws of motion:
1. That a body always perseveres in its
state of rest, or of uniform motion in a
right line, till by some external force it
be made to change its place: for as a body
is passive in receiving its motion, and the
direction of its motion, so it retains them
without any change, till it be acted on by
something external. 2. The second general
law of motion is, that the change of
motion is proportional to the force impressed,
and is produced in the right line
in which that force acts. 3. The third
general law of motion is, that action and
re-action are equal, with opposite directions,
and are to be estimated always in the
same right line.
MOTION. A word bearing the same
signification as tems does in the French.
It is peculiarly applicable to the manual
and platoon exercise; as, draw ramrod,
which is done in two motions:—Tirez la
baguette en deux tems. Motion, in a military
sense, is distinguished from movement,
inasmuch as the former applies
specifically to something done by an individual,
with an instrument of war, as
handling the firelock; whereas the latter
is generally understood to mean the different
changes, &c. which are made in evolutions,
&c. Motion is the particular
adjunct of the manual, and movement
that of evolution. The French make the
same distinction with respect to maniement.
Motion, mouvement, Fr. generally so
called, a continual and successive change
of place.
Motion, equal or uniform, (mouvement
égal, ou uniforme) that by which a body
moves over equal spaces in equal times;
such are the motions of celestial bodies.
Motion absolute, (mouvement absolu,
Fr.) is a mutation or change of absolute
space, and its celerity is measured according
to absolute space.
Motion relative, (mouvement relatif,
Fr.) is a change or mutation of relative
place, and its celerity is measured according
to relative space.
Motion equally accelerated, (mouvement
uniformément accéléré, Fr.) is such
whose velocity equally increases in equal
times.
Motion, equally retarded, (mouvement
uniformément retardé) is such whose velocity
equally decreases, in equal times, till
the body comes to rest.
Motions of an army, (mouvemens d’une
armée, Fr.) are the various changes which
it undergoes in marching from one place
to another; these are more generally understood
by the word movement.
Motions of the firelock during the manual
and platoon exercise. Motion in this sense
is expressed by tems among the French.
These consist of those prescribed methods
which have been explained under manual.
The new mode of carrying, (which is
with nearly extended arm) is certainly less
fatiguing than supporting arms; since the
former leaves the circulation of the blood
free, and the latter binds the soldier’s arm
at the elbow. The French allow great
latitude in the carrying of the firelock,
especially in marching and manœuvring.
The men are frequently permitted to slope
arms.
Motion compound, (mouvement composé,
Fr.) is the motion of one body impelled
by two different powers.
Motion of projection, (mouvement de
projection, Fr.) that by which bodies are
impelled through the air, or through any
other fluid. A shell which is forced out
of a mortar by means of inflammable gunpowder
has a motion of projection.
Motion of vibration, or vibrating motion,
(mouvement de vibration, Fr.) is the
circular motion of a body, which is generally
round or spherical.
Motion of undulation, or undulating
motion, (mouvement d’ondulation, Fr.) a
circular motion which is perceptible in
water, when any hard substance is thrown
into it.
Motions of an enemy, (mouvemens d’un
ennemi, Fr.) The different marches,
positions, &c. which an enemy takes are
so called.
To watch the MOTIONS of an enemy,
(guétter un ennemi, Fr.) To keep a good
look out by means of a regular communication
between head-quarters, and the
outposts of your army. On a large scale,
the business of an army of observation is
chiefly confined to this species of service.
On a more limited one, the duty is frequently
entrusted to partisans and light
troops.
Motion of a bomb or ball. The progress
which a bomb or ball makes through
the air may be said to consist of three
sorts, after it has been delivered out of
the mortar, or emitted from a gun or musquet.
These are:—
The violent MOTION, or first explosion,
when the powder has worked its effect
upon the ball, so far as the bomb or ball
may be supposed to move in a right line.
The mixed MOTION, or yielding impulse,
when the natural weight of the
bomb or ball begins to overcome the force
which was given by the gunpowder.
The natural MOTION, or exhaustion of
the first impulse. This occurs when the
bomb or ball is falling to the ground.
To MOTION a thing, to propose it in a
military or civil meeting.
Motion, Fr. This word has been
adopted by the French to convey the
same meaning that it does in English,
namely, a proposition; hence appuyer la
motion dans une assemblée; to support a
motion in a public assembly or meeting.
Déliberer sur la motion, to deliberate upon
the motion. Retirer sa motion, to withdraw
one’s motion. Rejeter la motion, to
throw out the motion.
MOTS d’ordre et de ralliement, Fr. In
a recent publication, written by Paul
Thiébault, adjutant-general, on the French
staff, the following explanation is given of
paroles and countersigns, which may be
considered as the free translation of mots,
with this exception, that the mot de ralliement
seems peculiarly used in the
French service. The parole and countersign
only are practised, and their distinct
import seems so little understood, that we
shall not hesitate to give the whole article
from the French.
The MOTS d’ordre et de ralliement, consist
of three distinct and separate words,
which are chosen for the specific purpose
of enabling the soldiers belonging to the
same army, to be in perfect intelligence
with one another, especially during the
night.
These words are composed in the following
manner, viz. Le MOT d’ordre, or
what we call the parole, must be taken
from the name of some deceased person,
to which must be added that of some
town or country.
The mot de ralliement, must consist of a
substantive, which does not relate either
to the name of a man, the name of a town,
or the name of a country.
These three words are given out every
morning from head quarters, and are delivered
sealed up, to the officers of the
different guards, and to those persons who
are entrusted with the command of an
outpost, or have the charge of a patrole.
The MOT d’ordre, or parole, must never
be confided beyond officers and non-commissioned
officers; the mot de ralliement
may in some cases be given to centries
that are stationed at some distance from
the outposts; but these should invariably
consist of old soldiers, whose fidelity
and courage can be depended on.
The mot d’ordre, or parole, as well as
the mot de ralliement, is always given out
from head quarters; nor ought any general
or commanding officer to take upon
himself to alter either, except under circumstances
so peculiarly urgent, that the
good of the service would justify the
change. Among these circumstances
may be considered, the desertion of a centinel
from the out post, and the strong
presumption, that the enemy has been
made acquainted with the words, &c.
Whenever this necessity occurs, all the
commanding officers who have any communication
with that quarter from
whence the parole was issued, should instantly
be made acquainted with the alteration.
With respect to the manner in which
these words are to be delivered out, and
the frequency of their circulation, the
whole must depend upon circumstances.
When an army or body of troops lies at
some distance from the enemy, they are
usually forwarded to the different quarters,
camps, or cantonments, for five, ten,
or fifteen days together. When close to
the enemy, they are given out, as we
have already observed, every day. When
there is no ground to apprehend a surprize
or attack, one word will be sufficient
for each day: but, in critical cases,
the parole must be changed two or three
times during the night. If several corps
are cantoned together, the mot d’ordre, or
parole, must be sent to the officer commanding
in the cantonment. When the
troops are encamped, it is generally sent
to the commanding officer of each regiment,
and seldom to the commandant of
each brigade.
The MOT, or parole, must always be
given out during the day, except in cases
of emergency; and it must never be delivered
to any person, unless the individual
who is entrusted with it be fully
convinced, that he is authorised to receive
it. It ought indeed to be given personally
to him only to whom it is addressed
by name. See Am Mil. Lib. Art. Staff.
MOTTO. Any sentence, either with
or without a badge by which any regiment
is particularly distinguished, as for
example, the English 3d foot, or old
Buffs, have a griffin embossed as their
badge, and the motto, Veteri frondescit
honore. The colors taken from this regiment
in the American revolution are in
the war office at Washington.
MOUCHARD, Fr. a domestic spy,
an informer. Among the French it more
particularly means a person who is employed
to watch the motions of any marked
man. Creatures of this infamous,
although perhaps necessary, class, were
constantly attached to the police of
France. The term is little known
in the United States, unless it be those
mouchards established in the American coffee
house, to give information to the British
consuls. These gentlemen have been
called, humorously enough, reporters. In
a military sense, neither the term nor the
practice can be properly understood; at
least we should hope so, as it is beneath
the high mind of a soldier to fetch and carry.
MOVEABLE PIVOT. When the
pivot flank of any body of men describe
in the wheel a smaller circle than the
wheeling flank, the wheel is said to be
made on a moveable pivot.
MOVEMENT. Every inspecting general
should notice minutely and comparatively
on the performance by each
battalion of the great leading points of
movement. He is particularly to observe
and specify
Whether or not
The original formation be according to
order? The marches are made with accuracy,
at the required times and length
of step, and on such objects as are given.
The proper distances in column and
echellon are at all times preserved.
The wheelings are made just, and in
the manner prescribed.
The formations into line are made true,
without false openings, or necessity of
correction.
The officers are alert in their changes of
situation, exact in their own personal
movements, and loud, decided, and distinct,
in their words of command.
The march in line is uniformly steady,
without floating, opening, or closing.
The march in file, close, firm, and
without lengthening out.
The officers, and under-officers, give
the aids required of them with due quickness
and precision.
Hurry and unnecessary delay, are equally
avoided.
In the firings the loading is quick, the
levelling is just, the officers animated and
exact in their commands.
Movements. In cavalry movements
the following great leading points should
be attended to by every inspecting officer,
independent of the circumstances which
relate to the dress and general appearance
of man and horse, the exercise on foot,
&c. &c.
He must particularly observe and specify
in his communications to the commanding
officer,
Whether or not
The original formation of squadrons and
regiments be according to order?
The marches made with accuracy, at
the paces required, and on such objects as
have been given?
The proper distance in column are at all
times preserved?
The wheelings are made quick, just
and in the manner prescribed?
The formations into line are made true
in the intended directions, without false
openings, or necessity of correction; or
that corrections, when necessary are instantly
made?
The changes of position are made with
due celerity and justness?
The officers are alert in their changes of
situation, exact in their own personal
movements, and loud, decided, and distinct
in their words of command?
The march in line is uniformly steady,
without opening, floating, or closing?
The flank march is compact, firm, and
without improperly lengthening out?
The officers and under officers give the
aids required of them with due quickness
and precision?
Hurry and delay, in military movements,
are two extremes which should
be equally avoided.
In the firings the loading is quick, the
levelling is just, and the officers firm in
their commands.
The officers, non-commissioned officers,
and men ride well, and the horses
are active, vigorous, and well broken.
Movements, in a general sense, may be
considered under the following heads, viz.—1st.
Offensive movements; the great
advantage which attends this movement,
consists in the measure having been previously
determined upon, and a consequent
preparation made for rapid execution
before the design is obvious. Much
however, will depend, upon the justness
of the distances, and of the march in
column, having been so taken as to allow
of decisive operations. Manœuvre will
chiefly operate where an enemy is inferior
in number, inexpert in movement, weakly
posted, and where the weak point is found
out, and is attacked before he can move to
strengthen it.
Counter-Movements of defence, are
movements calculated to defeat any premeditated
attack. According to the regulations
they may be briefly explained
by observing, that if the flank of one body
be thrown forward, that of the other may
by similar means be thrown back. If one
body prolongs its line to outflank, the
other may by the same movement maintain
its relative situation. Whatever
change of position is made by one body,
the other may counteract it by a similar
change. If the wing of one body is refused,
the wing of the others may be advanced
to seize an advantage.
Movements of previous formation, are
military dispositions which every general
must have carefully digested, before he
advances upon a direct line of offensive
operations. A body of troops, which
has a considerable march to make previous
to the attack, must always approach an
enemy in one, or more columns, at open
or other distances, according to circumstances.
Some general knowlege of an
enemy’s situation, determines the manner
in which he is to be approached, the
composition of the columns, the flank of
each which leads, and their combination
in forming. A nearer view determines a
perseverance in the first direction, or a
change in the leading flanks, and direction
of the columns, in order to form in the
most speedy and advantageous manner.
Movements of attack, are made by
bodies of men advancing in line or column
to attack an opposing enemy. When a
considerable body of troops is to act offensively,
it must form in line at latest
within 1200 or 1500 paces of a posted enemy,
unless the ground particularly favor,
and cover from the fire of the artillery, the
enfilade of which is what chiefly prevents
bodies in column from approaching nearer;
and that space, under the unceasing
fire of their own artillery, troops in line
will march over in 18 minutes.
Movements of attack, when they are
made from a parallel position, must be
either in line, or by a flank of the line
in echellon, that flank being reinforced,
and the other refused; or from a new
and advantageous position taken up, and
not provided against by the enemy.
From an oblique position the attack is directed
against a comparatively weak point
of the enemy. Attacks from the centre are
more liable to be enfiladed, and are sooner
guarded against than from the flank.
Movements of retreat, are combinations
of columns of march, covered by
positions, and a strong rear guard. Troops
are occasionally taken out of the retiring
columns of march, to occupy positions
and heights; they remain till the rear has
passed, and then become the rear guard;
this they continue to be, till they find
other troops in like manner posted; these
last in their turn become also the rear
guard, and in this way are the troops of
columns in such situations relieved. A
rear guard will fall back by the retreat in
line—the chequered retreat—the passage of
lines—the echellon changes of position.
Movements in echellon of the line.
Echellon, or diagonal movements, especially
of a great corps, are calculated not
only to disconcert an enemy, but likewise
to enable the army, which adopts them,
either to make a partial attack, or a gradual
retreat. The attack may be formed
from the centre, or from either of the
wings reinforced. If successful, the divisions
move up into line to improve the
advantage: if repulsed, they are in a good
situation to protect the retreat. In advancing,
the several bodies move independent,
act freely, and are ready to assist:
in retiring, they fall gradually back on
each other, and thereby give mutual aid
and support. Echellon movements, in
fact, comprise within themselves all the
essential principles of extension and compression,
which are found in close or open
column, with the additional advantage of
being better adapted to throw a considerable
line into an oblique position, of presenting
a narrow front, with the means of
increasing it at pleasure, unexposed to the
enemy’s fire and of diminishing it with
the same facility and safety.
Echellon Movements on an oblique line,
are best calculated to outwing an enemy,
or to preserve the points of appui of a
wing; possessing this advantage, that
such movement may not be perceptible
to the enemy, as they are short and independent
lines, and when seen at a distance,
appear as if a full line.
Echellon movements by half battalions
or less, are made by their directing flank,
which is always the one advanced from,
or wheeled to. Echellon movements by
whole battalions, are governed by their
advanced serjeants. Echellon movements
by several battalions are made in line,
each by its own centre, and the whole by
the directing flank.
Movements that are made in face of
an enemy. (Mouvemens devant l’ennemi
Fr.) There is no operation in war which
requires so much nicety, precision, and
judgement, as that of retreating in the
presence of an enemy. Every movement
from the direct line of battle is more or
less critical; but when a regiment is
obliged to retire under the eye, and perhaps
the fire of a pursuing foe, the utmost
presence of mind is required in the
officers who command, and the greatest
steadiness in the men. In a situation of
this sort it becomes the peculiar duty of
the field officers, to see that every change of
manœuvre, and every movement, be made
with promptitude and accuracy. For although
they be subordinate to others, and
must of course, follow superior directions,
yet so much of the executive duty
rests with them that their character and
abilities, as officers, will be more conspicuous
on these occasions than in any other.
The movements of a corps which retreats,
consist in retrograde marches, in line, by
alternate companies, in column, by wings,
or in square.
Eventail or Fan Movement. This
movement is performed on the march,
and must be begun at a distance behind
the line, proportionate to the body which
is to oblique and form. It may be applied
to one battalion, but hardly to a more
considerable body, which would find great
difficulty in the execution. It gives a
gradual increase of front during a progressive
movement. With justness it can be
made on a front division only, not on a central
or rear one: in proportion as the
leading platoon shortens its step, will the
one behind it, and successively each other
come up into line with it. As soon as the
colors of the battalion come up, they become
the leading point. Although it is
an operation of more difficulty, yet if the
leading division continues the ordinary,
and the obliquing ones take the quick
step, till they successively are up with it,
a battalion column which is placed behind
the flank of a line, may, in this manner,
during the march, and when near to
the enemy, gradually lengthen out that line.
Vourff or quick Movement. This
movement is frequently resorted to when
the head of a considerable open column in
march arrives at, or near the point from
which it is to take an oblique position facing
to its then rear, and at which points its
third, fourth, or any other named battalion,
is to be placed.
The justness of the movement depends
on the points in the new direction being
taken up quickly, and with precision.
On the previous determination that a certain
battalion, or division of a battalion,
shall pass or halt at the point of intersection;
and that every part of the column which is
behind that battalion, shall throw itself
into open column on the new line behind
the point of intersection, ready to prolong
or to form the line whenever it comes to
its turn.
This movement will often take place in
the change of position of a second line, and
is performed by all those that are behind
the division, which is to stop at the point
where the old and new lines intersect.
And at all times when the open column
changes into a direction on which it is to
form, and that the division which is to be
placed at the point of entry can be determined,
it much facilitates the operation to
make every thing behind that division
gain the new line as quick as possible,
without waiting till the head of the
column halts.
MOUFLE, Fr. a sort of stuffed glove.
It is common among the French to say,
Il ne faut pas y aller sans moufles; figuratively
meaning, that no dangerous enterprise
ought to be undertaken without sufficient
force to carry it into execution.
MOUILLAGE, Fr. Anchorage.
MOUILLER, Fr. To anchor. To
let go the anchor.
MOULDS, for casting shot for guns,
musquets, rifles, and pistols: the first
are of iron, used by the founders, and
the others by the artillery in the field,
and in garrison.
Laboratory Moulds, are made of wood,
for filling and driving all sorts of rockets,
and cartridges, &c.
MOULDINGS, of a gun or mortar, are
all the eminent parts, as squares or rounds,
which serve for ornaments: such as the
breech-mouldings. The rings, &c. are
also called mouldings.
MOULE. Fr. See Mould.
Moule de fusée volante, Fr. a piece of
round wood used in fireworks.
MOULIN, Fr. a mill.
Moulin à bras portatif, Fr. a species
of hand-mill, which was invented in
France by le Sieur de Lavault, and
which has been found extremely useful
to troops on service. Ten of these mills
may be conveniently placed on one waggon.
MOUND, in old military books, is a term
used for a bunk or rampart, or other defence,
particularly that of earth.
MOUNTEE, an alarm to mount or go
upon some warlike expedition.
Half or small MOUNTING. The
shirt, shoes, stock, and hose, or stockings
which were formerly furnished by the
colonels or commandants of corps every
year. This mode of distribution, which
engendered a multiplicity of abuses, has
been abolished in the British service:
in lieu of which, a regulation has taken
place, that (if honestly attended to) must
be highly beneficial to the soldier.
In lieu of the small articles of clothing,
which were annually given, by the colonels
of regiments, to non-commissioned
officers and private soldiers, and were called
small or half mounting, two pairs of
good shoes, of the value of five shillings
and sixpence each, have been substituted.
These shoes are to be provided in
conformity to a pattern lodged at the office
of the comptrollers of the accompts of the
army; and patterns of the shoes are to be
approved and sealed by the general officers
of the clothing board, at the same
time, and in like manner, as for the clothing:
one pair is to be delivered out at the
annual period of clothing, and the other
pair at the end of six months from that
time; and in order to prevent the injury
that the shoes might sustain, from remaining
a long time in store in the East
and West Indies, they are to be forwarded
to corps on those stations at two different
periods, instead of sending the whole
quantity with the clothing.
Should the price of good shoes at any
time exceed five shillings and sixpence
per pair, the difference, which shall be
declared by the clothing board at their
first meeting on, or after the 25th of April
in each year, is to be charged to the respective
accompts of the non-commissioned
officers and soldiers receiving them,
but with respect to the 5th battalion of
the 60th regiment, the difference is to be
taken between four shillings and sixpence
paid by the colonel, and the actual price
declared as above mentioned.
The allowances, directed to be given by
the colonels, in lieu of the former small
articles, called half mounting, are to be regularly
credited to the men, and to be expended
for their use, in such articles as
are suitable to the respective climates in
which they are serving.
Non-commissioned officers and soldiers
of infantry, dying or discharged before the
completion of a full year, from the usual
day of delivering the annual clothing of
their regiments, have no demand whatever
on account thereof.
A recruit, who comes into the regiment
after the proper time of the delivery of the
clothing, is entitled to a pair of shoes at
the next delivery of that article.
| The compensation money to be given to
each servant in the infantry in lieu of
half-mounting is |
0 |
14 |
0 |
| To each corporal, drummer, and private, |
0 |
11 |
0 |
To MOUNT, is a word variously
made use of in military matters, as
To MOUNT Cannon. To place any
piece of ordnance on its frame, for the
more easy carriage and management of it
in firing. Hence to dismount is to take
cannon from any serviceable position.
To MOUNT a breach, to run up in a quick,
and determined manner to any breach
made in a wall, &c.
To MOUNT guard, to do duty in a town
of garrison, in a camp, or at out quarters.
To MOUNT, to place on horseback, to
furnish with horses; as, twelve thousand
men have been well mounted, without
any considerable expence to the country.
A cavalry regiment may be said to be well
or ill mounted; in either of which cases,
the commanding officer is generally
blameable or praise-worthy.
To mount likewise signifies the act of
getting on horseback, according to prescribed
military rules: as, to prepare to
mount, is when the left hand files move
their horses forward in the manner described
under unlink your horses. The
dragoons put their firelocks into the
buckets, and buckle them on, doubling
the strap twice round the barrel, come to
the front of the horses, fasten the links,
throw them over the horses’ heads with
the left hand round the horses’ heads,
take their swords, and buckle them
tight into the belt, take the bit reins up,
then take a lock of the mane, and put it
into the left hand, the left foot into the
stirrup, and the right hand on the cantle
of the saddle, waiting for the word mount;
when they spring smartly up, and look
to the right of the rear. At the next signal,
they must throw the leg well over
the valise and place themselves well in
the saddle, with the right hand leaning on
the off holster. The men must be careful
not to check the horses with the bits
in mounting. In mounting and dismounting,
the files that move forward
must take care to keep their horses
straight, and at the prescribed distances
from each other; and when mounting, as
soon as the gloves are on, belts right, &c.
the left files must dress well to the right,
putting the horses straight, and leaving
distance enough for the right files to come
in.
To MOUNT a gun, is either to put the
unit to its carriage, or else when in the
carriage, to raise the mouth higher.
MOUNTAINS, called Great and Little
St. Bernard. A part of the Alps, situated
in the Glacieres of Switzerland, which
has been rendered famous in modern history
by the passage of the French army
under Bonaparte. The following account
is extracted from a French publication,
and cannot fail of being interesting to the
military reader, as it is told in the plain
and simple language of a soldier, who was
present during the whole of this astonishing
campaign. On the 16th of May,
1800, the vanguard, commanded by general
Lannes, climbed up the mountain: the
Austrians, although greatly inferior in
number, defended themselves step by
step, and never disappeared till they perceived
another corps of the French army
descending the mountain of the Little
St. Bernard, menacing their rear, and absolutely
interrupting their retreat.
The first division of the army, under
general Watrin, followed the movement
of the vanguard.
Until this period of time, neither artillery
nor ammunition had crossed either
eminence; the whole was collected at
St. Peter, (a small village at the foot of
the mountain) where the park of artillery
was established. It appeared at first impossible
to transport this heavy and embarrassing
ordnance across the mountain;
however it was natural to consider
the question, what is an army in the
present day without artillery? Its necessity
in this respect was manifest and imperious.
The artillery corps immediately set
about dismounting the cannons, caissons,
forges, &c. piecemeal. Gassendi, inspector
of ordnance, gave directions for hollowing
a number of the trunks of trees in
the same manner that wood is hollowed for
troughs. The pieces of cannon were deposited
in these machines, and after having
been drawn up these almost inaccessible
heights, by five or six hundred men,
according to the weight of metal, were left
to slide down the steep declivities. The
wheels were carried up on poles; and
sledges made expressly for the purpose at
Auxonne, conveyed the axle trees, and
the empty caissons, and lastly, mules were
loaded with ammunition in boxes made
of fir.
The exertion of a whole battalion was
requisite for the conveyance of one field
piece with its proportion of ammunition:
one half of the regiment could only draw
the load, while the other half was obliged
to carry the knapsacks, firelocks, cartridge
boxes, canteens, kettles, and more
especially five days provisions, in bread,
meat, salt, and biscuit.
Such was the commencement of the
march of the French army across the
Alps.
Mounting and DISMOUNTING, when
the horses are to be led away. It frequently
happens, especially in retreating or advancing,
that it may be necessary to cover
the defiling of a regiment by dismounting
a squadron, or part of one, to flank the
mouth of a defile. This is generally effected
by lining the hedges, &c. and keeping
up a hot fire upon the enemy. It follows,
of course, that the horses cannot be
linked together, but they must be led
away (in a retreat) to the most convenient
spot in the defile for the men to mount
again. In advancing they must be led to
a spot where they will not impede the defiling
of the regiment, but where they
will be at hand for the dismounted parties
to mount.
Guard MOUNTING. The hour at
which any guard is mounted obtains this
appellation, viz. The officers will assemble
at guard mounting.
MOURIR, Fr. To die.
Mourir d’un bel epée, Fr. A French
phrase, which signifies to fall under the
hands of an enemy of great skill and reputation.
MOURNE, that part of a lance or halbert
to which the steel or blade is fixed.
MOUSER. An ironical term, which
is sometimes used in military sport to
distinguish battalion men from the flank
companies. It is indeed generally applied
to them by the grenadiers and light bobs,
meaning that while the latter are detached,
the former remain in quarters, like cats
to watch the mice, &c.
MOUSQUET, Fr. Musquet. This
word, which signifies an old weapon of
offence that was formerly fired by means
of a lighted match, has been variously used
among the French, viz. gros mousquet, a
heavy musquet; un petit mousquet, a short
musquet; un mousquet leger, a light musquet.
Recevoir un coup de Mousquet, Fr.
To receive a musquet shot.
Porter le Mousquet dans une compagnie
d’infanterie, Fr. To stand in the ranks as
a foot soldier.
MOUSQUETADE, Fr. a musquet
shot. Il fut tué d’une mousquetade; he
was killed by a musquet shot. This term
is generally used to express a smart discharge
of musquetry: On a entendu une
vive Mousquetade; they have heard a
brisk discharge of musquetry.
MOUSQUETAIRES, Musqueteers,
Fr. A body of men so called during the
old government of France. It consisted
of two companies, selected from the
young men of noble extraction. The first
company was formed in 1622, by Louis
XIII. out of another company, called his
Majesty’s Carabineers. The king was
captain, so that the person who commanded
had only the rank of captain lieutenant.
The company remained upon this footing
until 1640, when it was reduced at the instigation
of cardinal Mazarine, who from
personal motives, had taken a decided aversion
to it. But Louis XIV. restored it
in 1657, by the same appellation, and increased
the establishment to 150 musqueteers.
They were commanded by one
captain-lieutenant, one sub-lieutenant,
two ensigns, and two quarter-masters.
The second company, when first created,
was attached to cardinal Mazarine as
his personal guard; but the officers received
their commissions from the king.
An alteration took place in the management
of this company in 1660, the men
being incorporated with the rest of the
troops that were destined for the immediate
protection of his majesty’s person.
In consequence of this change they did
duty on foot, but were again mounted, in
order to accompany the expedition against
Marsal, which took place that year.
Louis XIV. named himself captain of
this company, as well as of the first; and
from that period both companies became
subject to the same regulations, with no
other difference, than that of precedency
as first and second company. From the
year 1663, the establishment of each company
was 300, exclusive of the officers.
They were subsequently reduced to a
lower establishment. Having originally
been raised to serve on foot or horseback,
the mousquetaires were allowed drums
and fifes when they acted as infantry
troops; and trumpets when they acted
as cavalry. In 1603 hautboys were substituted
for fifes and trumpets. It is supposed
that mounted drummers were first
used among the mousquetaires du Roi.
Previous to the revolution, each of these
companies consisted of one captain-lieutenant,
two sub-lieutenants, two ensigns,
two cornets, two aid-majors, eight quarter-masters,
four brigadiers, sixteen sub-brigadiers,
six standard-bearers, one ensign
or color-bearer, one hundred and
eighty musqueteers, six drummers, four
hautboys, one commissary, one chaplain,
one quarter-master serjeant, one surgeon,
one apothecary, one blacksmith, one saddler,
and three treasurers.
This corps was raised, not only for the
purpose of attending his majesty on foot
or horseback, and of going on service, as
circumstances might require, but it was
further intended to be a sort of military
school for the French nobility. Several
princes, almost all the general officers, and
old marshals of France, were indebted to
this establishment for the first elements
of military science.
The officers, belonging to these companies,
clothed, armed, and mounted
themselves, without putting government
to the expence of one shilling. Their uniform
was a scarlet coat faced with the
same, and a scarlet waistcoat. Those
attached to the first company had gold
buttons and button-holes, and their coats
were edged with gold. Those attached to
the second company, had the same ornaments
in silver; their hats, in which they
wore a white feather, were laced according
to the same distinction, as were likewise
their horse cloths and holsters. Instead
of the musquet, which they formerly
carried, they were latterly armed with a
carbine, two pistols in the saddle-bow,
and a sword calculated for infantry or
cavalry duty. The brigadiers and sub-brigadiers
were armed in the same manner.
The quarter-masters, when mounted, had
only a sword and two pistols, but on foot
they each carried a halbert or pike, which
they used as the sergeants belonging to infantry
regiments were directed to do.
The cloaks and great coats of the mousquetaires
were made of blue cloth laced
with silver. The quarter-masters, brigadiers,
and sub-brigadiers, wore the
same, with more or less lace according
to the rank they held. These cloaks,
&c. were distinguished from those worn
by the rest of the army; having white
crosses sewed before and behind with
red streaks running into the corners
or rentrant angles. The first company
was marked with red, and the second
with yellow streaks. The uniform
of the superior officers, (who were generally
called officiers a hausse-col, or officers
wearing gorgets or breast plates) was embroidered
in gold or silver, according to the
company which they commanded. The
troop horses of the first company, were of
a white or dapple-grey color; those of
the second company were black. Each
company had a flag and two standards: so
that when the mousquetaires served on
foot, the flag or color was unfurled,
and the standards were cased; and when
they were mounted, the standards were
displayed, and the colors cased. The
standards belonging to the first company
represented a bomb falling upon a besieged
town, with this motto: Quo ruit et
lethum: those of the second company bore
a bunch of arrows, with these words underneath:
Alterius Jovis altera tela. The
mousquetaires received their colors from
the king’s hands.
The mousquetaires never served on
horseback, except when the king travelled:
on those occasions they stood next
to the light horse. Their duty when on
foot, was the same as that of the royal
regiment of guards.
When they did duty on foot at the
palace, they were provided with a handsome
table at the expence of the civil list.
The two companies always mounted
guard without being mixed with any
other troops; whereas the rest of the
household did duty by detachment.
The mousquetaires did not take rank in
the army, but they enjoyed the same privileges
that were attached to the body
guards, gensdarmes, and light horse.
They were frequently called mousquetaires
gris, and mousquetaires noirs, from the
color of their horses.
MOUSSE, Fr. Moss.
Mousse, garcon de bord, Fr. a cabin
boy. The Powder Monkey, on board ships
of war, corresponds with the term
Mousse. According to a French writer,
these boys were so hardly used in the old
French navy, that, whether they deserved
punishment or not, some captains of
ships directed them to be chastised regularly
once a week.
MOUSTACHE, Fr. This word was originally
derived from the Greek, adopted
by the Italians, subsequently by the
French, and then used generally. It literally
means the hair which is allowed to grow
upon the upper lip of a man; and which
is better known amongst us by the familiar
term whiskers. The French use it in
a figurative sense, viz.
Enlever sur la moustache, jusque sur la
moustache de quelqu’un, Fr. To seize or
take possession of any thing under the very
nose, or in the presence of a person. Les
ennemis sont venus pour défendre cette place, on
la leur a enlevée sur la moustache. The enemy
drew near to defend the town, but it
was taken under their very whiskers.
Donner sur la Moustache, Fr. To
give a slap on the face.
MOUTARDE, Fr. means literally
mustard. The word, however, is frequently
used by the French in a figurative
sense, viz. S’amuser à la moutarde. To
be uselessly employed, or busy about
nothing. It is likewise used to express
impatience: La moutarde lui monte au nez,
Fr. The mustard rises in his nose, that
is, he grows restless and impatient.
C’est de la Moutarde après diner, Fr.
This expression is in general use among
the French, and signifies, that assistance,
&c. is brought when there is no longer
need of it. When commissaries, &c. make
up a lame account for monies received, it
is common to say. Et le reste en moutarde.
MOUTH. See Muzzle.
MOUTH of FIRE. The entrance
into the garrison of Gibraltar by the grand
battery and the old Mole, is so called by
the Spaniards, on account of the formidable
appearance of the ordnance from the
lines.
MOUTONNIER, Fr. Sheep-like;
gregarious.
MOUVEMENS de Tête, Fr. Motions
of the head. For the English explanation
of these motions, see eyes. The
French express them in the following
manner: Tête à droite, right dress.—Tête
à gauche, left dress.—Fixe, front dress.
Mouvemens des troupes sous les armes,
Fr. By these are understood the different
changes of position, and the various facings
which soldiers go through under arms.
Mouvemens de pied ferme, Fr. That
exercise, consisting of the manual and
facings, which a soldier performs, without
quitting his original ground. The
left foot on this occasion becomes a standing
pivot.
Mouvemens ouverts, Fr. Movements,
or evolutions, which are made at open
order.
Mouvemens serrés, Fr. Movements,
or evolutions, which are made at close
order.
Mouvemens opposés, Fr. Opposite
movements, or evolutions.
Mouvement, Fr. See Movement.
Mouvement, Fr. See Motion for
its general acceptation.
Mouvemens, Fr. Commotions, broils.
MOYENNE, Fr. A piece of ordnance
formerly so called. See Minion.
MOYEN. The bastions which are
constructed on the angles are called royal
bastions. Some engineers have distinguished
those bastions by the name of
moyens royaux, or medium royals, whose
flanks contain from ninety to one hundred
toises.
Moyenne Ville, Fr. A term given by
the French to any town in which the garrison
is equal to the third of the inhabitants,
and which is not deemed sufficiently
important to bear the expence of a citadel;
more especially so, because it is
not in the power of the inhabitants to
form seditious meetings without the
knowlege of the soldiers who are quartered
on them.
MOYENS côtés, Fr. In fortification,
are those sides which contain from eighty
to one hundred and twenty toises in extent:
these are always fortified with bastions
on their angles. The moyens côtés,
are generally found along the extent of
irregular places; and each one of these is
individually subdivided into small, mean,
and great sides.
MUD-WALLS. The ancient fortifications
consisted chiefly of mud or clay,
thrown up in any convenient form for defence
against sudden inroads.
MUET, Fr. See Mute.
To MUFFLE. To wrap any thing up
so as to deaden the sound, which might
otherwise issue from the contact of two
hard substances. When the French effected
their passage over the march Albaredo,
on their route to the plain of Marengo,
they were so much exposed to the
Austrians, that, in order to get their artillery
and ammunition over, without
being betrayed by the noise of the carriage
wheels, and the clattering of the
horses’ shoes, both were muffled with
bands of hay and straw, and dung was
spread over the ground. In this manner
they crossed that stupendous rock. Thirty
men were put to the drag ropes of each
piece, and as many were employed to draw
up the caissons.
Muffled. Drums are muffled at military
funerals or burials, and at military
executions, particularly when a soldier is
shot for some capital crime.
MUGS. An Indian nation, living on
the borders of Bengal and Arracan.
MUHLAGIS, Fr. Turkish cavalry
which is mounted by expert horsemen,
who generally attend the beglierbeys.
They are not numerous.
MULATTOS, (Mulâtre, Fr.) In the
Indies, denotes one begotten by a negro
man on an Indian woman, or by an Indian
man on a negro woman. Those begotten
of a Spanish woman and Indian man are
called metis, and those begotten of a savage
by a metis, are called jambis. They
also differ very much in color, and in their
hair.
Generally speaking, especially in Europe,
and in the West Indies, a Mulatto is
one begotten by a white man on a negro
woman, or by a negro man on a white
woman. The word is Spanish, mulata,
and formed of mula, a mule, being begotten
as it were of two different species.
Mulattoes abound in the West Indies;
so much so, that on the dangerous symptoms
of insurrection, which appeared
among the blacks after the success of
Toussaint in St. Domingo, a proposal was
made to the British government by a rich
planter, to raise a mulatto corps, as an intermediate
check upon the blacks. After
six months suspence, the memorial was
rejected by the war-minister.
MULCT. A soldier is said to be mulct
of his pay when put under fine or stoppages
for necessaries, or to make good
some dilapidations committed by him on
the property of the people or government.
MULTANGULAR, is said of a figure,
or body which has many angles.
MULTILATERAL, having many
sides.
MULTIPLE, one number containing
another several times: as 9 is the multiple
of 3, 16 that of 4, and so on.
MUNIMELL, a strong hold, fortification,
&c.
MUNITION, Fr. This word is used
among the French to express not only
victuals and provisions, but also military
stores and ammunition.
Munitions de bouche, Fr. Victuals
or provisions, (such as bread, salt, meat,
vegetables, butter, wine, beer, brandy, &c.
which may be procured for soldiers) are
so called by the French. Corn, oats,
hay, straw, and green forage, for cavalry,
bear the same appellation. See Subsistence.
Munitions de guerre, Fr. Military
stores, such as gunpowder, shot, balls,
bullets, matches, &c. See Stores.
MUNITIONNAIRE ou entrepreneur
des vivres, Fr. Military purveyor, or
commissary of stores. Amaury Bourguignon,
from Niort, a town of Poitou,
was the first munitionnaire and entrepréneur
général, or purveyor-general, among
the French. He was appointed in the reign
of Henry III. in 1574. See Purveyor.
Munitionnaire pour la marine, Fr.
The head of the victualling office was so
called among the French. There was a
person on board every ship of war, called
commis, or clerk, who acted under his orders.
The appointment of the latter
was somewhat similar to that of a purser
in the British navy.
MUNSUBDAR, Ind. A title which
gives the person invested with it, a right to
have the command of ten thousand
horse, with the permission of bearing
amongst his ensigns that of the fish;
neither of which distinctions is ever granted,
excepting to persons of the first note
in the empire. The office is called a
Munsub, and it is generally supported by
a district named, on which the corps is
quartered.
MUR, Fr. a wall.
MUR CRENELE, Fr. A wall which
has small intervals or spaces at the top,
that serve more for ornament or ostentation
than for real defence. This method
of building prevailed very much in former
times.
Mur de face, Fr. Outside wall of any
building.
Mur de face de devant, Fr. Front
outside wall; it is likewise called mur
anterieur.
Mur de face de derriére, Fr. The wall
which forms the backside of a building
is so called: it is likewise named mur postérieur.
Murs lateraux, Fr. The side walls of
a building.
Gros Murs, Fr. All front and partition
walls are so called.
Mur de pierres sèches, Fr. A wall that
is built of stone, without mortar or cement.
Walls or this construction are seen
in several counties in England, particularly
in the west country.
Mur en l’air, Fr. Every wall is so
called that does not rise uniformly from a
parallel foundation. Walls built upon
arches are of this description.
Mur mitoyen, Fr. Partition wall.
Mur d’appui, Fr. Wall of support.
Any wall that is built to support a quay,
terrace, or balcony, or to secure the sides
of a bridge, is so called. Mur de parapet,
or parapet wall, may be considered as a
wall of support.
MURAGE. Money appropriated to
the repair of military works, was anciently
so called.
MURAILLE de revêtement, Fr. the
wall which surrounds a fortified place is
so called.
Charger en Muraille, Fr. To charge
or attack an enemy, in a firm, compact,
and steady line.
MURAL-Crown. See Crown.
Couronne MURALE, Fr. See Mural-Crown.
MURDRESSES, in ancient fortification,
a sort of battlement with interstices,
raised on the tops of towers to fire
through.
Ville MUREE, Fr. A walled town.
MURRION. See Morion.
MURTHERERS, or murthering pieces,
small pieces of ordnance, having chambers,
and made to load at the breech.
They were mostly used at sea, in order to
clear the decks when an enemy boarded
a vessel.
MUSCULUS. Kennett in his Roman
Antiquities, page 237, says, “the Musculus
is conceived to have been much of
the same nature as the testudines; but it
seems to have been of a smaller size, and
composed of stronger materials, being exposed
a much longer time to the force of
the enemy; for in these musculi, the
pioneers were sent to the very walls,
where they were to continue, while with
their dolabræ or pick-axes, and other instruments,
they endeavored to undermine
the foundations.” Cæsar has described
the muscalus at large in his second book of
the civil wars.
MUSIC, a general term for the musicians
of a regimental band.
MUSICIANS. It has been often asked,
why the dress of musicians, drummers
and fifers, should be of so varied and
motley a composition, making them appear
more like harlequins and mountebanks,
than military appendages? The
following anecdote will explain the reason,
as far at least as it regards the British
service:—The musicians belonging to the
English guards formerly wore plain blue
coats, so that the instant they came off duty,
and frequently in the intervals between,
they visited alehouses, &c. without changing
their uniform, and thus added considerably
to its wear and tear. It will be
here remarked, that the clothing of the
musicians then fell wholly upon the colonels
of regiments; no allowance being specifically
made for that article by the public.
It is probable, that some general officer
undertook to prevent this abuse by obtaining
permission to clothe the musicians, &c.
in so fantastical a manner that they would
be ashamed to exhibit themselves at public-houses,
&c.
PHRYGIAN MUSIC. A martial
sort of ancient music, which excited men
to rage and battle: by this mode Timotheus
stirred up Alexander to arms.
Modes of Music. There were three
modes among the ancients, which took
their names from particular countries,
namely, the Lydian, the Phrygian, and the
Doric.
the most serviceable
and commodious fire-arm
used by an army. It carries a ball of
18 to 1 pound. Its length is 3 feet 6
inches from the muzzle to the pan. The
Spaniards were the first who armed part
of their foot with musquets. At first they
were made very heavy, and could not be
fired without a rest: they had match
locks, and did execution at a great distance.
These kinds of musquets and rests
were used in England so late as the beginning
of the civil wars.
Musquets were first used at the siege
of Rhege, in the year 1521.
MUSQUET BASKETS. These are
about a foot, or a foot and an half high,
eight or ten inches diameter at bottom, and
a foot at the top; so that, being filled
with earth, there is room to lay a musquet
between them at bottom, being set on low
breast-works, or parapets, or upon such
as are beaten down.
MUSQUETEERS, soldiers armed
with musquets; who, on a march, carried
only their rests and ammunition, and
had boys to bear their musquets after
them. They were very slow in loading,
not only by reason of the unwieldiness of
the pieces, and because they carried the
powder and ball separate, but from the
time required to prepare and adjust the
match: so that their fire was not so brisk
as ours is now. Afterwards a lighter kind
of matchlock musquet came in use; and
they carried their ammunition in bandeliers,
to which were hung several little
cases of wood, covered with leather, each
containing a charge of powder; the balls
they carried loose in a pouch, and a priming-horn,
hanging by their side. These
arms were about the beginning of this century,
universally laid aside in Europe, and
the troops were armed with flint firelocks.
MUSQUETOONS, a kind of short
thick musquet, whose bore is the 38th
part of its length: it carries five ounces of
iron, or 7¹⁄₂ of lead, with an equal quantity
of powder. This is the shortest sort
of blunderbusses.
MUSRAL. The noseband of a horse’s
bridle.
MUSSUK, Ind. A skin in which water
is carried.
MUSTACHES. Whiskers, worn by
the Asiatics, Germans, Russians, and
other foreign troops.
MUSTER, in a military sense, a review
of troops under arms, to see if they be
complete, and in good order; to take an
account of their numbers, the condition
they are in, viewing their arms, and accoutrements,
&c.
Muster. This word is derived from
the French mustrer, to shew. At a muster
every man must be properly clothed
and accoutred, &c. and answer to his
name. The French call it appel nominatif.
We call it an Inspection.
Musters. By sect. 4th of the British
Articles of War, it is enacted, that
musters shall be taken of the regiments
of life guards, horse guards, and foot
guards, twice at least in every year, at
such times as shall have been or may be
appointed, and agreeably to the forms
heretofore used therein.
The musters of every other regiment,
troop, or company, in the service, are to
be taken at such times, and in such manner,
as is directed by the late regulations
touching regimental and district paymasters,
and the mode of mustering, paying,
and settling the accompts of the army.
All commanding officers, and others
concerned in the mustering, as well of the
regiments of life guards, horse guards, and
foot guards, as of the other forces, are
enjoined to give the utmost care and attention
to the making up of the muster
rolls with strict exactness and accuracy.
Every officer who shall be convicted
before a general court-martial of having
signed a false certificate, relating to the
absence of either officer, non-commissioned
officer, or private soldier, will be
cashiered.
Every officer who shall knowingly make
a false muster of man or horse, and every
officer and commissary, or muster-master,
who shall wittingly sign, direct, or allow
the signing of the muster rolls, wherein
such false muster is contained, shall, upon
proof made thereof, by two witnesses before
a general court-martial, be cashiered,
and suffer such other penalty as he is liable
to by the act for punishing mutiny
and desertion.
Any commissary or muster-master,
who shall be convicted before a general
court-martial, of having taken money, by
way of gratification, on the mustering any
regiment, troop, or company, or on the
signing the muster-rolls, shall be displaced
from his office, and suffer such other
penalty as he is liable to by the said act.
Every colonel, or other field officer,
commanding a regiment, troop, or company,
and actually residing with it, may
give furloughs to non-commissioned officers
and soldiers, in such numbers, and
for so long a time, as he shall judge to be
most consistent with the good of our service;
but no non-commissioned officer or
soldier, shall, by leave of his captain, or
inferior officer, commanding the troop or
company, (his field officer not being present)
be absent above twenty days in six
months; nor shall more than two private
men be absent at the same time
from their troop or company, unless some
extraordinary occasion shall require it; of
which occasion the field officer present
with and commanding the regiment is to
be the judge.
It is strictly forbidden to muster any
person as a soldier who does not actually
do his duty as a soldier, &c. See Livery.
Muster-master-general, Commissary-general
of the Musters, one who takes
account of every regiment, their number,
horses, arms, &c. reviews them, sees
that the horses are well mounted, and all
the men well armed and accoutred, &c.
MUSTER-ROLL, (état nominatif,
Fr.) a specific list of the officers and men
in every regiment, troop, or company,
which is delivered to the muster-master,
regimental or district paymaster, (as the
case may be) whereby they are paid, and
their condition is known. The names of
the officers are inscribed according to
rank, those of the men in alphabetical
succession. Adjutants of regiments make
out a muster roll, and when the list is
called over, every individual must answer
to his name. Every muster-roll must
be signed by the colonel or commanding
officer, the paymaster and adjutant of
each regiment, troop, or company: it
must likewise be sworn to by the muster-master
or paymaster, (as the case may
be) before a justice of the peace, previous
to its being transmitted to government.
MUSTI. One born of a mulatto father
or mother, and a white father or
mother.
MUTILATED. In a military sense,
signifies wounded in such a manner as to
lose the use of a limb. A battalion is
said to be mutilated, when its divisions,
&c. stand unequal.
MUTINE, or MUTINEER, a soldier
guilty of mutiny.
MUTINY, in a military sense, to rise
against authority. Any officer or soldier
who shall presume to use traitorous or
disrespectful words against the president
of the United States, against the vice
president, against the congress of the
United States, or against the chief magistrate
or legislature of any of the United
States, in which he may be quartered, is
guilty of mutiny.
Any officer or soldier who shall behave
himself with contempt or disrespect towards
his commanding officer, or shall
speak words tending to his hurt or dishonor,
is guilty of mutiny.
Any officer or soldier who shall begin,
excite, cause, or join in any mutiny or
sedition, in the troop, company, or regiment,
to which he belongs, or in any
other troop, or company, in the service
of the United States, or on any party,
post, detachment, or guard, on any pretence
whatsoever, is guilty of mutiny.
Any officer or soldier who, being present
at any mutiny or sedition, does not
use his utmost endeavors to suppress the
same, or coming to the knowlege of any
mutiny, or intended mutiny, does not,
without delay, give information to his
commanding officer, is guilty of mutiny.
Any officer or soldier, who shall strike
his superior officer, or draw, or offer to
draw, or shall lift up any weapon, or
offer any violence against him, being in
the execution of his office, on any pretence
whatsoever, or shall disobey any
lawful command of his superior officer, is
guilty of mutiny. See War.
Mutiny-Act, an act which passes
every year in the British house of commons,
to answer some specific military
purposes; and by which the army is continued
on a peace or war establishment.
MUZZLE of a gun or mortar, the extremity
at which the powder and ball are
put in.
MUZZLE-RING of a gun, that
which encompasses and strengthens the
muzzle, or mouth of a cannon.
MYRIAD, denotes the number ten
thousand.
MYRIARCH. The captain, or commander
of ten thousand men.
MYRMIDONS. In antiquity, a people
of Thessaly, of whom it is fabled,
that they arose from ants, upon a
prayer put up to Jupiter, by Æacus, after
his kingdom had been depopulated by a
pestilence. In Homer, and in Virgil, the
Myrmidons are Achilles’s soldiers. The
term Myrmidon is used in modern times
to express any rude ruffian, or hireling
assassin; the same as Hessian.
MYRMILLONES. A sort of combatants
among the Romans, who had on
the top of their cask or helmet, the representation
of a fish; and in their engagements
with the Retiarii, if they were
caught and wrapped in the net, it was not
possible for them to escape.
MYSORE. An extensive country in
the East Indies, which borders on the Carnatic
to the S. W. bounded on the East
by the south part of the Carnatic, and the
district of Tritchinopoly. It extends
west within 30 miles of the sea coast of
Malabar. Seringapatam was the capital.
It was wantonly attacked, taken, and
partitioned twice, and at last completely
occupied and incorporated with the British
conquests.